UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

x ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019

 

OR

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 

For the transition period from ________ to ________

 

Commission file number 001-37404

 

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

  

Canada

 

98-1048842

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

 

 

 

5430 Ferrier Mount-Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1M2

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(888) 873-0006

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of
Each Class

Name of Each Exchange on
Which Registered

 

Trading Symbol
for Each Class

Common shares, no par
value per share

NASDAQ
Global Market

 

DTEA

  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

¨

Accelerated filer

¨

Non-accelerated filer

x

Smaller reporting company

¨

Emerging growth company

x

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. x

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ¨ No x

 

As of August 3, 2018, the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Shares held by non-affiliates was US$37,327,359.

 

As of April 17, 2019, 26,018,832 common shares of the registrant were outstanding.

 

The brand, service or product names or marks referred to in this Annual Report are trademarks or services marks, registered or otherwise, of DAVIDsTEA Inc. and our consolidated subsidiary.

 

 
 
 
 

EXPLANATORY NOTE

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the “Company”), a corporation incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, qualifies as a foreign private issuer in the United States for purposes of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). The Company has chosen to file annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) instead of filing on the reporting forms available to foreign private issuers, although the Company is not required to do so. We are permitted to file our audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC under International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), without a reconciliation to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). As a result, we do not prepare a reconciliation of our results to U.S. GAAP. It is possible that certain of our accounting policies could be different from U.S. GAAP.

 

The Company prepares and files a management proxy circular and related material under Canadian requirements. As the Company’s management proxy circular is not filed pursuant to Regulation 14A, the Company may not incorporate by reference information required by Part III of this Form 10-K from its management proxy circular.

 

In this annual report on Form 10-K, unless otherwise specified, all monetary amounts are in Canadian dollars, all references to “$,” “C$,” “CAD”, “CND$”, “CDN$,” “CDN,” “Canadian dollars” and “dollars” mean Canadian dollars and all references to “U.S. dollars,” “US$” and “USD” mean U.S. dollars.

 

All references to our website contained herein do not constitute incorporation by reference of information contained on such websites and such information should not be considered part of this document.

 

 
2
 
 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

PART I

 

 

 

ITEM 1.

BUSINESS

 

5

 

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

 

10

 

ITEM 1B.

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

25

 

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES

 

25

 

ITEM 3.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

26

 

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

26

 

 

PART II

 

27

 

 

ITEM 5.

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCK HOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

27

 

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

28

 

ITEM 7.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS FROM OPERATIONS

 

29

 

ITEM 7A.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

44

 

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

45

 

ITEM 9.

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

80

 

ITEM 9A.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

80

 

ITEM 9B.

OTHER INFORMATION

 

80

 

 

PART III

 

81

 

 

ITEM 10.

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

81

 

ITEM 11.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

88

 

ITEM 12.

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

96

 

ITEM 13.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

98

 

ITEM 14.

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

 

99

 

 

PART IV

 

 

 

ITEM 15.

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

100

 

ITEM 16.

FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

102

 

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

103

 

 
3
 
Table of Contents

 

PART I

 

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and there are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 (the “Act”). The following cautionary statements are being made pursuant to the provisions of the Act and with the intention of obtaining the benefits of the “safe harbor” provisions of the Act. These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “could,” “seeks,” “projects,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates” or “anticipates,” or, in each case, their negatives or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this Annual Report and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, competitive strengths and differentiators, strategy, long-term Adjusted EBITDA margin potential, dividend policy, impact of the macroeconomic environment, properties, outcome of litigation and legal proceedings, use of cash and operating and capital expenditures, impact of new accounting pronouncements, impact of improvements to internal control and financial reporting.

 

While we believe these expectations and projections are based on reasonable assumptions, such forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, including the risk factors listed under Item 1A. Risk Factors, as well as other cautionary language in this Form 10-K.

 

Actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to, the following:

 

 

· Our ability to manage significant changes to our Board of Directors and leadership team;

 

 

 

 

· Our efforts to expand beyond retail stores;

 

 

 

 

· Our ability to maintain our brand image;

 

 

 

 

· Significant competition within our industry;

 

 

 

 

· The effect of a decrease in customer traffic to the shopping malls, centers and street locations where our stores are located;

 

 

 

 

· The results of our transfer pricing audit;

 

 

 

 

· Our ability to attract and retain employees that embody our culture, including Tea Guides and store and district managers and regional directors;

 

 

 

 

· Changes in consumer preferences and economic conditions affecting disposable income;

 

 

 

 

· Our ability to source, develop and market new varieties of teas, tea accessories, food and beverages;

 

 

 

 

· Our reliance upon the continued retention of key personnel;

 

 

 

 

· The impact from real or perceived quality or safety issues with our teas, tea accessories, food and beverages;

 

 

 

 

· Our ability to obtain quality products from third-party manufacturers and suppliers on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities;

 

 

 

 

· The impact of weather conditions, natural disasters and manmade disasters on the supply and price of tea;

 

 

 

 

· Actual or attempted breaches of data security;

 

 

 

 

· The costs of protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights and defending against intellectual property claims brought by others;

 

 

 

 

· Adverse publicity as a result of public disagreements with our shareholders;

 

 

 

 

· Fluctuations in exchange rates; and

 

 

 

 

· The seasonality of our business.

 

 
4
 
Table of Contents

 

All forward-looking statements should be evaluated with the understanding of their inherent uncertainty. These statements are based upon information available to us as of the date of this Form 10-K, and while we believe such information forms a reasonable basis for such statements, such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially-available relevant information. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the forward-looking events discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K might not occur, and investors are cautioned not to unduly rely upon these statements.

 

Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this Form 10-K. Except as required under federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not have any intention to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances arising after the date of this Form 10-K, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. As a result of these risks and uncertainties, readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on the forward-looking statements included in this Form 10-K or that may be made elsewhere from time to time by, or on behalf of, us. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

 

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

 

DAVIDsTEA’s common shares trade on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “DTEA”. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “our,” “us,” “DAVIDsTEA” and the “Company” refer to DAVIDsTEA Inc. and its subsidiary. All references to “Fiscal 2016” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended January 28, 2017. All references to “Fiscal 2017” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended February 3, 2018. All references to “Fiscal 2018” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended February 2, 2019.

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the end of January, typically resulting in a 52-week year, but occasionally giving rise to an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. The years ended January 30, 2016, January 28, 2017 and February 2, 2019 cover a 52-week period. The year ended February 3, 2018 covers a 53-week fiscal period.

 

Our Company

 

DAVIDsTEA is a branded retailer of specialty tea, offering a differentiated selection of proprietary loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets, tea-related gifts, accessories, food and beverages primarily through 237 company-operated DAVIDsTEA stores as of February 2, 2019, and our website, davidstea.com. We offer primarily proprietary tea blends that are exclusive to DAVIDsTEA, as well as traditional single-origin teas and herbs. Our passion for and knowledge of tea permeates our culture and is rooted in an excitement to explore the taste, health and lifestyle elements of tea.

 

In our retail stores, we strive to make the enjoyment of tea a multi‑sensory experience by facilitating customers’ interaction with our products through education and sampling, which allows our customers the opportunity to appreciate the compelling attributes of tea as well as the ease of preparation. We design our stores with a modern and minimalistic aesthetic that, coupled with our teal‑colored logo, create an inviting atmosphere and stand in stark contrast to common perceptions of tea as a more traditional product. Our in‑store “Tea Guides” help novice and experienced tea drinkers alike select from the approximately 135 premium teas and tea blends featured on our “Tea Wall,” which is the focal point of our stores.

 

Our website presents customers with educational information to guide their exploration of tea, serving a similar function as the “Tea Guides” in our retail stores. Additionally, on our website customers can purchase our full assortment of premium loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts and accessories, as well as certain products that are exclusive to our website.

 

We have a dedicated and highly experienced product development team that is constantly creating new tea blends using high‑quality ingredients from around the world and identifying new tea products designed to match customers’ tastes as they evolve. We capitalize on our product development capabilities by rotating new tea blends each year into our offering. The product development team also infuses innovation into our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, food and beverages, providing our customers with fun, inventive and convenient ways to enjoy tea.

 

 
5
 
Table of Contents

 

We intend to focus our attention on continuing to improve and develop new and innovative teas products and tea-related gift offerings. To enhance our retail operations, we plan to reinvigorate our stores through creative merchandising that better highlights the functional benefits of our growing wellness collection of teas. We plan to grow our latte and custom beverage experience and offerings. We also plan to build on the investments we have already made in our website. Aiming to simulate for our online customers the experience of our retail stores, we plan to provide customers additional expertise published by our Tea Guides, a community-focused platform that builds on our existing customers and fans, and other features designed to facilitate our customers in their discovery of tea. Relatedly, we also plan to continue to implement new digital marketing strategies not only to retain the business of existing customers, but to also increase brand awareness and attractiveness to potential new customers. Finally, we intend to expand our wholesale channel, strategically placing our tea products in specialty grocery stores, pharmacies, hotels and restaurants, which will allow us to continue to enhance brand awareness of DAVIDsTEA throughout Canada and the United States.

 

Our Market and Competition

 

The markets for tea products in Canada and the United States are highly fragmented. We compete with a large number of relatively small independently owned tea retailers and a number of regional tea retailers, as well as retailers of grocery products, including loose‑leaf teas, tea sachets and tea-related beverages. We also compete with other vendors of loose‑leaf teas, tea sachets and ready‑to‑drink teas, such as club stores, wholesalers and internet suppliers, as well as with houseware retailers and suppliers that offer tea wares and related accessories.

 

We believe we differentiate ourselves from our competitors because we are considered by our customers as tea experts and by the excellence of our blended and straight teas, through our distinct retail experience, our broad product offering that ranges from loose leaf tea to beverage to ready-to-drink (“RTD”), the potential broad demographic appeal of our brand, innovative tea products driven by customer insights, the effectiveness of our website, www.davidstea.com, and digital and community focused marketing strategies, and our passionate customer-focused culture supported by our experienced management team and dedicated board members.

 

Our Product Offerings

 

We offer a significant variety of premium loose‑leaf teas and pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts and accessories. We also offer on‑the‑go tea beverages in our retail stores.

 

Teas

 

Our loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts can be enjoyed by consumers at home, on‑the‑go or at work. Our different flavors of loose-leaf tea span eight different tea categories: white, green, oolong, black, pu’erh, mate, rooibos and herbal tea. Our tea collection features over 30% certified organic tea, and to our knowledge makes us the largest organic loose-leaf provider on the market. We carry only responsibly sourced and fairtrade certified blends. Our teas and ingredients used in our tea blends are sourced from various regions around the world, including from China, South Korea, Japan, Taiwan, Vietnam, India, Nepal, Kenya, Sri Lanka and South Africa. In addition to loose‑leaf teas, we sell pre‑packaged teas and tea sachets to make the tea experience more convenient. Our tea-related gifts include special edition seasonal and holiday gift packages as well as novelty themed gifts that continue to innovate with new themes, seasonal collections and visually-appealing gift boxes designed for entertaining. Our tea gifts are all either fully recyclable or compostable.

 

Tea Accessories

 

Our tea accessories are created to make the tea preparation process and tea experience more convenient, fun and easy at home or on-the-go. Tea accessories include tea mugs, travel mugs, teacup sets, teapots, tea makers, kettles, infusers, filters, frothers, tins and spoons. Many of our accessories are crafted with unique functional features to improve tea preparation and consumption as well as with visually-appealing colors and designs consistent with our brand aesthetic.

 

Food and Beverages

 

Our retail stores offer tea beverages and food products for on‑the‑go consumption. Our beverages range from standard hot or iced tea to our “Tea Lattes”.

 

Distribution Channels

 

Retail Stores and Operations

 

Our Stores

 

As of February 2, 2019, our retail footprint consisted of 189 stores in Canada and 48 stores in the United States. Our retail stores are located primarily within malls, including lifestyle centers and outlets, and on street locations. Each store exterior prominently displays the DAVIDsTEA teal signage.

 

 
6
 
Table of Contents

 

Distinctive Retail Experience

 

The DAVIDsTEA experience starts with our in-store Tea Guides. Our employees’ passions for tea and wellness permeate our culture and are rooted in a deep knowledge of, and desire to share, the compelling attributes of tea. A key element of the retail experience is our “Tea Wall,” a focal point of the store. Our Tea Guides help to create a highly interactive and immersive multi-sensory experience for our customers. The Tea Guides facilitate customers’ interaction with our products through education and sampling, which allows our customers the opportunity to appreciate the compelling attributes of tea as well as the ease of preparation. Every visit to our stores is designed to create a sense of adventure for our customers, novice and experienced tea drinkers alike, as our knowledgeable, personable and passionate Tea Guides assist our customers in navigating the “Tea Wall” by selecting a variety of teas for customers to smell based on their taste preferences.

 

Site Selection and Store Portfolio

 

We seek to maintain our stores in strategic locations that support the brand image, targeting high customer traffic locations primarily within malls, including lifestyle centers and outlets, and on street locations. We regularly review our store portfolio, identifying new store locations and monitoring existing locations for sufficient levels of customer traffic to maintain successful stores. We actively monitor and manage the performance of our stores and increasingly seek to incorporate information learned through the monitoring process into our analyses for future site selection and store retention decisions.

 

Store Management, Culture and Training

 

We are guided by a philosophy that recognizes customer service and the importance of delivering optimal performance, allowing us to identify and reward teams that meet our high standards. We use store-level scorecards that report key performance indicators, and we provide our store managers with a number of analytical tools to assist them in attaining optimum store performance including access to the key performance indicator reports, coaching logs for one‑on‑one meetings, weekly one‑on‑one meetings between our store managers and district managers, and annual evaluations. While our focus is on the overall performance of the team and our stores, we provide incentives to individual team members, store managers and district managers to encourage success.

 

 

· Passion for Tea. We believe our passionate Tea Guides are a major element of our retail experience. We seek to recruit, hire, train, retain and promote qualified, knowledgeable and enthusiastic team members who share our passion for tea and strive to deliver an extraordinary retail experience to our customers.

 

 

 

 

· Extensive Training. We have specific training and certification requirements for all new team members, including undergoing food handlers’ certification and foundational training. This process helps ensure that all team members educate our customers and execute our standards accurately and consistently. As team members progress to the assistant manager and manager levels, they undergo additional weeks of training in sales, operations and management.

 

 

 

 

· Career Development and Individual Enrichment. We track and reward team member performance, which we believe incentivizes excellence and helps us identify top performers. Identifying such talent integral in supporting our growth, as many of our store managers and district managers are promoted from within our organization. In addition, we provide our employees with career development and opportunities for individual enrichment and empowerment.

  

Our rewarding corporate culture allows us to attract passionate and friendly employees who share a vision of making tea fun and accessible – which we believe is a key contributor to our success – and also reflects our belief in community engagement and doing right by our customers and employees.

 

Digital Retail

 

Our website, www.davidstea.com, features our full assortment of premium loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts and accessories. To drive increased sales through our website, we utilize online‑specific marketing and promotions in addition to employing banner advertisements, search engine optimization and pay‑per‑click arrangements to help drive customer traffic to our website. We will be introducing new marketing and core gap features that will further enhance the website experience and improve its accessibility for mobile users.

 

Through our website, we can reach customers who may not live near one of our retail locations. We believe our website and our stores are complementary, as our website provides our store customers an additional channel through which to purchase our teas and tea‑related products while also helping drive awareness of and customer traffic to our stores.

 

 
7
 
Table of Contents

  

Wholesale

 

We currently sell tea products to Hotel, Restaurant and Institution (“HRI”) distribution channels. In Fiscal 2018, we launched several select pre-packaged sachet offerings with a national Canadian grocer. We believe that the broad distribution of select tea blends helps to service not only existing customers but also attract new customers to our exclusive sachet tea offerings, while ultimately also driving greater brand awareness and traffic to our online and retail stores where our full selection of products including loose-leaf tea blends and packaged gifts become available.

 

Marketing and Advertising

 

We differentiate our business through a field‑based marketing approach to build brand awareness and drive customers to our stores and website in both new and existing markets. Our events sponsorship group engages directly in the communities around our stores, driving store visits by participating in both hyper‑local and large‑scale events where they offer product samplings and beverage coupons. These events are customized for each of our markets and are identified and coordinated by our local store managers and Tea Guides with support from our dedicated corporate events team.

 

In addition, we continue to leverage our growing digital presence, including through Facebook, Instagram, Twitter, Google+, Pinterest, LinkedIn, YouTube, Snapchat and Yelp, to increase our website sales and drive additional store visits within existing and new markets. Our marketing and advertising efforts are led by a strong marketing and merchandising team.

 

Product Development and Design

 

Our tea and merchandising teams travel throughout the world seeking premium teas and tea-related products. These teams consist of Tea Blend Developers, Product Designers, Category Merchants and Quality Control Personnel, who leverage our extensive experience in selecting and developing our product assortment. We constantly explore distinctive ingredients, flavors and trends that are popular in a variety of cultures, which we introduce to our customers through their incorporation in new teas. Our research and development team works with our blenders and suppliers to create new and exciting flavors of tea, which we rotate into our product offerings to attract new customers and to continue to pique the interest of existing customers. Our blending process focuses on magnifying the senses and bringing smell and taste to the forefront. We introduce new flavors and blends each month as well as around seasonal holidays. Through extensive research, we have identified key customer segments and preferences to help evaluate our product assortment and we have developed an effective product release cadence. We believe our focus on innovation and continual product development are key differentiating factors for our brand that drives our customers’ loyalty and supports our efforts to attract new customers.

 

Our innovation also extends to creating new and exciting merchandise to make the tea consumption and experience more convenient and stimulating at home or on-the-go. Since our merchandising team designs and develops most of our products in‑house, we are better positioned than our competitors who do not have such an in-house function to create the unique and proprietary designs that make consuming loose‑leaf tea easier and more fun for our customers. We believe the combination of our product selection and our product innovation allows us to offer customers a distinctive assortment that differentiates us from other specialty tea retailers.

 

Sourcing and Manufacturing

 

We do not own or operate any tea estates or blending operations; instead, we work with vendors who source ingredients for our teas and tea blends from all over the world. The majority of our tea blenders are in either Germany or the United States. Since we founded the Company in 2008, we have developed strong relationships with our vendors. These relationships are important, as we depend on our vendors to provide us with the highest quality teas and ingredients from around the world. Our quality control process includes both in-house testing and vendor testing. Therefore, in addition to bringing our designs for tea blends to fruition, our vendors play an important role in quality control and in ensuring our teas meet applicable regulatory guidelines. Our tea merchandise is sourced from a number of suppliers who manufacture to our unique and proprietary designs.

 

Warehouse and Distribution Facilities

 

We distribute our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories to our stores and our online customers from distribution centers in Montréal, Québec, Sherbrooke, Québec and Champlain, New York. We use third-party logistics facilities in Sherbrooke, Québec and Champlain, New York. The Sherbrooke facility ships to our Canadian stores and Canadian online customers. The Champlain, New York facility ships to all our U.S. stores and to our U.S. online customers. Our products are typically shipped to our stores and our online customers via third‑party national transportation providers multiple times per week.

 

 
8
 
Table of Contents

 

Management Information Systems

 

Our management information systems provide a full range of business process supports to our stores, our store operations and service support center teams. Additionally, we operate our website on an independent platform. We utilize a combination of industry‑standard and customized software systems to provide various functions related to point of sales, inventory management, warehouse management, and accounting and financial reporting.

 

Government Regulation

 

We are subject to labor and employment laws, import and trade restrictions laws, laws governing advertising, privacy and data security laws, safety regulations, and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that apply to retailers and/or the promotion and sale of merchandise and the operation of stores and warehouse facilities. In the United States, we are subject to the regulatory authority of, among other agencies, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”). We are also subject to the laws of Canada, including the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, as well as provincial and local regulations. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

 

Insurance

 

We maintain third-party insurance for a number of risk management activities including, but not limited to, workers’ compensation, general liability, property, directors and officers, cyber insurance and employee-related health care benefits. We evaluate our insurance requirements on an ongoing basis to ensure that we maintain adequate levels of coverage.

 

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

 

We regard intellectual property and other proprietary rights as important to our success. In addition to registered intellectual property, such as our patents and marks, we also rely upon trade secrets and know‑how to develop and maintain our competitive position. We protect our intellectual property rights through a variety of methods, including by availing ourselves of trademark and trade secret laws and by entering into confidentiality agreements with vendors, employees, consultants and others who have access to our proprietary information.

 

We own several trademarks and servicemarks that have been registered with the Canadian Intellectual Property Office and the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, including DAVIDsTEA®. We have also registered our stylized logos, and we own domain names, including www.davidstea.com. In addition, we have registered or have applied to register one or more of our marks in a number of foreign countries and expect to continue to do so in the future. However, we cannot be certain that we can obtain the registration for the marks in every country where we apply for registration.

 

We must constantly protect against any infringement by competitors. If we believe a competitor has infringed or is infringing upon our rights, we may take legal action, which could result in litigation, in which case we may incur significant expenses and divert significant attention from our business operations.

 

Employees

 

As of the end of Fiscal 2018, we had 2,901 associates. As of February 2, 2019, we employed a total of 487 full‑time employees and 2,414 part‑time employees, with 467 in the United States and 2,434 in Canada. Of all those employees, 2,671 were employed in our store network and 230 were employed in corporate, distribution and direct channel support functions. None of our employees is represented by a labor union. We believe we have a good relationship with our employees.

 

Seasonality

 

Our business experiences seasonal fluctuations, reflecting increased sales during the holiday season in November and December. Our sales and income are generally highest in the fourth quarter, which includes the holiday sales period, and tends to be lowest in the second and third fiscal quarters. Therefore, operating results for any fiscal quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for the full fiscal year. To prepare for the holiday season, we must increase our inventory levels above those maintained during the rest of the year. We expect inventory levels, along with an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses, to reach their highest levels in the third and fourth quarters in anticipation of the increased net sales during the holiday season. As a result of this seasonality, and generally because of variations in consumer spending habits, we experience fluctuations in net sales, earnings and working capital requirements during the year.

 

 
9
 
Table of Contents

 

Corporate Information

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc. was incorporated under the Canada Business Corporations Act, or the CBCA, on April 29, 2008, and our principal executive offices are located at 5430 Ferrier Street, Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1M2. Our telephone number at our principal executive offices is (888) 873‑0006. Our website address is www.davidstea.com.

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc. owns a 100% equity interest in its sole subsidiary, DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware.

 

Available Information

 

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, and Current Reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports are filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and the Québec Autorité des marchés financiers (the “AMF”). We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) and the Exchange Act, and we file or furnish reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC and/or the AMF as required by applicable law.

 

Our website is located at www.davidstea.com, and our investor relations website is located at http://ir.davidstea.com. The contents of our website are not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our electronic filings with the SEC and the AMF (including all annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, and current reports on Form 8-K, and any amendments to these reports), including the exhibits, are available, free of charge, on our investor relations website as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file them with the SEC and the AMF. To request a printed copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or consolidated financial statements and related MD&A as of and for the year ended February 2, 2019, which we will provide without charge, please contact the Company’s Chief Financial Officer at 5430, Ferrier Street, Town of Mount-Royal, H4P 1M2, or send an email to investors@davidstea.com. Additional information relating to the Company, including directors’ and officers’ remuneration and indebtedness, principal holders of the Company’s securities and securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is also contained in the Company’s information circular, which will be available on SEDAR at www.sedar.com or on EDGAR at www.sec.gov.

 

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

 

You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and in our other public disclosures. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our common shares could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. Although we believe that we have identified and discussed below the key risk factors affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known to us or that are currently deemed immaterial that may adversely affect our business and financial condition.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Industry

 

Recent significant changes to our board of directors and our executive leadership team, any future loss of directors or executives, and the resulting transitions might harm our future operating results.

 

We have recently experienced significant changes to our board of directors and our leadership team. In June 2018, our shareholders elected seven new directors, two of whom subsequently resigned and were replaced in August 2018. We have an interim Chief Executive Officer and several other new members of our leadership team, including our Chief Financial Officer, our VP Supply Chain, our VP Marketing and VP of eCommerce, each of whom have joined the Company recently. These types of board and leadership changes have the potential to disrupt our operations due to the operational and administrative inefficiencies, added costs, decreased employee morale, uncertainty and decreased productivity among our employees, increased likelihood of turnover, and the loss of personnel with deep institutional knowledge, which could result in significant disruptions to our operations. In addition, we must successfully integrate the new leadership team within our organization in order to achieve our operating objectives, and changes in key leadership positions may temporarily affect our financial performance and results of operations as new leadership becomes familiar with our business. These changes could increase the volatility of our stock price. In addition, the loss of any of these individuals could significantly delay, prevent the achievement of, or make it more difficult for us to pursue and execute on our business objectives, and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. If we are unable to mitigate these or other similar risks, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected.

 

 
10
 
Table of Contents

 

Changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our results from operations and financial condition.

 

We are subject to taxes by the U.S. federal and state tax authorities as well as Canadian federal, provincial and local tax authorities, and our tax liabilities will be affected by the allocation of profits and expenses to differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

 

· changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, including as a result of the tax reform bill in the United States known as the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act;

 

 

 

 

· changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or

 

 

 

 

· future earnings being lower than anticipated in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.
 
 

We may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by these tax authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

 

Our transfer pricing policies are subject to audit, an unfavorable outcome to which could take a disproportionate share of our management’s attention and negatively affect our financial condition.

 

We and our subsidiary engage in a number of intercompany transactions in various jurisdictions. Such activity subjects us to complex transfer pricing regulations in the countries in which we operate. There is a relatively high degree of uncertainty and inherent subjectivity in complying with these regulations. Tax examinations similarly are often complex, and tax authorities may disagree with the treatment of items reported by us and our transfer pricing methodology.

 

We are currently undergoing an audit by the Canada Revenue Agency (the “CRA”) on the subject of transfer pricing. We believe that these transactions reflect the accurate economic allocation of profit and risk and that proper contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation is in place. However, the ultimate outcome of any examination with respect to amounts owed by us may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and might also include penalties and interest. Preliminary findings from the transfer pricing audit indicates a difference in the interpretation of the economics of the arrangement. Appealing an unfavorable outcome could require significant attention of senior management to the detriment of other aspects of our business. As well, the difference between what we have reserved and what the CRA auditors may find we owe may materially affect our financial position and financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

 

Because our business is highly concentrated on a single, discretionary product category – tea, including loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets, and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages – we are vulnerable to changes in consumer preferences and in economic conditions affecting disposable income that could harm our financial results.

 

Our business is not diversified and consists primarily of developing, sourcing, marketing and selling loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages. Consumers’ preferences change rapidly and without warning, moving from one trend to another among many retail concepts. Therefore, our business is substantially dependent on our ability to educate consumers on the many positive attributes of tea and anticipate shifts in consumers’ tastes. Any future shifts in consumer preferences away from the consumption of beverages brewed from premium loose‑leaf teas would also have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In particular, there has been an increasing focus on health and wellness, which we believe has increased demand for products, such as our teas, that are perceived to be healthier than other beverage alternatives. If such consumer preference trends change, or if our teas are not perceived to be healthier than other beverage alternatives, our financial results could be adversely affected.

 

Consumer purchases of specialty retail products, including our products, are discretionary in nature and are historically affected by economic conditions such as changes in employment, salary and wage levels, and confidence in prevailing and future economic conditions. These discretionary purchases may decline during recessionary periods or at other times when disposable income is lower. Our financial performance may become susceptible to economic and other conditions in regions where we have a significant number of stores. Our continued success will depend, in part, on our ability to anticipate, identify and respond quickly to changing consumer preferences and economic conditions.

 

 
11
 
Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to obtain credit when desired on favorable terms, if at all, which may impact our ability to execute our current or future business strategies.

 

We anticipate that our current cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to meet our current and anticipated needs for general corporate purposes during the next 12 months. However, it is possible that we may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise have the capital resources to meet our future capital needs. In addition, we may not have access to the funds available under our credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with the Bank of Montréal and BMO Capital Markets (collectively, the “Lender”). We are currently renegotiating our Credit Agreement with the Lender. As our negotiations with the Lender are ongoing, the outcome of such negotiations remains uncertain. If we are successful in renegotiating our Credit Agreement and then breach covenants in that renegotiated credit agreement, the Lender could make the loans outstanding under that renegotiated credit agreement immediately due and payable. If we do not generate sufficient cash flow from operations or otherwise, we may need additional financing to execute our current or future business strategies. We cannot assure you that additional financing will be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. To the contrary, we expect that future lending would be under more restrictive terms than those presently upon us. If adequate funds are not available or not available on acceptable terms, if and when needed, our ability to fund our operations, meet obligations in the normal course of business, take advantage of strategic opportunities, or otherwise respond to competitive pressures would be significantly limited.

 

We have defaulted on the Credit Agreement. Although the Lender is forbearing declaring any event of default, if we do not successfully cure our default, in the event we need funds to execute our strategy, the Lender could limit access to liquidity, which would have negative consequences on our long-term business plan.

 

On April 24, 2015, we entered into the Credit Agreement with the Lender. The Credit Agreement was amended on September 15, 2016 and June 11, 2018. The Credit Agreement contains various affirmative and negative covenants. Among the covenants are maintenance of a coverage ratio, which requires that we maintain on a consolidated basis a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00; delivery of a borrower base certificate and a compliance certificate; and delivery of a quarterly compliance certificate. Failure to abide by one of these financial and reporting covenants constitutes an event of default under the Credit Agreement.

 

On February 5, 2019, we received a notice from the Lender that we were in breach of the Credit Agreement’s financial and reporting covenants. In the same notice, the Lender indicated that it was tolerating the existence of these events of default. We have entered into good-faith negotiations with the Lender to replace terms of the Credit Agreement with those we intend to be able to keep. In the meantime, we are unable to make any borrowing requests until a new agreement has been entered into, or as otherwise permitted in writing by the Lender. This could limit immediate access to liquidity, which would have a negative outcome on our financial condition. Further, the Lender has not waived any events of default and reserved all of its rights under the Credit Agreement. Declaration of an event of default would raise serious doubts about our ability to borrow money on terms favorable to us, which would have negative consequences on our ability to achieve our long-term business plan or to take advantage of future opportunities.

 

Expanding our focus to online sales and wholesale alongside our retail stores will require us to continue to expand and improve our operations and could strain our operational, managerial and administrative resources, which may adversely affect our business.

 

Growing our business in historically non-core channels will place increased demands on our operational, managerial, administrative and other resources, which may be inadequate to support our expansion. Our senior management team may be unable to effectively address challenges involved with expansion forecasts for the future. It may also require us to enhance our store management systems, financial and management controls and information systems, and to hire, train and retain personnel. Implementing new systems, controls and procedures, to our infrastructure and any changes to our existing operational, managerial, administrative and other resources could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

 

We have experienced a slowdown in the growth rate of our business during the past few years and negative comparable store sales, meaning our former high levels of growth may not be achieved in future periods.

 

We have experienced significant fluctuation in the growth rate of our business during the last several years. Although we have planned initiatives to support the growth of our business, such as continued investment in our online presence, increased marketing and product development to support our wholesale business, or changes to our promotional strategy, we cannot be sure that these initiatives will not negatively affect our gross margins in the short term depending on the timing and extent of our realization of the costs and benefits of such initiatives.

 

Similarly, we may not be able to regain the levels of comparable store sales that we have experienced historically. If our future comparable store sales continue to decline, our financial results will suffer. A variety of factors affect comparable store sales including increasing consumer use of e-commerce online retail options, which may not be recaptured by consumers’ use of our website, consumer tastes, competition, current economic conditions, pricing, and decreases in consumer traffic in shopping malls or other locations in which our stores are located. These factors may cause our comparable store sales results to be materially lower than previous periods and our expectations, which could harm our results of operations and result in a decline in the price of our common shares.

 

 
12
 
Table of Contents

 

We face significant competition from other specialty tea and beverage retailers and retailers of grocery products, which could adversely affect our growth plans and us.

 

The U.S. and Canadian tea markets are highly fragmented. We compete directly with a large number of relatively small independently owned tea retailers and a number of regional tea retailers, as well as retailers of grocery products, including loose‑leaf teas, tea sachets and other beverages. We must spend considerable resources to differentiate our customer and product experience. Some of our competitors may have greater financial, marketing and operating resources than we do. Therefore, despite our efforts, our competitors may be more successful than us in attracting customers.

 

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to continue to source, develop and market new varieties of teas and tea blends, tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages that meet our high standards and customer preferences.

 

We currently offer approximately 135 varieties of teas and tea blends and a wide assortment of tea-related gifts, accessories and food and beverages. Our success depends in part on our ability to continually innovate, develop, source and market new varieties of loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages that both meet our standards for quality and appeal to customers’ preferences. We have conducted extensive customer market research in order to target our development, however, failure to innovate, develop, source and market new varieties of loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages that consumers want to buy could lead to a decrease in our sales and profitability.

 

Because we rely on a limited number of third‑party suppliers and manufacturers, we may not be able to obtain quality products on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities.

 

We rely on a limited number of decentralized vendors to supply us with straight tea and specially blended teas on a continuous basis. Our financial performance depends in large part on our ability to purchase tea in sufficient quantities at competitive prices from these vendors. In general, we do not have long‑term purchase contracts or other contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or exclusive access to products from these vendors.

 

Any of our suppliers or manufacturers could discontinue supplying us with teas in sufficient quantities for a variety of reasons. The benefits we currently experience from our supplier and manufacturer relationships could be adversely affected if they:

 

 

· raise the prices they charge us;

 

 

 

 

· discontinue selling products to us;

 

 

 

 

· sell similar or identical products to our competitors; or

 

 

 

 

· enter into arrangements with competitors that could impair our ability to sell our suppliers’ and manufacturers’ products, including by giving our competitors exclusive licensing arrangements or exclusive access to tea blends or limiting our access to such arrangements or blends.

 

Events that adversely affect our vendors could impair our ability to obtain inventory in the quantities and at the quality that we desire. Such events include difficulties or problems with our vendors’ businesses, finances, labor relations, ability to import raw materials, costs, production, insurance and reputation, as well as natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.

 

More generally, if we experience significant increased demand for our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, or food and beverages, or need to replace an existing vendor, additional supplies or additional manufacturing capacity may not be available when required on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all, and that any new vendor may not allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements, fill our orders in a timely manner or meet our strict quality requirements. In the event we are required to find new sources of supply, we may encounter delays in production, inconsistencies in quality and added costs as a result of the time it takes to train our suppliers and manufacturers in our methods, products and quality control standards. In particular, the loss of a tea vendor would necessitate that we work with our new vendors to replicate our tea blends, which could result in our inability to sell such tea blends for a period of time or in a change of quality in our tea blends. Any delays, interruption or increased costs in the supply of loose‑leaf teas or the manufacture of our pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, and accessories could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet customer demand for our products and result in lower sales and profitability both in the short and long term.

 

 
13
 
Table of Contents

 

A shortage in the supply, a decrease in the quality or an increase in the price of tea and ingredients used in our tea blends, as a result of weather conditions, earthquakes, crop disease, pests or other natural or manmade causes could impose significant costs and losses on our business.

 

The supply and price of tea and ingredients used in our tea blends are subject to fluctuation, depending on demand and other factors outside of our control. The supply, quality and price of our teas and other ingredients can be affected by multiple factors in countries that produce tea or other ingredients, including political and economic conditions, civil and labor unrest, adverse weather conditions, including floods, drought and temperature extremes, earthquakes, tsunamis, and other natural disasters and related occurrences. This risk is particularly true with respect to regions or countries from which we source a significant percentage of our products. In extreme cases, entire tea harvests may be lost or may be negatively impacted in some geographic areas. These factors can increase costs and decrease sales, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Tea and other ingredients may be vulnerable to crop disease and pests, which may vary in severity and effect. The costs to control disease and pest damage vary depending on the severity of the damage and the extent of the plantings affected. Moreover, available technologies to control such conditions may not continue to be effective. These conditions can increase costs and decrease sales, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our ability to source our loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverage profitably or at all could be hurt if new trade restrictions are imposed or existing trade restrictions become more burdensome.

 

All of our teas and ingredients used in our blends are currently grown, and a substantial majority of our pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, and accessories are currently manufactured outside of the United States and Canada. The United States, Canada, and the countries in which our products are produced or sold internationally have imposed and may impose additional quotas, duties, tariffs, or other restrictions or regulations, or may adversely adjust prevailing quota, duty or tariff levels. Countries impose, modify and remove tariffs and other trade restrictions in response to a diverse array of factors, including global and national economic and political conditions that make it impossible for us to predict future developments regarding tariffs and other trade restrictions. Trade restrictions, including tariffs, quotas, embargoes, safeguards and customs restrictions, could increase the cost or reduce the supply of teas, and tea accessories available to us or may require us to modify our supply chain organization or other current business practices, any of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

In addition, there is a risk that our suppliers and manufacturers could fail to comply with applicable regulations, which could lead to investigations by the United States, Canadian or foreign government agencies responsible for international trade compliance. Resulting penalties or enforcement actions could delay future imports or exports or otherwise negatively affect our business.

 

Our business largely depends on a strong brand image, and if we are unable to maintain and enhance our brand image, particularly in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, we may be unable to increase or maintain our level of sales.

 

We believe that our brand image and brand awareness are important to our business and potential future growth. We also believe that maintaining and enhancing our brand image is important to maintaining and expanding our customer base and retaining our employees. Our ability to successfully integrate our strategy to expand into new channels or to maintain the strength and distinctiveness of our brand in our existing markets will be adversely impacted if we fail to connect with our target customers.

 

Maintaining and enhancing our brand image may require us to continue to make substantial investments in areas such as merchandising, marketing, store operations, and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may ultimately be unsuccessful. Furthermore, our brand image could be jeopardized if we fail to maintain high standards for merchandise quality, if we fail to comply with local laws and regulations if we experience negative publicity or other negative events that affect our image and reputation or as a result of communications by our shareholders. Some of these risks may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers or our shareholders. Failure to successfully market and maintain our brand image could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our failure to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products while increasing inventory levels could adversely affect our gross margins, cash flow and liquidity.

 

As we shift our focus towards tea and away from the sale of hard goods and accessories, we are increasing inventory levels of our tea products, which are perishable. In the event we are unable to adequately manage our inventory levels, we may be forced to either write off or sell expiring excess inventory at a discount, which could affect our financial performance. Further, if our strategy of focusing on tea rather than hard goods and accessories does not suit customer preferences, we could have a large volume of obsolete inventory that we may be required to write off or discount, which would negatively affect our gross margins and operating results. If our inventory and our forecasts exceed demand, our liquidity and cash flow may be adversely affected.

 

 
14
 
Table of Contents

 

We may experience negative effects to our brand and reputation from real or perceived quality or safety issues with our tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results.

 

We believe our customers rely on us to provide them with high‑quality teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages. Concerns regarding the safety of our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages or the safety and quality of our supply chain could cause consumers to avoid purchasing certain products from us or to seek alternative sources of tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages, even if the basis for the concern has been addressed or is outside of our control. Adverse publicity about these concerns, whether or not ultimately based on fact, and whether or not involving teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages sold at our stores, could discourage consumers from buying our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages and have an adverse effect on our brand, reputation and operating results.

 

Furthermore, the sale of teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages entails a risk of product liability claims and the resulting negative publicity. For example, tea supplied to us could contain contaminants that, if not detected by us, could result in illness or death upon their consumption. Similarly, tea accessories, and food and beverages could contain contaminants or contain design or manufacturing defects that could result in illness, injury or death. It is possible that product liability claims will be asserted against us in the future.

 

We may also be subject to involuntary product recalls or may voluntarily conduct a product recall. The costs associated with any future product recall could, individually and in the aggregate, be significant in any given fiscal year. In addition, any product recall, regardless of direct costs of the recall, may harm consumer perceptions of our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages and have a negative impact on our future sales and results of operations.

 

Any loss of confidence on the part of our customers in the safety and quality of our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages would be difficult and costly to overcome. Any such adverse effect could be exacerbated by our position in the market as a purveyor of quality teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages and could significantly reduce our brand value. Issues regarding the safety of any teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages sold by us, regardless of the cause, could have a substantial and adverse effect on our sales and operating results.

 

Third‑party failure to adequately receive, warehouse and ship our merchandise to our stores and online customers could result in lost sales or reduced demand for our teas, tea accessories, and food and beverages.

 

We currently rely upon third‑party warehouse facilities for the majority of our product receipts from vendors and shipments to our stores and e‑commerce customers. Our utilization of third‑party warehouse services for our merchandise is subject to risks, including employee strikes or their information technology systems failure. If we change warehousing companies, we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect our receipts and delivery of merchandise and we would incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from our current third‑party transportation providers in Canada and the United States that we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs and thereby adversely affect our operating results.

 

In addition, we currently rely upon third-party transportation providers for all of our product shipments from our distribution centers to our stores and online customers. Our utilization of third-party delivery services for our shipments is subject to risk, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, employee strikes and inclement weather, which may affect third parties’ abilities to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs. If we change shipping companies, we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries, and we would incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from the third-party transportation providers in Canada and the United States that we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs and thereby adversely affect our operating results.

 

We rely on independent certification for a number of our products and our marketing of products marked “Organic”, “Fair Trade” and “Kosher”. Loss of certification within our supply chain or as related to our manufacturing process or failure to comply with government regulations pertaining to the use of the term organic could harm our business.

 

We rely on independent certification, such as “Organic,” “Fair Trade,” or “Kosher,” to differentiate some of our products from others. We offer one of the largest certified organic collections of tea in North America amongst branded tea retailers. We must comply with the requirements of independent organizations or certification authorities in order to label our products as certified. The loss of any independent certifications could adversely affect our marketplace position, which could harm our business.

 

 
15
 
Table of Contents

 

In addition, the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the Canadian Food Inspection Agency require that our certified organic products meet certain consistent, uniform standards. Compliance with such regulations could pose a significant burden on some of our suppliers, which could cause a disruption in some of our product offerings. Moreover, in the event of actual or alleged non‑compliance, we might be forced to find an alternative supplier, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We are subject to the risks associated with leasing substantial amounts of space and are required to make substantial lease payments under our operating leases. Any failure to make these lease payments when due would likely harm our business, profitability and results of operations.

 

We do not own any real estate. Instead, we lease all of our store locations, our corporate offices in Montréal, Canada and a distribution center in Montréal, Canada. Our store leases typically have ten‑year terms and generally require us to pay total rent per square foot that is reflective of our small average store square footage and premium locations. Many of our lease agreements have defined escalating rent provisions over the initial term and any extensions. Our substantial operating lease obligations could have significant negative consequences, including:

 

 

· requiring that an increased portion of our cash from operations and available cash on hand be applied to pay our lease obligations, thus reducing liquidity available for other purposes;

 

 

 

 

· increasing our vulnerability to adverse general economic and industry conditions;

 

 

 

 

· limiting our flexibility to plan for or react to changes in our business or in the industry in which we compete; and

 

 

 

 

· limiting our ability to obtain additional financing.

 

We depend on cash flow from operations to pay our lease expenses, finance our growth capital requirements and fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities to fund these requirements, we may not be able to achieve our growth plans, fund our other liquidity and capital needs or ultimately service our lease expenses, which would harm our business.

 

If an existing or future store is not profitable, and we decide to close it, we may nonetheless remain committed to perform our obligations under the applicable lease including, among other things, paying the base rent for the balance of the lease term. Moreover, even if a lease has an early cancellation clause, we may not satisfy the contractual requirements for early cancellation under that lease. In addition, as our leases expire, we may fail to negotiate renewals on commercially acceptable terms or at all, which could cause us to close stores in desirable locations. Even if we are able to renew existing leases, the terms of such renewal may not be as attractive as the expiring lease, which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

 

We are subject to customer payment-related risks that could increase operating costs or exposure to fraud or theft, subject us to potential liability and potentially disrupt our business.

 

We accept payments using a variety of methods, including cash, credit and debit cards and gift cards. Acceptance of these payment options subjects us to rules, regulations, contractual obligations and compliance requirements, including payment network rules and operating guidelines, data security standards and certification requirements, and rules governing electronic funds transfers. For certain payment methods, including credit and debit cards, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time and raise our operating costs. We rely on third parties to provide payment processing services, including the processing of credit cards, debit cards, and other forms of electronic payment. If these companies become unable to provide these services to us, or if their systems are compromised, it could potentially disrupt our business. The payment methods that we offer also subject us to potential fraud and theft by criminals, who are becoming increasingly more sophisticated, seeking to obtain unauthorized access to or exploit weaknesses that may exist in the payment systems. If we fail to comply with applicable rules or requirements for the payment methods we accept, or if payment-related data is compromised due to a breach or misuse of data, we may be liable for costs incurred by payment card issuing banks and other third parties or subject to fines and higher transaction fees, or our ability to accept or facilitate certain types of payments may be impaired. As a result, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

 

 
16
 
Table of Contents

 

We rely significantly on information technology systems and any failure, inadequacy, interruption or security failure of those systems could harm our ability to operate our business effectively.

 

We rely on our information technology systems to effectively manage our business data, communications, point‑of‑sale, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, inventory and warehouse and distribution centers and other business processes. The failure of our systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and the loss of sales, causing our business to suffer. Despite any precautions we may take, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, systems failures, power outages, viruses, security breaches, cyber-attacks and terrorism, including breaches of our transaction processing or other systems that could result in the compromise of confidential company, customer or employee data. We maintain disaster recovery procedures, but there is no guarantee that these will be adequate in all circumstances. Any such damage or interruption could have a material adverse effect on our business, cause us to face significant fines, customer notice obligations or costly litigation, harm our reputation with our customers, require us to expend significant time and expense developing, maintaining or upgrading our information technology systems or prevent us from paying our vendors or employees, receiving payments from our customers or performing other information technology, administrative or outsourcing services on a timely basis. Furthermore, our ability to conduct our website operations may be affected by changes in foreign, state, provincial and federal privacy laws and we could incur significant costs in complying with the multitude of foreign, state, provincial and federal laws regarding the unauthorized disclosure of personal information. Although we carry business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be sufficient to compensate us for potentially significant losses in connection with the risks described above.

 

In addition, we are dependent on third‑party hardware and software providers, including our website. We sell merchandise over the Internet through our website, which represents a growing percentage of our overall net sales. The successful operation of our e-commerce business depends on our ability to maintain the efficient and continuous operation of our website and our fulfillment operations, and to provide a shopping experience that will generate orders and return visits to our site. Our e-commerce operations are subject to numerous risks, including rapid technology change, unanticipated operating problems, credit card fraud and system failures or security breaches and the costs to address and remedy such failures or breaches. Additionally, our website operations as well as other information systems, may be affected by our reliance on third‑party hardware and software providers, whose products and services are not within our control, making it more difficult for us to correct any defects; technology changes; risks related to the failure of computer systems through which we conduct our website operations; telecommunications failures; security breaches or attempts thereof; and, similar disruptions. Third‑party hardware and software providers may not continue to make their products available to us on acceptable terms or at all and such providers may not maintain policies and practices regarding data privacy and security in compliance with all applicable laws. Any impairment in our relationships with such providers could have an adverse effect on our business.

 

Our marketing programs, digital initiatives and use of consumer information are governed by an evolving set of laws and enforcement trends and unfavorable changes in those laws or trends, or our failure to comply with existing or future laws, could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

We collect, maintain and use data, including personally identifiable information, provided to us through online activities and other customer interactions in our business. Our current and future marketing programs depend on our ability to collect, maintain and use this information, and our ability to do so is subject to evolving international and U.S. and Canadian federal, state and/or provincial laws and enforcement trends with respect to the foregoing. We strive to comply with all applicable laws and other legal obligations relating to privacy, data protection and consumer protection, including those relating to the use of data for marketing purposes. It is possible, however, that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another, may conflict with other rules or may conflict with our practices. If so, we may suffer damage to our reputation and be subject to proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could hurt our reputation, force us to spend significant amounts to defend our practices, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business and result in monetary liability.

 

In addition, as data privacy and marketing laws change, we may incur additional costs to ensure we remain in compliance. For example, our stores in California and online sales to Californians subject us to the California Consumer Privacy Act, the standards and restrictions of which are more stringent than in other U.S. states. If applicable data privacy and marketing laws become more restrictive at the international, federal, state or provincial levels, our compliance costs may increase, our ability to effectively engage customers via personalized marketing may decrease, our investment in our e‑commerce platform may not be fully realized, our opportunities for growth may be curtailed by our compliance capabilities or reputational harm and our potential liability for security breaches may increase.

 

Data security breaches could negatively affect our reputation, credibility and business.

 

We collect and store personal information relating to our customers and employees, including their personally identifiable information, and we rely on third parties for the operation of our e‑commerce site and for the various social media tools and websites we use as part of our marketing strategy. Consumers are increasingly concerned over the security of personal information transmitted over the Internet (or through other mechanisms), consumer identity theft and user privacy. Any perceived, attempted or actual unauthorized disclosure of personally identifiable information regarding our employees, customers or website visitors could harm our reputation and credibility, reduce our e‑commerce sales, impair our ability to attract website visitors, reduce our ability to attract and retain customers and result in litigation against us or the imposition of significant fines or penalties and could require us to expend significant time and expense developing, maintaining or upgrading our information technology systems or prevent us from paying our vendors or employees, receiving payments from our customers or performing other information. We cannot be certain that any of our third‑party service providers with access to such personally identifiable information will maintain policies and practices regarding data privacy and security in compliance with all applicable laws, or that they will not experience data security breaches or attempts thereof which could have a corresponding adverse effect on our business. 

 

 
17
 
Table of Contents

 

Recently, data security breaches suffered by well‑known companies and institutions have attracted a substantial amount of media attention, prompting new foreign, federal, provincial and state laws and legislative proposals addressing data privacy and security, as well as increased data protection obligations imposed on merchants by credit card issuers. As a result, we may become subject to more extensive requirements to protect the customer information that we process in connection with the purchase of our products, resulting in increased compliance costs.

 

Use of social media may adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

 

Use of social media platforms, user review and recommendation websites and other forms of online communications provides individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, especially with respect to advertising and consumer privacy, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely affect our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

 

Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Information concerning us may be posted online by unaffiliated third parties, whether seeking to pass themselves off as us or not, at any time, which may be adverse to our reputation or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

 

Fluctuations in our results of operations for the fourth fiscal quarter have a disproportionate effect on our overall financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our business is seasonal and, historically, we have realized a higher portion of our sales, earnings and cash flow from operations in the fourth fiscal quarter, due to the impact of the holiday selling season. Any factors that harm our fourth fiscal quarter operating results, including disruptions in our supply chain, ability of our supply chain to handle higher volumes, adverse weather or unfavorable economic conditions, could have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

 

In order to prepare for our peak shopping season, we must order and maintain higher quantities of inventory than we would carry at other times of the year. As a result, our working capital requirements also fluctuate during the year, increasing in the second and third fiscal quarters in anticipation of the fourth fiscal quarter. Any unanticipated decline in demand for our loose‑leaf teas, pre‑packaged teas, tea sachets, tea-related gifts, and accessories during our peak shopping season could require us to sell excess inventory at a substantial markdown, which could diminish our brand and reduce our sales and gross profit.

 

Our quarterly results of operations may also fluctuate significantly as a result of a variety of other factors, including the timing of new store openings and the sales contributed by new stores. As a result, historical period‑to‑period comparisons of our sales and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future period‑to‑period results. You should not rely on the results of a single fiscal quarter, particularly the fourth fiscal quarter holiday season, as an indication of our annual results or our future performance.

 

We face risks from Brexit.

 

Although none of our suppliers or manufacturers are based the United Kingdom, a significant portion of our tea comes suppliers in European Union countries, such as Germany. The lack of clarity about Brexit and the future laws and regulations of the United Kingdom creates uncertainty for us, as the outcome of these negotiations may affect our business and operations. Additionally, there also is a risk that countries where our suppliers and manufacturers are located may decide to leave the European Union. The uncertainty surrounding Brexit not only potentially affects our business in the European Union, but may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial markets, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

 

Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates could harm our results of operations as well as the price of common shares and any dividends that we may pay.

 

The reporting currency for our combined consolidated financial statements is the Canadian dollar. Changes in exchange rates between the Canadian dollar and the U.S. dollar may have a significant, and potentially adverse, effect on our results of operations. Because we recognize sales in the United States in U.S. dollars, if the U.S. dollar weakens against the Canadian dollar, it would have a negative impact on our U.S. operating results upon translation of those results into Canadian dollars for the purposes of consolidation. Any hypothetical reduction in sales could be partially or completely offset by lower cost of sales and lower selling, general and administration expenses that are generated in U.S. dollars.

 

 
18
 
Table of Contents

 

In addition, a majority of the purchases we make from our suppliers are denominated in U.S. dollars. As a result, a depreciation of the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar increases the cost of acquiring those supplies in Canadian dollars, which negatively affects our gross profit margin. From time to time, we have entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate of our expected U.S. dollar purchases in respect to our inventory. However, these may be inadequate in offsetting any gains and losses in foreign currency transactions, and such gains or losses could have a significant, and potentially adverse, effect on our results of operations.

  

Our earnings per share are reported in Canadian dollars, and accordingly may be translated into U.S. dollars by analysts or our investors. Given the foregoing, the value of an investment in our common shares to a U.S. shareholder will fluctuate as the U.S. dollar rises and falls against the Canadian dollar. Our decision to declare a dividend depends on results of operations reported in Canadian dollars, and we will declare dividends, if any, in Canadian dollars. As a result, U.S. and other shareholders seeking U.S. dollar total returns, including increases in the share price and dividends paid, are subject to foreign exchange risk as the U.S. dollar rises and falls against the Canadian dollar.

 

We currently report our financial results under IFRS, which differs in certain significant respects from U.S. GAAP.

 

We report our financial statements under IFRS. There have been and there may in the future certain significant differences between IFRS and U.S. GAAP, including but not limited to differences related to revenue recognition, share-based compensation expense, income tax, impairment of long-lived assets and earnings per share. As a result, our financial information and reported earnings for historical or future periods could be significantly different if they were prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. As a result, you may not be able to meaningfully compare our financial statements under IFRS with those companies that prepare financial statements under U.S. GAAP.

 

Changes to estimates related to our property, fixtures and equipment or operating results that are lower than our current estimates at certain store locations may cause us to incur impairment charges on certain long-lived assets, which may adversely affect our results of operations.

 

In accordance with accounting guidance as it relates to the impairment of long-lived assets, we make certain estimates and projections with regard to individual store operations, as well as our overall performance, in connection with our impairment analyses for long-lived assets. When impairment triggers are deemed to exist for any location, the recoverable amount is compared to its carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the recoverable amount, an impairment charge equal to the difference between the carrying value and recoverable amount is recorded. The projections of future cash flows used in these analyses require the use of judgment and a number of estimates and projections of future operating results. If actual results differ from our estimates, additional charges for asset impairments may be required in the future. We have experienced significant impairment charges in past years and the current fiscal year. If future impairment charges are significant, our reported operating results would be adversely affected.

 

Further, we have significant long-term lease obligations. If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our lease obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets or operations, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness.

 

If we are unable to attract, train, assimilate and retain employees that embody our culture, including store personnel, store and district managers and regional directors, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.

 

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, train, assimilate and retain a sufficient number of employees, including Tea Guides, store managers, district managers and regional directors, who understand and appreciate our culture, represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our customers. If we are unable to hire and retain store personnel capable of consistently providing a high-level of customer service, as demonstrated by their enthusiasm for our culture, understanding of our customers and knowledge of the loose‑leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages we offer, our ability to open new stores may be impaired, the performance of our existing and new stores could be materially adversely affected and our brand image may be negatively impacted. In addition, the rate of employee turnover in the retail industry is typically high and finding qualified candidates to fill positions may be difficult. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increases in team member turnover rates could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations. We also rely on temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our stores and distribution centers. We may not be able to find adequate temporary or seasonal personnel to staff our operations when needed, which may strain our existing personnel and negatively affect our operations.

 

 
19
 
Table of Contents

 

We are subject to potential challenges relating to overtime pay and other regulations that affect our employees, which could cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows to suffer.

 

Various labor laws, including Canadian federal and provincial laws and U.S. federal and state laws, among others, govern our relationship with our employees and affect our operating costs. These laws include minimum wage requirements, overtime pay, unemployment tax rates, workers’ compensation rates and citizenship requirements. These laws change frequently and may be difficult to interpret and apply. In particular, as a retailer, we may be subject to challenges regarding the application of overtime and related pay regulations to our employees. A determination that we do not comply with these laws could harm our brand image, business, financial condition and results of operation. Additional government‑imposed increases in minimum wages, overtime pay, paid leaves of absence or mandated health benefits could also cause our business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows to suffer.

 

If we face labor shortages or increased labor costs, our results of operations and our growth could be adversely affected.

 

Labor is a significant component of the cost of operating our business. Our ability to meet labor needs while controlling labor costs is subject to external factors, such as employment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage legislation, changing demographics, health and other insurance costs and governmental labor and employment requirements. In the event of increasing wage rates, if we fail to increase our wages competitively, the quality of our workforce could decline, while increasing our wages could cause our earnings to decrease. If we face labor shortages or increased labor costs because of increased competition for employees from our competitors and other industries, higher employee-turnover rates, unionization of farm workers or increases in the federal- or state-mandated minimum wage, change in exempt and non-exempt status, or other employee benefits costs (including costs associated with health insurance coverage or workers’ compensation insurance), our operating expenses could increase and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

Litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

Our business is subject to the risk of litigation by employees, consumers, vendors, competitors, intellectual property rights holders, shareholders, government agencies and others through private actions, class actions, administrative proceedings, regulatory actions or other litigation. The outcome of litigation, particularly class action lawsuits, regulatory actions and intellectual property claims, is inherently difficult to assess or quantify. Plaintiffs in these types of lawsuits may seek recovery of very large or indeterminate amounts, and the magnitude of the potential loss relating to these lawsuits may remain unknown for substantial periods of time. In addition, certain of these lawsuits, if decided adversely to us or settled by us, may result in liability material to our financial statements as a whole or may negatively affect our operating results if changes to our business operation are required. Regardless of the outcome or merit, the cost to defend future litigation may be significant and result in the diversion of management and other company resources. There also may be adverse publicity associated with litigation that could negatively affect customer perception of our business, regardless of whether the allegations are valid or whether we are ultimately found liable. As a result, litigation may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.

 

Our failure to comply with existing or new regulations, both in the United States and Canada, or an adverse action regarding product claims or advertising could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our business operations, including labeling, advertising, sourcing, distribution and sale of our products, are subject to regulation by various federal, state and local government entities and agencies, particularly the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”), the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and the Office of Foreign Asset Control (“OFAC”) in the United States, as well as Canadian entities and agencies, including the Canadian Food Inspection Agency. From time to time, we may be subject to challenges to our marketing, advertising or product claims in litigation or governmental, administrative or other regulatory proceedings. Failure to comply with applicable regulations or withstand such challenges could result in changes in our supply chain, product labeling, packaging or advertising, loss of market acceptance of the product by consumers, additional recordkeeping requirements, injunctions, product withdrawals, recalls, product seizures, fines, monetary settlements or criminal prosecution. Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

 

In addition, consumers who allege that they were deceived by any statements that were made in advertising or labeling could bring a lawsuit against us under consumer protection laws. If we were subject to any such claims, while we would defend ourselves against such claims, we may ultimately be unsuccessful in our defense. Defending ourselves against such claims, regardless of their merit and ultimate outcome, would likely result in a significant distraction for management, be lengthy and costly and could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the negative publicity surrounding any such claims could harm our reputation and brand image.

 

 
20
 
Table of Contents

 

We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately, which could harm the value of our brand and adversely affect our business.

 

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. We pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks, service marks and patentable technology in Canada, the United States and in certain other jurisdictions. In particular, our trademarks, including our registered DAVIDsTEA and DAVIDsTEA logo design trademarks and the unregistered names of a significant number of the varieties of specially blended teas that we sell, are valuable assets that reinforce the distinctiveness of our brand and our customers’ favorable perception of our stores.

 

We also strive to protect our intellectual property rights by relying on federal, state and common law rights, as well as contractual restrictions with our employees, contractors (including those who develop, source, manufacture, store and distribute our tea blends, tea accessories and other tea‑related merchandise), vendors and other third parties. However, we may not enter into confidentiality and/or invention assignment agreements with every employee, contractor and service provider to protect our proprietary information and intellectual property ownership rights. In addition, although we have exclusivity agreements with each of our significant suppliers who performs blending services for us, or who has access to our designs, we may not be able to successfully protect the tea blends and designs to which such suppliers have access under trade secret laws, and the periods for exclusivity governing our tea blends last for periods as brief as 18 months. Unauthorized disclosure of or claims to our intellectual property or confidential information may adversely affect our business.

 

From time to time, third parties have sold our products using our name without our consent, and, we believe, have infringed or misappropriated our intellectual property rights. We respond to these actions on a case‑by‑case basis and where appropriate may commence litigation to protect our intellectual property rights. However, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of our intellectual property or to take appropriate steps to enforce, defend and assert our intellectual property in all instances.

 

Effective trade secret, patent, copyright, trademark and domain name protection is expensive to obtain, develop and maintain, Our failure to register or protect our trademarks could prevent us in the future from using our trademarks or challenging third parties who use names and logos similar to our trademarks, which may in turn cause customer confusion, impede our marketing efforts, negatively affect customers’ perception of our brand, stores and products, and adversely affect our sales and profitability. Moreover, intellectual property proceedings and infringement claims brought by or against us could result in substantial costs and a significant distraction for management and have a negative impact on our business. We cannot assure you that we are not infringing or violating, and have not infringed or violated, any third‑party intellectual property rights, or that we will not be accused of doing so in the future.

 

In addition, although we have also taken steps to protect our intellectual property rights internationally, the laws of certain foreign countries may not protect intellectual property to the same extent as do the laws of the United States and Canada and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate in those countries. Other entities may have rights to trademarks that contain portions of our marks or may have registered similar or competing marks in foreign countries. There may also be other prior registrations in other foreign countries of which we are not aware. We may need to expend additional resources to defend our trademarks in these countries, and the inability to defend such trademarks could impair our brand or adversely affect the growth of our business internationally.

 

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards in the United States may be subject to limitation in the event we experience an “ownership change.”

 

Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, our ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards in any taxable year may be limited if we experience an “ownership change.” A Section 382 “ownership change” generally occurs if one or more shareholders or groups of shareholders who own at least 5% of our common shares increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three‑year period. Any such limitation on the timing of utilizing our net operating loss carryforwards would increase the use of cash to settle our tax obligations. Accordingly, the application of Section 382 could have a material effect on the use of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely affect our future cash flow from operations.

 

Risks Relating to Ownership of Our Common Shares

 

Our largest shareholder owns 46% of our common shares, which may limit our minority shareholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.

 

Our largest shareholder, Rainy Day Investments, Ltd. (“Rainy Day”) owns 46% of our common shares. Rainy Day may have the ability to influence the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to shareholders for approval and the interests of Rainy Day may differ from the interests of our other shareholders.

 

 
21
 
Table of Contents

  

Rainy Day, as our largest shareholder, has significant influence in electing our directors and, consequently, has a substantial say in the appointment of our executive officers, our management policies and strategic direction. In addition, certain matters, such as amendments to our articles of incorporation or votes regarding a potential merger or a sale of all or substantially all of our assets, require approval of at least two thirds of our shareholders; Rainy Day’s approval will be required to achieve any such threshold. Accordingly, should the interests of Rainy Day differ from those of other shareholders, the other shareholders are highly susceptible to the influence of Rainy Day’s votes.

 

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline

 

Our common shares have traded as high as US$29.97 and as low as US$1.07 during the period from our IPO to April 17, 2019.

 

An active, liquid and orderly market for our common shares may not be sustained, which could depress the trading price of our common shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration. In addition, broad market and industry factors, most of which we cannot control, may harm the price of our common shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. In addition, securities markets worldwide have experienced, and are likely to continue to experience, significant price and volume fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market and political conditions and Canadian dollar exchange rate relative to the U.S. dollar, could subject the market price of our shares to wide price fluctuations regardless of our operating performance. Our operating results and the trading price of our shares may fluctuate in response to various factors, including:

 

 

· conditions or trends affecting our industry or the economy globally; in particular, in the retail sales environment;

 

 

 

 

· stock market price and volume fluctuations of other publicly traded companies and, in particular, those that are in the retail industry;

 

 

 

 

· fluctuations of the Canadian dollar exchange rate relative to the U.S. dollar;

 

 

 

 

· variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;

 

 

 

 

· seasonal fluctuations;

 

 

 

 

· our entry into new markets;

 

 

 

 

· timing of new store openings and our levels of comparable sales;

 

 

 

 

· actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results or other operating metrics, such as comparable store sales, that may be used by the investment community;

 

 

 

 

· changes in financial estimates by us or by any securities analysts who might cover our shares;

 

 

 

 

· issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

 

 

 

· loss of visibility as to investor expectations as a result of a lack of published reports from industry analysts;

 

 

 

 

· actions and announcements by us or our competitors, including new product offerings, significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships or divestitures;

 

 

 

 

· sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our shares, including sales by our directors, officers or significant shareholders;

 

 

 

 

· additions or departures of key personnel;

 

 

 

 

· significant developments relating to our relationships with business partners, vendors and distributors;

 

 

 

 

· regulatory developments negatively affecting our industry;

 

 

 

 

· changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretation or principles;

 

 

 

 

· volatility in our share price, which may lead to higher share-based compensation expense under applicable accounting standards;

 

 

 

 

· speculation about our business in the press or investment community;

 

 

 

 

· investors’ perception of the retail industry in general and our Company in particular; and

 

 

 

 

· other events beyond our control such as major catastrophic events, weather and war.

 

 
22
 
Table of Contents

 

These and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, may cause our operating results and the market price and demand for our shares to fluctuate substantially. Fluctuations in our quarterly operating results could limit or prevent investors from readily selling their shares and may otherwise negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our shares. In addition, in the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. If any of our shareholders brought a lawsuit against us, we could incur substantial costs defending the lawsuit. Such a lawsuit could also divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

 

Shareholder activism, including public criticism of our company or our management team or litigation, may adversely affect our stock price.

 

Responding to actions by activist stockholders can be costly and time-consuming and may divert the attention of management and our employees. The review, consideration, and response to public announcements or criticism by any activist shareholder, or litigation initiated by such shareholders, requires the expenditure of significant time and resources by us. We have previously experienced shareholder activism, which became the subject of contention among other of our significant shareholders and ultimately resulted in changes to our Board of Directors and management. Additional public disagreements or proxy contests for the election of directors at our annual meeting could require us to incur significant legal fees and proxy solicitation expenses, may negatively affect our stock price, potentially result in litigation, and may have other material adverse effects on our business.

 

If we are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, we may fail to prevent or detect material misstatements in our financial statements, in which case investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common shares may be negatively affected.

 

As a public company, we are required to maintain internal controls over financial reporting and to report any material weaknesses in such internal controls. In addition, beginning with our second Annual Report on Form 10-K, we are required to furnish a report by management on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act. Our independent registered public accounting firm is not required to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting until after we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. At such time, however, our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our internal control over financial reporting is documented, designed or operating.

 

The process of designing, implementing, and testing the internal control over financial reporting required to comply with this obligation is time‑consuming, costly and complicated. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, if we are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act in a timely manner or if our management is unable to report that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting once we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common shares could be negatively affected. We could also become subject to investigations by the NASDAQ Global Market on which our securities are listed, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

 

Our articles, bylaws and certain Canadian legislation contain provisions that may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control.

 

Certain provisions of our articles of amendment and bylaws, together or separately, could discourage potential acquisition proposals, delay or prevent a change in control and limit the price that certain investors may be willing to pay for our common shares.

 

For instance, our bylaws contain provisions that establish certain advance notice procedures for nomination of candidates for election as directors at shareholders’ meetings.

 

The Investment Canada Act requires that a “non‑Canadian,” as defined therein, file an application for review with the Minister responsible for the Investment Canada Act and obtain approval of the Minister prior to acquiring control of a Canadian business, where prescribed financial thresholds are exceeded. Otherwise, there are no limitations either under the laws of Canada or in our articles on the rights of non‑Canadians to hold or vote our common shares.

 

Any of these provisions may discourage a potential acquirer from proposing or completing a transaction that may have otherwise presented a premium to our shareholders.

 

 
23
 
Table of Contents

  

Because we are a federally incorporated Canadian corporation and the majority of our directors and officers are resident in Canada, it may be difficult for investors in the United States to enforce civil liabilities against us based solely upon the federal securities laws of the United States.

 

We are a federally incorporated Canadian corporation with our principal place of business in Canada. A majority of our directors and officers and the auditors named herein are residents of Canada and all or a substantial portion of our assets and those of such persons are located outside the United States. Consequently, it may be difficult for U.S. investors to effect service of process within the United States upon us or our directors or officers or such auditors who are not residents of the United States, or to realize in the United States upon judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon civil liabilities under the Securities Act. Investors should not assume that Canadian courts: (1) would enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained in actions against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws or the securities or “blue sky” laws of any state within the United States or (2) would enforce, in original actions, liabilities against us or such persons predicated upon the U.S. federal securities laws or any such state securities or blue sky laws.

 

We may lose our foreign private issuer status in the future, which could result in significant additional costs and expenses.

 

As discussed above, we are a foreign private issuer, and therefore, we are not required to comply with all of the periodic disclosure and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. The determination of foreign private issuer status is made annually on the last business day of an issuer’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, and, accordingly, the next determination will be made with respect to us on August 3, 2019. We would lose our foreign private issuer status if, for example, more than 50% of our common shares is directly or indirectly held by residents of the United States on August 3, 2019 and we fail to meet additional requirements necessary to maintain our foreign private issuer status. If we lose our foreign private issuer status on this date, we will be required to file with the SEC periodic reports and registration statements on U.S. domestic issuer forms beginning at the end of Fiscal 2019, which are more detailed and extensive than the forms available to a foreign private issuer. We will also have to mandatorily comply with U.S. federal proxy requirements, and our officers, directors and principal shareholders will become subject to the short‑swing profit disclosure and recovery provisions of Section 16 of the Exchange Act. In addition, we will lose our ability to rely upon exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements under the listing rules of The NASDAQ Global Market. As a U.S. listed public company that is not a foreign private issuer, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other expenses that we do not incur as a foreign private issuer, and accounting, reporting and other expenses in order to maintain a listing on a U.S. securities exchange. These expenses will relate to, among other things, the obligation to reconcile our financial information that is reported according to IFRS to U.S. GAAP and to report future results according to U.S. GAAP.

 

There could be adverse tax consequence for our shareholders in the United States if we are a passive foreign investment company.

 

Under United States federal income tax laws, if a company is, or for any past period was, a passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”), it could have adverse United States federal income tax consequences to U.S. shareholders even if the company is no longer a PFIC. The determination of whether we are a PFIC is a factual determination made annually based on all the facts and circumstances and thus is subject to change, and the principles and methodology used in determining whether a company is a PFIC are subject to interpretation. While we do not believe that we currently are or have been a PFIC, we could be a PFIC in the future. United States purchasers of our common shares are urged to consult their tax advisors concerning United States federal income tax consequences of holding our common shares if we are considered to be a PFIC.

 

If we are a PFIC, U.S. holders would be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences, such as ineligibility for any preferred tax rates on capital gains or on actual or deemed dividends, interest charges on certain taxes treated as deferred, and additional reporting requirements under U.S. federal income tax laws or regulations. Whether or not U.S. holders make a timely qualified electing fund, or QEF, election or mark‑to‑market election may affect the U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. holders with respect to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common shares and any distributions such U.S. holders may receive. Investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding all aspects of the application of the PFIC rules to our common shares.

 

 
24
 
Table of Contents

  

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

 

None.

 

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Properties

 

Our principal executive and administrative offices are located at 5430 Ferrier Street, Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1M2. We currently lease one warehouse and distribution center located in Montréal, Québec, which we opened in July 2010. See “Item 1. Business — Warehouse and Distribution Facilities” above for further information.

 

The general location, use, approximate size and lease renewal date of our properties, none of which is owned by us, are set forth below:

 

 

 

 

 

Approximate

 

Lease

 

Location

 

Use

 

Square Feet

 

Renewal Date

 

Montréal, Québec

 

Executive and Administrative Offices

 

22,000

 

October 31, 2023

 

Montréal, Québec

 

Distribution Center

 

61,500

 

June 30, 2021

 

As of February 2, 2019, we operated 237 company-operated stores, with 189 stores in Canada and 48 stores in the United States, consisting of approximately 220,000 gross square feet. All of our stores are leased from third parties and the leases typically have 10-year terms. Most leases for our retail stores provide for a minimum rent, typically including rent increases, plus a percentage rent based upon sales after certain minimum thresholds are achieved. The leases generally require us to pay insurance, utilities, real estate taxes and repair and maintenance expenses.

 

The following table summarizes the locations of our stores as of February 2, 2019:

 

 

 

Number of

 

Locations in Canada

 

Stores

 

Alberta

 

 

26

 

British Columbia

 

 

30

 

Manitoba

 

 

6

 

Newfoundland

 

 

2

 

New Brunswick

 

 

3

 

Nova Scotia

 

 

5

 

Ontario

 

 

63

 

Prince Edward Island

 

 

1

 

Québec

 

 

50

 

Saskatchewan

 

 

3

 

Total stores in Canada

 

 

189

 

 

 
25
 
Table of Contents

 

 

 

Number of

 

Locations in the United States of America

 

Stores

 

California

 

 

8

 

Connecticut

 

 

2

 

Florida

 

 

1

 

Illinois

 

 

8

 

Indiana

 

 

1

 

Massachusetts

 

 

10

 

Maryland

 

 

2

 

Minnesota

 

 

1

 

New Jersey

 

 

2

 

New York

 

 

6

 

Ohio

 

 

3

 

Pennsylvania

 

 

1

 

Vermont

 

 

1

 

Washington

 

 

1

 

Wisconsin

 

 

1

 

Total stores in the United States of America

 

 

48

 

 

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

From time to time, we may become involved in various lawsuits and legal proceedings which arise in the ordinary course of business. Except as noted above, we are not presently a party to any legal proceedings, government actions, administrative actions, investigations or claims that are pending against us or involve us that, in the opinion of our management, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or operating results. However, litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise from time to time that may harm our business.

 

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

 

Not applicable.

 

 
26
 
Table of Contents

 

PART II

 

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Market Information

 

Our common shares have been listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “DTEA” since June 2015. Prior to that date, there was no public trading of our common shares. As of April 17, 2019, there were approximately 13 holders of record of our common shares.

 

Voting Rights

 

Each holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of shareholders of the Company and to vote thereat, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares (other than Common Shares) or specified series of share are entitled to vote. At all meetings of which notice must be given to the holders of the Common Shares, each holder of Common Shares shall be entitled to one vote in respect of each Common Share held by such holder.

 

Dividends

 

The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Company, to receive any dividend declared by the Company.

 

We have never declared or paid regular cash dividends on our common shares. The declaration and payment of any dividends in the future will be determined by our Board of Directors, in its discretion, and will depend on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements, overall financial condition, and contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in any agreements governing any indebtedness we may incur.

 

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-up

 

The holders of the Common Shares shall be entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Company, to receive the remaining property of the Company on a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or on any other return of capital or distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs.

 

Stock Performance Graph

 

The stock performance graph below compares cumulative total return on DAVIDsTEA common shares to the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Composite Index, S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Consumer Discretionary Sector Index from June 4, 2015 through February 2, 2019. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 in DAVIDsTEA and the NASDAQ Composite Index, S&P 500 Index and S&P 500 Consumer Discretionary Sector Index as of June 4, 2015. The performance shown on the graph below is not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common shares.

 

 

 
27
 
Table of Contents

  

ITEM 6. SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following table sets forth our selected consolidated financial data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended January 28, 2017, January 30, 2016 and January 31, 2015 are derived from audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods. Our financial statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS. These principles differ in certain respects from U.S. GAAP.

 

This selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth under “Risk Related to Our Business and Our Industry” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

January 30,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except share information)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of income (loss) data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$ 212,753

 

 

$ 224,015

 

 

$ 215,984

 

 

$ 180,690

 

 

$ 141,883

 

Cost of sales

 

 

114,774

 

 

 

116,772

 

 

 

107,534

 

 

 

85,359

 

 

 

64,185

 

Gross profit

 

 

97,979

 

 

 

107,243

 

 

 

108,450

 

 

 

95,331

 

 

 

77,698

 

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

 

125,722

 

 

 

131,930

 

 

 

114,756

 

 

 

80,116

 

 

 

66,565

 

Results from operating activities

 

 

(27,743 )

 

 

(24,687 )

 

 

(6,306 )

 

 

15,215

 

 

 

11,133

 

Finance costs

 

 

1,614

 

 

 

2,371

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

1,051

 

 

 

2,345

 

Finance income

 

 

(700 )

 

 

(567 )

 

 

(479 )

 

 

(348 )

 

 

(133 )

Accretion of preferred shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

401

 

 

 

1,044

 

Loss from embedded derivative on Series A, A-1 and A-2 preferred shares

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

140,874

 

 

 

380

 

IPO-related costs

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

856

 

Settlement cost related to former option holder

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

520

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(28,657 )

 

 

(26,491 )

 

 

(5,903 )

 

 

(126,763 )

 

 

6,121

 

Provision for income tax (recovery)

 

 

4,882

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

(2,235 )

 

 

4,668

 

 

 

(333 )

Net income (loss)

 

$ (33,539 )

 

$ (28,501 )

 

$ (3,668 )

 

$ (131,431 )

 

$ 6,454

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic

 

 

25,967,836

 

 

 

25,716,186

 

 

 

24,699,290

 

 

 

19,776,946

 

 

 

11,984,763

 

Net income (loss) per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and fully diluted

 

$ (1.29 )

 

$ (1.11 )

 

$ (0.15 )

 

$ (6.65 )

 

$ 0.54

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheet data (at year end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$ 42,074

 

 

$ 63,484

 

 

$ 64,440

 

 

$ 72,514

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$ 122,500

 

 

$ 147,936

 

 

$ 174,334

 

 

$ 158,972

 

 

 

 

 

Total liabilities

 

$ 55,044

 

 

$ 46,568

 

 

$ 40,884

 

 

$ 24,935

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity

 

$ 67,456

 

 

$ 101,368

 

 

$ 133,450

 

 

$ 134,037

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
28
 
Table of Contents

  

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Preface

 

In preparing this Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”), we have taken into account all information available to us up to May 2, 2019, the date of this MD&A. The audited annual consolidated financial statements and this MD&A were reviewed by the Company’s Audit Committee and were approved and authorized for issuance by our Board of Directors on May 2, 2019.

 

All financial information contained in this annual MD&A and in the audited annual consolidated financial statements has been prepared in accordance with IFRS, except for certain non-GAAP information discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As a foreign private issuer, we are permitted to file our audited consolidated financial statements with the SEC under IFRS without a reconciliation to U.S. GAAP and as a result, we do not prepare a reconciliation of our results to U.S. GAAP. It is possible that certain of our accounting policies could be different from GAAP. All monetary amounts in this MD&A are expressed in Canadian dollars, except for share and per share data and where otherwise indicated.

 

This MD&A should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto of the Company as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 and for the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017 which are contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Accounting Periods

 

All references to “Fiscal 2018” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended February 2, 2019. All references to “Fiscal 2017” are to the Company’s fiscal year ended February 3, 2018.

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the end of January, typically resulting in a 52-week year, but occasionally giving rise to an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. The year ended February 2, 2019 covers a 52-week fiscal period, and the year ended February 3, 2018 covers a 53-week fiscal period.

 

Overview

 

We are a branded retailer of specialty tea, offering a differentiated selection of proprietary loose-leaf teas, pre-packaged teas, tea sachets and tea-related gifts, accessories, and food and beverages primarily through 237 company-operated DAVIDsTEA stores as of February 2, 2019, and our website, davidstea.com. We are building a brand that seeks to expand the definition of tea with innovative products that consumers can explore in an open and inviting retail environment. We strive to make tea a multi-sensory experience by facilitating interaction with our products through education and sampling so that our customers appreciate the compelling attributes of tea as well as the ease of preparation.

 

Factors Affecting Our Performance

 

We believe that our performance and future success depend on a number of factors that present significant opportunities for us and may pose risks and challenges, as discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this Form 10-K.

 

Fiscal 2018 Highlights

 

During Fiscal 2018, sales declined by $11.3 million and 5% over the prior year to $212.8 million. Net loss increased by $5.0 million to $33.5 million for the year from a net loss of $28.5 million in Fiscal 2017. Adjusted EBITDA in Fiscal 2018 was a loss of $1.3 million and compares to $12.8 million in Fiscal 2017.

 

How We Assess Our Performance

 

The key measures we use to evaluate the performance of our business and the execution of our strategy are set forth below:

 

Sales. Sales consist primarily of sales from our retail stores and e-commerce site. Our business is seasonal and, as a result, our sales fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Sales are traditionally highest in the fourth fiscal quarter, which includes the holiday sales period, and tend to be lowest in the second and third fiscal quarter because of lower customer traffic in our locations in the summer months.

 

 
29
 
Table of Contents

 

The specialty retail industry is cyclical, and our sales are affected by general economic conditions. A number of factors that influence the level of consumer spending, including economic conditions and the level of disposable consumer income, consumer debt, interest rates and consumer confidence can affect purchases of our products.

 

Sales also include gift card breakage income.

 

Comparable Sales. Comparable sales refer to year-over-year comparison information for comparable stores and e-commerce. Our stores are added to the comparable sales calculation in the beginning of their thirteenth month of operation. As a result, data regarding comparable sales may not be comparable to similarly titled data from other retailers.

 

The fiscal year ended February 3, 2018 included 53 weeks instead of the normal 52 weeks which are included in the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019. As a result, changes in comparable same store sales are not consistent with changes in net sales reported for other fiscal periods.

 

Measuring the change in year-over-year comparable sales allows us to evaluate how our business is performing. Various factors affect comparable sales, including:

 

 

· our ability to anticipate and respond effectively to consumer preference, buying and economic trends;

 

 

 

 

· our ability to provide a product offering that generates new and repeat visits to our stores and online;

 

 

 

 

· the customer experience we provide in our stores and online;

 

 

 

 

· the level of customer traffic near our locations in which we operate;

 

 

 

 

· the number of customer transactions and average ticket in our stores and online;

 

 

 

 

· the pricing of our tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages;

 

 

 

 

· our ability to obtain and distribute product efficiently;

 

 

 

 

· our opening of new stores in the vicinity of our existing stores; and

 

 

 

 

· the opening or closing of competitor stores near our stores.

 

 
30
 
Table of Contents

 

Non-Comparable Sales. Non-comparable sales include sales from stores prior to the beginning of their thirteenth fiscal month of operation and wholesale sales channel, which includes sales to grocery, hotels, restaurants and institutions, office and workplace locations and food services, as well as corporate gifting. As we pursue our growth strategy, we expect that a significant percentage of our sales will continue to come from non-comparable sales.

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit is equal to our sales less our cost of sales. Cost of sales includes product costs, freight costs, store occupancy costs and distribution costs.

 

Selling, General and Administration Expenses. Selling, general and administration expenses consist of store operating expenses and other general and administration expenses, including store impairments and provision for onerous contracts. Store operating expenses consist of all store expenses excluding occupancy related costs (which are included in costs of sales). General and administration costs consist of salaries and other payroll costs, travel, professional fees, stock compensation, marketing expenses, information technology and other operating costs.

 

General and administration costs, which are generally fixed in nature, do not vary proportionally with sales to the same degree as our cost of sales. We believe that these costs will decrease as a percentage of sales over time. Accordingly, this expense as a percentage of sales is usually higher in lower volume quarters and lower in higher volume quarters.

 

We present Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses as a supplemental measure because we believe it facilitates a comparative assessment of our selling, general and administration expenses under IFRS, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period. It is reconciled to its nearest IFRS measure on page 35 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Results from Operating Activities. Results from operating activities consist of our gross profit less our selling, general and administration expenses.

 

We present adjusted results from operating activities as a supplemental measure because we believe it facilitates a comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our results under IFRS, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period. It is reconciled to its nearest IFRS measure on page 35 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

  

Finance Costs. Finance costs consist of cash and imputed non-cash charges related to our credit facility, long-term debt and finance lease obligations.

 

Finance Income. Finance income consists of interest income on cash balances.

 

Provision for Income Tax. Provision for income tax consists of federal, provincial, state and local current and deferred income taxes.

 

Adjusted EBITDA. We present Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental performance measure because we believe it facilitates a comparative assessment of our operating performance relative to our performance based on our results under IFRS, while isolating the effects of some items that vary from period to period. Specifically, Adjusted EBITDA allows for an assessment of our operating performance and our ability to service or incur indebtedness without the effect of non-cash charges, such as depreciation, amortization, finance costs, deferred rent, non-cash compensation expense, costs related to onerous contracts or contracts where we expect the costs of the obligations to exceed the economic benefit, gain (loss) on derivative financial instruments, loss on disposal of property and equipment, impairment of property and equipment and certain non-recurring expenses. This measure also functions as a benchmark to evaluate our operating performance. For a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA, refer to page 37 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 
31
 
Table of Contents

 

Selected Operating and Financial Highlights

 

Results of Operations

 

The following table summarizes key components of our results of operations for the period indicated:

  

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

For the twelve months ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Consolidated statement of loss data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

$ 83,144

 

 

$ 86,662

 

 

$ 212,753

 

 

$ 224,015

 

Cost of sales

 

 

43,581

 

 

 

42,178

 

 

 

114,774

 

 

 

116,772

 

Gross profit

 

 

39,563

 

 

 

44,484

 

 

 

97,979

 

 

 

107,243

 

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

 

40,857

 

 

 

52,926

 

 

 

125,722

 

 

 

131,930

 

Results from operating activities

 

(1,294 )

 

(8,442 )

 

 

(27,743 )

 

 

(24,687 )

Finance costs

 

 

1,377

 

 

 

1,756

 

 

 

1,614

 

 

 

2,371

 

Finance income

 

 

(126 )

 

 

(147 )

 

 

(700 )

 

 

(567 )

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(2,545 )

 

 

(10,051 )

 

 

(28,657 )

 

 

(26,491 )

Provision for income tax

 

 

10,733

 

 

 

6,040

 

 

 

4,882

 

 

 

2,010

 

Net loss

 

$ 

(13,278 )

 

(16,091 )

 

$ (33,539 )

 

$ (28,501 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

100.0 %

 

 

100.0 %

 

 

100.0 %

 

 

100.0 %

Cost of sales

 

 

52.4 %

 

 

48.7 %

 

 

53.9 %

 

 

52.1 %

Gross profit

 

 

47.6 %

 

 

51.3 %

 

 

46.1 %

 

 

47.9 %

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

 

49.1 %

 

 

61.1 %

 

 

59.1 %

 

 

58.9 %

Results from operating activities

 

 

-1.6

%

 

 

-9.7

 

 

-13.0

%

 

 

-11.0

%

Finance costs

 

 

1.7 %

 

 

2.0 %

 

 

0.8 %

 

 

1.1 %

Finance income

 

 

-0.2

% 

 

 

-0.2

%

 

 

-0.3

%

 

 

-0.3

%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

-3.1

%

 

 

-11.6

%

 

 

-13.5

%

 

 

-11.8

%

Provision for income tax

 

 

12.9 %

 

 

7.0 %

 

 

2.3 %

 

 

0.9 %

Net loss

 

 

-16.0

%

 

 

-18.6

%

 

 

-15.8

%

 

 

-12.7

%

Other financial and operations data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

$ 10,940

 

 

16,397

 

 

$ (1,272 )

 

$ 12,819

 

Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of sales

 

 

13.2 %

 

 

18.9 %

 

 

-0.6

%

 

 

5.7 %

Number of stores at end of year

 

 

237

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

237

 

 

 

240

 

Comparable sales growth (decline) for year (2)

 

 

-1.6%

 

 

 

-6.0

 

 

-6.1

% 

 

 

-6.0

%

__________ 

(1) For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income see “—Non-IFRS Metrics” below.

 

 

(2) Comparable sales refer to year-over-year comparison information for comparable stores and e-commerce. Our stores are added to the comparable sales calculation in the beginning of their thirteenth month of operation.

  

Non-IFRS Metrics

 

Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, and the use of the term Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income may differ from similar measures reported by other companies. We believe that Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income provide investors with useful information with respect to our historical operations. Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are not measurements of our financial performance under IFRS and should not be considered in isolation or as an alternative to net income (loss), net cash provided by operating, investing or financing activities or any other financial statement data presented as indicators of financial performance or liquidity, each as presented in accordance with IFRS. We understand that although Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are frequently used by securities analysts, lenders and others in their evaluation of companies, it has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered in isolation, or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under IFRS. Some of these limitations are:

 

 

· Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income do not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

  

 
32
 
Table of Contents

 

 

· Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income do not reflect the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt; and

 

 

 

 

· Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will often have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

 

Because of these limitations, Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses, Adjusted results from operating activities, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted Net Income should not be considered as discretionary cash available to us to reinvest in the growth of our business or as a measure of cash that will be available to us to meet our obligations.

 

The following tables present a reconciliation of Adjusted Selling, General and Administration expenses, Adjusted results from Operating Activities, Adjusted EBITDA to our net loss, Adjusted Net Income (Loss) and Adjusted Fully Diluted Income (Loss) per common share determined in accordance with IFRS:

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses

 

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

For the twelve months ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

$ 40,857

 

 

$ 52,926

 

 

$ 125,722

 

 

$ 131,930

 

Executive separation costs (a)

 

 

(440 )

 

 

(151 )

 

 

(1,280 )

 

 

(2,225 )

Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets  (b)

 

 

(6,675 )

 

 

(10,098 )

 

 

(9,960 )

 

 

(15,069 )

Impact of onerous contracts (c)

 

 

(66 )

 

 

(11,767 )

 

 

(552 )

 

 

(7,854 )

Strategic review and proxy contest costs (d)

 

 

(55 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,593 )

 

 

-

 

ERP project termination  (e)

 

 

(2,496 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(2,496 )

 

 

-

 

Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses

 

$ 31,125

 

 

$ 30,910

 

 

$ 107,841

 

 

$ 106,782

 

___________ 

(a) Executive and employee separation costs represent salary owed to certain former executives and employees payable as part of their separation of employment from the Company

 

 

(b) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment for stores and intangible assets.

 

 

(c) Represents provision, non-cash reversals, and utilization related to certain stores where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract.

 

 

(d) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual meeting held on June 14, 2018. Costs for the three and twelve months ended February 2, 2019 includes $13 and $825, respectively, related to the strategic review process, nil and $868 for incremental directors and officers run-off insurance costs incurred prior to the annual meeting on June 14, 2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

(e) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company decides to embark on future ERP initiatives.

  

 
33
 
Table of Contents

 

Reconciliation of Adjusted results from operating activities

  

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

For the twelve months ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Results from operating activities

 

$ (1,294 )

 

$ (8,442 )

 

$ (27,743 )

 

$ (24,687 )

Executive separation costs (a)

 

 

440

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

1,280

 

 

 

2,225

 

Impairment of property and equipment  and intangible assets  (b)

 

 

6,675

 

 

 

10,098

 

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

15,069

 

Impact of onerous contracts (c)

 

 

66

 

 

 

11,767

 

 

 

552

 

 

 

7,854

 

Strategic review and proxy contest costs (d)

 

 

55

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

-

 

ERP project termination  (e)

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

-

 

Adjusted results from operating activities

 

$ 8,438

 

 

$ 13,574

 

 

$ (9,862 )

 

$ 461

 

__________ 

(a) Executive and employee separation costs represent salary owed to certain former executives and employees payable as part of their separation of employment from the Company.

 

 

(b) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets for stores.

 

 

(c) Represents provision, non-cash reversals, and utilization related to certain stores where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract.

 

 

(d) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual meeting held on June 14, 2018. Costs for the three and twelve months ended February 2, 2019 includes $13 and $825, respectively, related to the strategic review process, nil and $868 for incremental directors and officers run-off insurance costs incurred prior to the annual meeting on June 14, 2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

(e) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company decides to embark on future ERP initiatives.

 

 
34
 
Table of Contents

     

Reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to our net loss

 

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

For the twelve months ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (13,278 )

 

$ (16,091 )

 

$ (33,539 )

 

$ (28,501 )

Finance costs

 

 

1,377

 

 

 

1,756

 

 

 

1,614

 

 

 

2,371

 

Finance income

 

 

(126 )

 

 

(147 )

 

 

(700 )

 

 

(567 )

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

2,105

 

 

 

2,341

 

 

 

8,203

 

 

 

9,905

 

Recovery of income tax

 

 

10,733

 

 

 

6,040

 

 

 

4,882

 

 

 

2,010

 

EBITDA

 

$ 811

 

 

$ (6,101 )

 

$ (19,540 )

 

$ (14,782 )

Additional adjustments :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation expense (a)

 

 

218

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

2,021

 

Executive separation costs related to salary (b)

 

 

440

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

1,280

 

 

 

2,033

 

Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets (c)

 

 

6,675

 

 

 

10,098

 

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

15,069

 

Impact of onerous contracts (d)

 

 

66

 

 

 

11,767

 

 

 

552

 

 

 

7,854

 

Deferred rent (e)

 

 

42

 

 

 

165

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

542

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

137

 

 

 

34

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

82

 

Strategic review and proxy contest costs (f)

 

 

55

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

-

 

ERP project termination (g)

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

-

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$ 10,940

 

 

$ 16,397

 

 

$ (1,272 )

 

$ 12,819

 

_________ 

(a) Represents non-cash stock-based compensation expense.

 

 

(b) Executive and employee separation costs related to salary represent salary owed to certain former executives and employees as part of their separation of employment from the Company.

 

 

(c) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets for stores.

 

 

(d) Represents provision, non-cash reversals, and utilization related to certain stores where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract.

 

 

(e) Represents the extent to which our rent expense has been above or below our cash rent payments.

 

 

(f) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual meeting held on June 14, 2018. Costs for the three and twelve months ended February 2, 2019 includes $13 and $825, respectively, related to the strategic review process, nil and $868 for incremental directors and officers run-off insurance costs incurred prior to the annual meeting on June 14, 2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

(g) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company decides to embark on future ERP initiatives. Includes $1,724 that was capitalized at November 3, 2018 and $772 that was expensed during the fourth quarter.

 

 
35
 
Table of Contents

 

Reconciliation of reported results to Adjusted Net Income (Loss)

 

For the three months ended

For the twelve months ended

February 2,

February 3,

February 2,

February 3,

2019

2018

2019

2018

Net loss

$ (13,278 ) $ (16,091 ) $ (33,539 ) $ (28,501 )

Executive separation costs (a)

440 151 1,280 2,225

Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets (b)

6,675 10,098 9,960 15,069

Impact of onerous contracts and accretion expense (c)

140 13,501 803 10,146

Strategic review and proxy contest costs (d)

55 - 3,593 -

ERP project termination (e)

2,496 - 2,496 -

Income tax expense adjustment (f)

(2,687 ) (6,313 ) (4,866 ) (7,444 )

Write-down of deferred income tax assets (g)

9,500 6,409 9,500 6,409

Provision for uncertain tax positions (h)

3,060 - 4,000 -

Impact of change in U.S. tax rates (i)

- 1,986 - 1,986

Adjusted net income (loss)

$ 6,401 $ 9,741 $ (6,773 ) $ (110 )

________ 

(a) Executive separation costs related to salary represent salary owed to former executives as part of their separation of employment from the Company.

 

 

(b) Represents costs related to impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets for stores.

 

 

(c) Represents provisions, non-cash reversals, utilization and the accretion expense related to certain stores where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease agreements are expected to exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract. The accretion expense on provisions for onerous contracts is included in Finance costs on the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the three months and twelve months ended February 2, 2019.

 

 

(d) Represents costs related to a corporate strategic review process as well as costs related to the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual meeting held on June 14, 2018. Costs for the three and twelve months ended February 2, 2019 includes $13 and $825, respectively, related to the strategic review process, nil and $868 for incremental directors and officers run-off insurance costs incurred prior to the annual meeting on June 14, 2018, and $42 and $1,900, respectively, for costs incurred in connection with the proxy contest, including nil and $957, respectively, paid to Rainy Day Investments Ltd., a controlling shareholder, for third-party costs incurred by it, as approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

(e) Represents cost incurred during the year to organize and establish project requirements and enterprise design that will not be reusable when the company decides to embark on future ERP initiatives.

 

 

(f) Removes the income tax impact of items referenced in notes (a), (b), (c) and (d).

 

 

(g) Represents a write-down of the U.S. entity's deferred income tax assets.

 

 

(h) Represents provision for uncertain tax positions regarding ongoing tax audits.

 

 

(i) Represents the impact on the U.S. entity's deferred income tax assets related to changes in the U.S. statutory income tax rates.

 

 
36
 
Table of Contents

  

Reconciliation of fully diluted loss per common share to adjusted fully diluted income (loss) per common share

 

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

For the twelve months ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding, fully diluted

 

 

26,010,544

 

 

 

25,874,769

 

 

 

25,967,836

 

 

 

25,716,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment for anti-dilution (a)

 

 

-

 

 

 

247,008

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding, fully diluted

 

 

26,010,544

 

 

 

26,121,777

 

 

 

25,967,836

 

 

 

25,716,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (13,278 )

 

$ (16,091 )

 

$ (33,539 )

 

$ (28,501 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income (loss)

 

$ 6,401

 

 

$ 9,741

 

 

$ (6,773 )

 

$ (110 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per share, fully diluted

 

$ (0.51 )

 

$ (0.62 )

 

$ (1.29 )

 

$ (1.11 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted net income (loss) per share, fully diluted

 

$ 0.25

 

 

$ 0.37

 

 

$ (0.26 )

 

$ (0.00 )

  

Operating Results for the Fourth Quarter of 2018 Compared to the Operating Results for the Fourth Quarter of 2017

 

Sales. Sales decreased 4.1% to $83.1 million from $86.7 million in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017. Sales through e-commerce and wholesale channels increased $2.5 million and 20.2% driven primarily by greater online adoption in both Canada and the U.S., as well as our entry into grocery chain distribution earlier this year. Offsetting this was a decline in retail sales of $5.9 million, partially explained by $3.1 million from one less week in our fiscal 2018 calendar year and a decline of $3.2 million and 1.6% in comparable sales.

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased by $4.9 million to $39.6 million and decreased as a percentage of sales to 47.6% from 51.3%, resulting from a shift in product sales mix and the deleveraging of fixed costs due to negative comparable sales.

 

Selling, General and Administration Expenses. Selling, general and administration expenses decreased by $12.1 million to $40.9 million compared to the prior year quarter. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administration expenses decreased to 49.1% from 61.1%. Adjusted SG&A, which excludes any impact from executive separation costs, impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets, onerous contracts, costs related to strategic review and proxy contest and ERP project termination costs, increased by $0.2 million to $31.1 million. As a percentage of sales, Adjusted selling, general and administration expenses increased to 37.4% from 35.7%, due to the deleveraging of fixed costs as a result of negative comparable sales this quarter.

 

Results from Operating Activities. Loss from operating activities was $1.3 million as compared to $8.4 million in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017. Adjusted results from operating activities, which excludes any impact from executive separation costs, impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets, onerous contracts, costs related to strategic review and proxy contest and ERP project termination costs was $8.4 million compared to $13.6 million in the prior year quarter.

 

Finance Costs. Finance costs decreased by $0.4 million to $1.4 million in Fiscal 2018 resulting from lower accretion expense of $1.7 million offset by an interest accrual of $1.3 million regarding uncertain tax provisions. 

 

Finance Income. Finance income remained stable at $0.1 million in both Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017, as a result of interest income generated on cash on hand.

 

Provision (Recovery) for Income Tax. Provision for income tax increased by $4.7 million, to $10.7 million in Fiscal 2018. The increase in the provision for income taxes was due primarily to a write-down of the deferred income tax assets and a provision for uncertain tax position.

 

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes non-cash or other items in the current and prior periods, was $10.9 million compared to $16.4 million in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017.

 

Net Income (Loss). Net loss was $13.3 million compared to a net loss of $16.1 million in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017. Adjusted net income, which excludes any impact from executive separation costs, impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets, onerous contracts and accretion, costs related to strategic review and proxy contest, ERP project termination costs, and provision for uncertain tax positions, was $6.4 million compared to $9.7 million.

 

 
37
 
Table of Contents

 

Net Income (Loss) per Share. Fully diluted loss per common share was $0.51 compared to $0.62 in the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2017. Adjusted fully diluted loss per common share, which is adjusted net income on a fully-diluted weighted average shares outstanding basis, was $0.25 per share compared to $0.37 per share.

 

Cash on Hand. At the end of the quarter, the Company had cash amounting to $42.1 million. Our strong cash position enables us to execute our strategy and invest further in our e-commerce platform.

  

Fiscal Year Ended February 2, 2019 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended February 3, 2018

 

Sales. Sales for Fiscal 2018 decreased 5%, or $11.3 million, to $212.8 million from $224.0 million in Fiscal 2017, comprising $16.4 million in comparable sales decrease and $5.1 million increase in non‑comparable sales. For Fiscal 2018, comparable sales decreased by 6.1% and non‑comparable sales increased primarily due to e-commerce and wholesale channel sales driven primarily by greater online adoption in both Canada and the U.S., as well as our entry into grocery chain distribution.

 

Gross Profit. Gross profit decreased by 8.6%, or $9.3 million, to $98.0 million in Fiscal 2018 from $107.2 million in Fiscal 2017. Gross profit as a percentage of sales decreased to 46.1% in Fiscal 2018 from 47.9% in Fiscal 2017. The decrease in gross profit as a percent of sales was primarily due to deleveraging of fixed costs due to the negative 6.1% comparative sales for the year.

 

Selling, General and Administration Expenses. Selling, general and administration expenses decreased by 4.7%, or $6.2 million, to $125.8 million in Fiscal 2018 from $131.9 million in Fiscal 2017. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administration expenses decreased to 59.1% in Fiscal 2018 from 58.9% in Fiscal 2017. Excluding employee separation costs, impairment of property and equipment and intangibles assets, impact of onerous contracts, cessation of ERP project, as well as loss on disposal of property and equipment in Fiscal 2018, selling, general and administration expenses increased 0.9% to $107.8 million in Fiscal 2018 from $106.8 million in Fiscal 2017, due primarily salaries of new 2017 stores going full year in 2018 as well as higher for comparable stores. As a percentage of sales, selling, general and administration expenses excluding the impacts referenced above increased to 50.7% from 47.7%.

 

Results from Operating Activities. Loss from operating activities increased by $3.1 million, to $(27.8) million in Fiscal 2018 from $(24.7) million in Fiscal 2017. Excluding executive separation costs, impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets, impact of onerous contracts, ERP termination project as well as the loss on disposal of property and equipment in Fiscal 2018, results from operating activities decreased to a loss of $(9.9) million in Fiscal 2018 from $0.5 million in Fiscal 2017.

 

Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA, which excludes non-cash or other items in the current and prior periods, was negative $1.3 million compared to $12.8 million for Fiscal 2017.

 

Net Loss. Net loss was $33.5 million compared to a net loss of $28.5 million for the comparable period in Fiscal 2017. Adjusted net loss which excludes any impact from executive separation costs, impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets, onerous contracts, costs related to strategic review and proxy contest, ERP project termination costs, and provision for uncertain tax positions, was $6.8 million compared to an adjusted net loss $0.1 million in Fiscal 2017.

 
 
38
 
Table of Contents

 

Finance Costs. Finance costs decreased by $0.8 million to $1.6 million in Fiscal 2018 from $2.4 million in Fiscal 2017, as a result of a lower accretion expense on the provision for onerous contracts.

 

Finance Income. Finance income increased by $0.1 million, or 23.5%, to $0.7 million in Fiscal 2018 from $0.6 million in Fiscal 2017, as a result of interest income generated on cash on hand.

 

Provision (Recovery) for Income Tax. Provision for income tax increased by $2.9 million, to $4.9 million in Fiscal 2018. The increase in the provision for income taxes was due primarily to a write-down of the deferred income tax assets and a provision for uncertain tax position. Our effective tax rates were (17.0%) and (7.6%) in Fiscal 2018 and 2017, respectively. The effective tax rate decreased as a result of the write-down of the deferred income tax assets and provision for uncertain tax position.

 

Net Loss per Share. Fully diluted loss per common share was $1.29 compared to $1.11 in the comparable period of Fiscal 2017. Adjusted fully diluted loss per common share, which is adjusted net loss on a fully-diluted weighted average shares outstanding basis, was $0.26 per share compared to $0.00 per share.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of February 2, 2019 we had $42.1 million of cash compared to $63.5 million as of February 3, 2018. Our working capital was $62.1 million as of February 2, 2019, compared to $77.2 million as at February 3, 2018.

 

Our primary cash needs are to support the increase in inventories needed to satisfy customer demand and for any capital expenditures related to store renovations.

 

Our primary sources of liquidity are cash on hand and borrowings under our Revolving Facility. As of February 2, 2019, we are in default under our Revolving Facility and, notwithstanding we have sufficient cash to operate the business, we do not currently have access to borrowings under this Revolving Facility. BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement.

 

We are in good-faith negotiations with BMO to replace the current Revolving Facility with an alternative arrangement that will provide the Company with access to borrowings, if needed. Notwithstanding this, the Company has never drawn on any debt facilities.

 

Our primary working capital requirements are for the purchase of store inventory and payment of payroll, rent and other store operating costs. Our working capital requirements fluctuate during the year, rising in the second and third fiscal quarters as we take title to increasing quantities of inventory in anticipation of our peak selling season in the fourth fiscal quarter.

 

Capital expenditures typically vary depending on the timing of store remodeling, store openings and infrastructure-related investments. During Fiscal 2018, capital expenditures totaled $8.3 million. We devoted approximately 47% of our capital expenditures to construct as well as renovate a number of existing stores. The remainder of the capital expenditures was used to make continued investments in our infrastructure.

 

We believe that our cash position will be adequate to finance our planned capital expenditures and working capital requirements for the next twelve months.

 

 
39
 
Table of Contents

  

Cash Flow

 

A summary of our cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities is presented in the following table:

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash flows provided by (used in):

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating activities

 

$ (13,228 )

 

$ 9,858

 

Investing activities

 

 

(8,264 )

 

 

(12,596 )

Financing activities

 

 

82

 

 

 

1,782

 

Increase (decrease) in cash

 

$ (21,410 )

 

$ (956 )

  

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash flows provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$ (33,539 )

 

$ (28,501 )

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

 

6,905

 

 

 

8,431

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

1,298

 

 

 

1,474

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

1,875

 

 

 

82

 

Impairment of property and equipment and intangible assets

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

15,069

 

Deferred rent

 

 

25

 

 

 

542

 

Provision for onerous contracts

 

 

6,282

 

 

 

10,321

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

211

 

 

 

2,021

 

Amortization of financing fees

 

 

64

 

 

 

79

 

Accretion on provisions

 

 

251

 

 

 

2,292

 

Deferred income taxes (recovered)

 

 

5,069

 

 

 

3,585

 

Net change in other non-cash working capital balances related to operations

 

 

(11,628 )

 

 

(5,537 )

Cash flows provided by operating activities

 

$ (13,228 )

 

$ 9,858

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased to $(13.2) million in Fiscal 2018 from $9.9 million in Fiscal 2017. The decrease in the cash flows provided by operating activities was due mainly to investment in working capital, primarily inventory and to lower results from operating activities partially offset by lower impairment on property and equipment and provision on onerous contracts.

 

The increase in inventories of $9.9 million in Fiscal 2018 is primarily related to sales shortfalls. The increase in trade and other payables of $6.6 million is mainly due to increase in inventories in Fiscal 2018 compared to Fiscal 2017.

 

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

 

Capital expenditures decreased $4.3 million, to $8.3 million in Fiscal 2018 from $12.6 million in Fiscal 2017. This decrease was due primarily to a reduction in new store openings costs and renovations of existing stores.

 

 
40
 
Table of Contents

  

Cash Flows Provided by Financing Activities

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Cash flows provided by financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common shares pursuant to exercise of stock options

 

$ 82

 

 

$ 1,782

 

Cash flows provided by financing activities

 

$ 82

 

 

$ 1,782

 

  

Net cash provided by financing activities decreased by $1.7 million to $0.1 million in Fiscal 2018 from $1.8 million in Fiscal 2017 due to a decrease in the proceeds from issuance of common shares upon exercise of stock options.

 

Credit Facility with Bank of Montreal

 

The Company has a credit arrangement (hereinafter referred to as “Credit Agreement”) with the Bank of Montreal (“BMO”) that provides for a three-year revolving term facility, maturing June 11, 2020, in the principal amount of $15.0 million (which we refer to as the “Revolving Facility”) or the equivalent amount in U.S. dollars, repayable at any time.

 

As at February 2, 2019, we did not have any borrowings on the Revolving Facility.

 

The Credit Agreement subjects us to certain financial covenants. Without the prior written consent of BMO, our fixed charge coverage ratio may not be less than 1.10:1.00 and our leverage ratio may not exceed 3.00:1.00. In addition, our net tangible worth may not be less than $65.0 million.

 

Borrowings under the Revolving Facility are available in the form of Canadian dollar advances, U.S. dollar advances, prime rate loans, banker’s acceptances, U.S. base rate loans and LIBOR loans. Further, up to an aggregate maximum amount of $2.0 million, or the equivalent amount in other currencies authorized by BMO, is available by way of letters of credit or letters of guarantees for terms of not more than 364 days. The Revolving Facility bears interest based on our adjusted leverage ratio. In the event our adjusted leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 0.50% per annum, (b) the bank’s U.S. base rate plus 0.50% per annum, (c) LIBOR plus 1.50% per annum, subject to availability, or (d) 1.50% on the face amount of each banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A standby fee of 0.30% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Revolving Facility. Should our adjusted leverage ratio be greater than 3.00:1.00 but less than 4.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) the bank’s prime rate plus 0.75% per annum, (b) the bank’s U.S. base rate plus 0.75% per annum, (c) LIBOR plus 1.75% per annum, subject to availability, or (d) 1.75% on the face amount of each banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A standby fee of 0.35% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Revolving Facility. If our adjusted leverage ratio is greater than 4.00:1.00 but less than 5.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) bank’s prime rate plus 1.25% per annum, (b) the bank’s U.S. base rate plus 1.25% per annum, (c) LIBOR plus 2.25% per annum, subject to availability, or (d) 2.25% on the face amount of each banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A standby fee of 0.45% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Revolving Facility. If our adjusted leverage ratio is greater than 5.00:1.00, the Revolving Facility bears interest at (a) bank’s prime rate plus 1.50% per annum, (b) the bank’s U.S. base rate plus 2.50% per annum, (c) LIBOR plus 2.50% per annum, subject to availability, or (d) 2.50% on the face amount of each banker’s acceptance, letter of credit or letter of guarantee, as applicable. A standby fee of 0.50% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Revolving Facility.

 

The Credit Agreement is collateralized by a first lien security interest in all of our assets, a general security agreement, registered in each Canadian province in which we do business, creating a first priority charge on all assets. The Credit Agreement is also guaranteed by, and secured by a first lien security interest in all of the assets of, our wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc.

 

The Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict our ability to become guarantor or endorser or otherwise become liable upon any note or other obligation other than in the normal course of business. We also cannot make any dividend payments. As at February 23, 2018, we were in default under certain covenants contained in our Credit Agreement, including our failure to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00 and certain reporting requirements. BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement.

 

 
41
 
Table of Contents

 

Off‑Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

Other than operating lease obligations, we have no off‑balance sheet obligations.

 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

 

In the normal course of business, we enter into contractual obligations that will require us to disburse cash over future periods. All commitments have been recorded in our consolidated balance sheets, except for purchase obligations and minimum annual lease payments under operating leases. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of February 2, 2019, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on our liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

Between

 

 

Between

 

 

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1 year

 

 

1 and 3 years

 

 

3 and 5 years

 

 

5 years

 

Trade and other payables

 

$ 18,251

 

 

$ 18,251

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

 

$ -

 

Operating lease obligations (1)

 

 

116,772

 

 

 

21,089

 

 

 

66,790

 

 

 

28,893

 

 

 

-

 

Purchase obligations (2)

 

 

9,146

 

 

 

9,146

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

$ 144,169

 

 

$ 48,486

 

 

$ 66,790

 

 

$ 28,893

 

 

$ 0

 

____________ 

(1) Operating lease obligations under long‑term operating leases is exclusive of certain operating costs for which the Company is responsible. Certain of the operating lease agreements provide for additional rentals based on sales.

 

 

(2) Includes amounts pertaining to agreements to purchase goods or services that are enforceable and legally binding on the Company.

  

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

 

Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our financial statements. The preparation of financial statements requires us to estimate the effect of various matters that are inherently uncertain as of the date of the financial statements. Each of these required estimates varies in regard to the level of judgment involved and its potential impact on our reported financial results. Estimates are deemed critical when a different estimate could have reasonably been used or where changes in the estimates are reasonably likely to occur from period to period, and would materially impact our financial position, changes in financial position or results of operations. Our significant accounting policies are discussed under Note 3 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty that have a significant risk of resulting in a material adjustment to the carrying amount of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are as follows:

 

Recoverability and impairment of non-financial assets. Leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A review for impairment is conducted by comparing the carrying amount of the Cash Generating Units (CGU)’ assets with their respective recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use is determined based on management’s best estimate of expected future cash flows, which includes estimates of growth rates, from use over the remaining lease term and discounted using a pre‑tax weighted average cost of capital.

 

 
42
 
Table of Contents

 

Income taxes. To determine the extent to which deferred income tax assets can be recognized, management estimates the amount of probable future taxable profits that will be available against which deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses can be used. Such estimates are made as part of the budget and strategic plan by tax jurisdiction. Management exercises judgment to determine the extent to which realization of future taxable benefits is probable considering factors such as the number of years included in the forecast period and prudent tax planning strategies.

 

Intercompany transfer pricing. Our intercompany transfer pricing are currently subject to audit by the CRA. We believe that our intercompany transfer policies and tax positions are reasonable and reflect economic realities documented at the time of implementation. However, it is possible that the final outcome of our audit may be materially different from that which is reflected in our income tax provision.

 

Critical judgments in applying accounting policies

 

We believe the following are critical judgments that management has made in the process of applying accounting policies that have the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in our consolidated financial statements:

 

Impairment of non‑financial assets. Management is required to make significant judgments in determining if individual commercial premises in which it carries out its activities are individual CGUs, or if these units should be aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU. The significant judgments applied by management in determining if stores should be aggregated in a given geographic area to form a CGU include the determination of expected customer behavior and whether customers could interchangeably shop in any of the stores in a given area and whether management views the cash flows of the stores in the group as interdependent.

 

Income taxes. We may be subject to audits related to tax risks, and uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income and income tax expense already recorded. We establish provisions if required, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the entity and the responsible tax authority, which may arise on a wide variety of issues.

 

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

 

Information on significant new accounting standards and amendments issued but not yet adopted is described below.

 

IFRS 16, “Leases” (“IFRS 16”) replaces IAS 17, “Leases.” This standard provides a single model for leases abolishing the current distinction between finance and operating leases, with most leases being recognized on the balance sheet. Certain exemptions will apply for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. The new standard will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early application is permitted, provided the new revenue standard, IFRS 15, has been applied, or is applied at the same date as IFRS 16. The Company expects the adoption of IFRS 16 will have a significant impact as the Company will recognize new assets and liabilities for its operating leases of retail stores. In addition, the nature and timing of expenses related to those leases will change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities. The Company has elected to apply the modified retrospective method by setting right-of-use assets based on the lease liability at the date of initial application, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments, and will benefit from the following practical expedients;

 

 

· apply IFRS 16 exclusively to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17,

 

 

 

 

· apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics,

 

 

 

 

· rely on its assessment of whether leases are onerous applying IAS 37 immediately before the date of initial application as an alternative to performing an impairment review of the right-of-use asset,

 

 

 

 

· exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and

 

 

 

 

· elect not to apply IFRS 16 to leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.
 

As of February 2, 2019, based on the information currently available, the Company estimates that it will recognize a right-of-use asset of approximately $62,800 to $66,000 and a lease liability of approximately $90,000 to $94,600. The right-of-use asset will be net of the provision for onerous leases and deferred rent and lease inducements relating to the leases recognised in the consolidated balance sheet immediately before the date of initial application. The actual impacts of the initial application of IFRS 16 may vary from the estimates provided, as the Company has not finalized all its calculations.

  

 
43
 
Table of Contents

  

IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”, was issued by the IASB in June 2017. The Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Earlier application is permitted. The Interpretation requires an entity to:

 

 

· Contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution;

 

 

 

 

· Reflect an uncertainty in the amount of income tax payable (recoverable) if it is probable that it will pay (or recover) an amount for the uncertainty; and

 

 

 

 

· Measure a tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value depending on whichever method better predicts the amount payable (recoverable).
 
 

The Company does not expect a material impact from the adoption of IFRIC 23 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

JOBS Act Exemptions and Foreign Private Issuer Status

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. This includes an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes‑Oxley Act. We may take advantage of this exemption for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will cease to be an emerging growth company if we (1) have US$1.07 billion or more in annual revenue as of the end of our fiscal year, (2) are a large accelerated filer and have more than US$700.0 million in market value of our common shares held by non‑affiliates as of the end of our second fiscal quarter or (3) issue more than US$1.0 billion of non‑convertible debt securities over a three‑year period. We may choose to take advantage of some but not all of these reduced burdens.

 

We do not take advantage of the extended transition period provided under Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We report under the Exchange Act as a non‑U.S. company with foreign private issuer status. Even after we no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, as long as we qualify as a foreign private issuer under the Exchange Act we will be exempt from certain provisions of the Exchange Act that are applicable to U.S. domestic public companies, including:

 

 

· the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act;

 

 

 

 

· the sections of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their stock ownership and trading activities and liability for insiders who profit from trades made in a short period of time;

 

 

 

 

· the rules under the Exchange Act requiring the filing with the SEC of quarterly reports on Form 10‑Q containing unaudited financial and other specified information, or current reports on Form 8‑K, upon the occurrence of specified significant events; and

 

 

 

 

· Regulation FD, which regulates selective disclosures of material information by issuers.
 
 

ITEM 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

 

We are exposed to market risk in interest rates on debt and foreign currency on purchases of our teas and tea accessories.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Our borrowings under our Revolving Facility carry floating interest rates tied to our lender’s prime rate, and therefore, our consolidated statements of loss and cash flows will be exposed to changes in interest rates in fiscal periods in which we have debt outstanding. As at February 2, 2019, we have no indebtedness under our Revolving Facility.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

A significant portion of our tea and tea accessory purchases are in U.S. dollars as is our revenue from U.S. stores and U.S. e‑commerce customers. As a result, our statement of loss and cash flows could be adversely impacted by changes in exchange rates, primarily between the U.S. dollar and the Canadian dollar. During the year, in order to protect ourselves from the risk of losses should the value of the Canadian dollar decline in relation to the U.S. dollar, we entered into forward contracts of $30.0 million to fix the exchange rate of 80% to 90% of our expected February 2018 to September 2018 U.S. dollar purchases in respect of our inventory.

 

 
44
 
 

  

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 

 

 

Page

 

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

46

 

As of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

47

 

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017:

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss

 

48

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

49

 

Consolidated Statements of Equity

 

50

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

51

 

 

 
45
 
Table of Contents

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the Company) as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the related consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss, cash flows and equity for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2019 and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended February 2, 2019, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP1

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

 

Montréal, Canada

May 2, 2019

 

_________ 

1 CPA, Auditor, CA, public accountancy permit no. A123806

 

 
46
 
Table of Contents

  

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

 

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

[In thousands of Canadian dollars]

    

 

 

 

 

As at

 

 

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

[Note 6]

 

 

42,074

 

 

 

63,484

 

Accounts and other receivables

 

[Note 7]

 

 

3,681

 

 

 

3,131

 

Inventories

 

 

 

 

34,353

 

 

 

24,450

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

 

 

4,107

 

 

 

2,968

 

Prepaid expenses and deposits

 

 

 

 

8,819

 

 

 

7,712

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

93,034

 

 

 

101,745

 

Property and equipment

 

[Note 8]

 

 

23,788

 

 

 

36,558

 

Intangible assets

 

[Note 9]

 

 

5,678

 

 

 

4,439

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

[Note 17]

 

 

 

 

 

5,194

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

122,500

 

 

 

147,936

 

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade and other payables

 

[Note 10]

 

 

20,951

 

 

 

14,392

 

Deferred revenue

 

[Note 11]

 

 

6,241

 

 

 

5,186

 

Current portion of provisions

 

[Note 12]

 

 

3,714

 

 

 

4,693

 

Derivative financial instruments

 

[Note 22]

 

 

 

 

 

229

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

30,906

 

 

 

24,500

 

Deferred rent and lease inducements

 

 

 

 

8,698

 

 

 

8,608

 

Provisions

 

[Note 12]

 

 

15,440

 

 

 

13,460

 

Total liabilities

 

 

 

 

55,044

 

 

 

46,568

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

[Note 13]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share capital

 

[Note 15]

 

 

112,519

 

 

 

111,692

 

Contributed surplus

 

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

2,642

 

Deficit

 

 

 

 

(47,960 )

 

 

(14,721 )

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

1,755

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

67,456

 

 

 

101,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

122,500

 

 

 

147,936

 

   

See accompanying notes

 

 
47
 
Table of Contents

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

[In thousands of Canadian dollars, except share information]

 

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

[Note 21]

 

212,753

 

 

 

224,015

 

 

 

215,984

 

Cost of sales

 

 

 

114,774

 

 

 

116,772

 

 

 

107,534

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

97,979

 

 

 

107,243

 

 

 

108,450

 

Selling, general and administration expenses

 

[Note 18]

 

125,722

 

 

 

131,930

 

 

 

114,756

 

Results from operating activities

 

 

 

(27,743 )

 

 

(24,687 )

 

 

(6,306 )

Finance costs

 

[Note 16]

 

1,614

 

 

 

2,371

 

 

 

76

 

Finance income

 

 

 

(700 )

 

 

(567 )

 

 

(479 )

Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

(28,657 )

 

 

(26,491 )

 

 

(5,903 )

Provision for income tax (recovery)

 

[Note 17]

 

4,882

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

(2,235 )

Net loss

 

 

 

(33,539 )

 

 

(28,501 )

 

 

(3,668 )

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Items to be reclassified subsequently to income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized net gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts

 

[Note 22]

 

-

 

 

 

(992 )

 

 

(2,247 )

Realized net (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts reclassified to inventory

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

309

 

 

 

(742 )

Provision for income tax recovery (income tax) on comprehensive income

 

 

 

(63 )

 

 

183

 

 

 

793

 

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

(425 )

 

 

(932 )

 

 

(820 )

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

(258 )

 

 

(1,432 )

 

 

(3,016 )

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

 

(33,797 )

 

 

(29,933 )

 

 

(6,684 )

Net loss per share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and fully diluted

 

[Note 19]

 

(1.29 )

 

 

(1.11 )

 

 

(0.15 )

Weighted average number of shares outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic and fully diluted

 

[Note 19]

 

25,967,836

 

 

 

25,716,186

 

 

 

24,699,290

 

  

See accompanying notes

 

 
48
 
Table of Contents

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

[In thousands of Canadian dollars]

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(33,539 )

 

 

(28,501 )

 

 

(3,668 )

Items not affecting cash:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

 

6,904

 

 

 

8,431

 

 

 

8,069

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

1,298

 

 

 

1,474

 

 

 

758

 

Write-off of property and equipment

 

 

1,875

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

356

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

15,069

 

 

 

7,516

 

Deferred rent

 

 

25

 

 

 

542

 

 

 

1,325

 

Provision (recovery) for onerous contracts

 

 

6,282

 

 

 

10,321

 

 

 

8,140

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

211

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

2,264

 

Amortization of financing fees

 

 

64

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

75

 

Accretion on provisions

 

 

251

 

 

 

2,292

 

 

 

 

Deferred income taxes (recovered)

 

 

5,069

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

 

(4,380 )

 

 

 

(1,600 )

 

 

15,395

 

 

 

20,455

 

Net change in other non-cash working capital balances related to operations

 

 

(11,628 )

 

 

(5,537 )

 

 

(9,293 )

Cash flows related to operating activities

 

 

(13,228 )

 

 

9,858

 

 

 

11,162

 

FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of common shares pursuant to exercise of stock options

 

 

82

 

 

 

1,782

 

 

 

2,779

 

Cash flows related to financing activities

 

 

82

 

 

 

1,782

 

 

 

2,779

 

INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

 

(3,898 )

 

 

(9,634 )

 

 

(20,531 )

Additions to intangible assets

 

 

(4,366 )

 

 

(2,962 )

 

 

(1,484 )

Cash flows related to investing activities

 

 

(8,264 )

 

 

(12,596 )

 

 

(22,015 )

Decrease in cash during the year

 

 

(21,410 )

 

 

(956 )

 

 

(8,074 )

Cash, beginning of year

 

 

63,484

 

 

 

64,440

 

 

 

72,514

 

Cash, end of year

 

 

42,074

 

 

 

63,484

 

 

 

64,440

 

Supplemental Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

Income taxes (classified as operating activity)

 

 

10

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

2,437

 

Cash received for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

 

650

 

 

 

574

 

 

 

486

 

Income taxes (classified as operating activity)

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

532

 

   

See accompanying notes.

 

 
49
 
Table of Contents

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

Incorporated under the laws of Canada

 

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

 

[In thousands of Canadian dollars]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative

 

 

Foreign

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial

 

 

Currency

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share

 

 

Contributed

 

 

 

 

 

Instrument

 

 

Translation

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Capital

 

 

Surplus

 

 

Deficit

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

Adjustment

 

 

Income

 

 

Equity

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2017

 

 

263,828

 

 

 

8,833

 

 

 

(142,398 )

 

 

333

 

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

3,187

 

 

 

133,450

 

Net loss for the year ended February 3, 2018

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(28,501 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(28,501 )

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(500 )

 

 

(932 )

 

 

(1,432 )

 

 

(1,432 )

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(28,501 )

 

 

(500 )

 

 

(932 )

 

 

(1,432 )

 

 

(29,933 )

Issuance of common shares

 

 

2,669

 

 

 

(887 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,782

 

Common shares issued on vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

1,142

 

 

 

(1,984 )

 

 

231

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(611 )

Write-down of deferred income tax assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,412 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,412 )

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,021

 

Income tax impact associated with stock options

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,797 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,797 )

Impact of change in foreign tax rate associated with stock options

 

 

-

 

 

 

(132 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(132 )

Reduction of stated capital

 

 

(155,947 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

155,947

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

111,692

 

 

 

2,642

 

 

 

(14,721 )

 

 

(167 )

 

 

1,922

 

 

 

1,755

 

 

 

101,368

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

111,692

 

 

 

2,642

 

 

 

(14,721 )

 

 

(167 )

 

 

1,922

 

 

 

1,755

 

 

 

101,368

 

Net loss for the year ended February 2, 2019

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(33,539 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(33,539 )

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

167

 

 

 

(425 )

 

 

(258 )

 

 

(258 )

Total comprehensive loss

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(33,539 )

 

 

167

 

 

 

(425 )

 

 

(258 )

 

 

(33,797 )

Issuance of common shares

 

 

164

 

 

 

(82 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

82

 

Common shares issued on vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

663

 

 

 

(1,370 )

 

 

300

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(407 )

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

-

 

 

 

211

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

211

 

Income tax impact associated with stock options

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1 )

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

112,519

 

 

 

1,400

 

 

 

(47,960 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

67,456

 

  

See accompanying notes

 

 
50
 
Table of Contents

 

DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018 and January 28, 2017

 

[Amounts in thousands of Canadian dollars except per share amounts and where otherwise indicated]

 

1. CORPORATE INFORMATION

 

The consolidated financial statements of DAVIDsTEA Inc. and its subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”) for the year ended February 2, 2019 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors on May 2, 2019. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in Canada and its shares are publicly traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “DTEA”. The registered office is located at 5430, Ferrier Street, Town of Mount-Royal, Quebec, Canada, H4P 1M2.

 

The Company is engaged in the retail and online sale of tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages in Canada and in the United States. Sales fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Sales are traditionally higher in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the year-end holiday season, and tend to be lowest in the second and third fiscal quarters because of lower customer traffic during the summer months.

 

2. BASIS OF PREPARATION

 

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The accounting policies were consistently applied to all periods presented, other than with respect to the adoption of new accounting standards as disclosed in note 4.

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the end of January, typically resulting in a 52-week year, but occasionally giving rise to an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. The years ended January 28, 2017, February 2, 2019 cover a 52-week period. The year ended February 3, 2018 covers a 53-week fiscal period.

 

Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc. The financial statements of the subsidiary are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses have been eliminated.

 

Basis of measurement

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items:

 

 

· Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; and

 

 

 

 

· Provisions for onerous contracts are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligations.

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent Company’s functional currency.

 

 
51
 
Table of Contents

  

3. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Cash

 

Cash on the consolidated balance sheet comprises cash at banks and on hand.

 

Inventory valuation

 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method. Costs include the cost of purchase and transportation costs that are directly incurred to bring the inventories to their present location, and duty. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less any estimated selling costs. Cost also includes realized gains and losses on forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges of U.S. inventory purchases.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are initially recorded at cost and are depreciated over their useful economic life. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, including any costs directly related to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use. The residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of property and equipment are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. All repair and maintenance costs are recognized in net loss as incurred.

 

Depreciation of an asset begins once it becomes available for use. Depreciation is charged to income on the following bases:

 

Furniture and equipment

 

20% declining balance

Computer hardware

 

30% declining balance

 

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight‑line basis over the lesser of the useful economic life and the initial term of the leases, plus one renewal option period, not to exceed 10 years.

 

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in our consolidated statement of net loss when the asset is derecognized.

 

Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets consist of computer software, trademarks and patents.

 

Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful economic life. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life are considered to modify the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in out consolidated statement of loss as the expense category that is consistent with the function of the intangible assets.

 

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the intangible asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the intangible asset) is included in our consolidated statement of loss when the intangible asset is derecognized.

 

When computer software is not an integral part of a related item of computer hardware, the software is treated as an intangible. Computer software is amortized on the basis of its estimated useful life using the declining method at the rate of 30%.

 

Leases

 

Leases are classified as either operating or finance, based on the substance of the transaction at inception of the lease. Classification is re‑assessed if the terms of the lease are changed.

 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not assumed by the Company are classified as operating leases. The Company carries on its operations in premises under leases of varying terms and renewal options, which are accounted for as operating leases. Payments under an operating lease are recognized in net loss on a straight‑line basis over the term of the lease. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight‑line basis and, consequently, records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Contingent (sales‑based) rentals are recognized as an expense when incurred.

 

 
52
 
Table of Contents

 

Store opening costs

 

Store opening costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Impairment

 

 

i. Impairment of financial assets

 

The Company applies the “expected credit loss” model. The impairment model applies to trade receivables. It requires a credit loss to be reflected in profit and loss immediately after an asset or receivable is acquired and subsequent changes in expected credit losses at each reporting date reflecting the change in credit risk. The Company applies the simplified approach for trade receivables and calculates expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses.

 

 

ii. Impairment of non‑financial assets

  

The Company assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an item of property and equipment or an intangible asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash‑generating unit’s (“CGU”) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre‑tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. Recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or corporate assets. The discount rate applied to an asset or CGU is the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). Management considers factors such as risk-free rate, equity risk premium, size premium, specific business risk premium and cost of debt to derive the WACC.

 

The Company bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for each of the Company’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover the lease term.

 

Based on the management of operations, the Company has defined each of the commercial premises in which it carries out its activities as a CGU, although where appropriate these premises are aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU.

 

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment may no longer exist or may have decreased and if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount. The reversal is limited to the extent that an asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized. Such reversal is recognized in our consolidated statement of loss.

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

 

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks, resulting from variability in foreign currency exchange rates on inventory purchases, as described in Note 22.

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

 

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as cash flow hedges when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction.

 

 
53
 
Table of Contents

 

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Company formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which it wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they were designated.

 

The Company has applied hedge accounting for its foreign exchange forward contracts and has designated them as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in Other Comprehensive Loss (“OCI”), while any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in out consolidated statement of loss. The amounts recognized in OCI are reclassified to inventory when such non-financial asset is recognized on the consolidated balance sheet, and our consolidated statement of loss when inventory is subsequently sold.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the Company expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in our consolidated statement of loss, net of any reimbursement. All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimates.

 

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre‑tax rate that reflects, when appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

 

Deferred lease inducements

 

The deferred lease inducements are composed of free rent and construction allowances obtained upon signing of lease agreements for certain retail stores. They are amortized on a straight‑line basis over the term of the related leases, plus one renewal option, to a maximum of 10 years.

 

Share capital

 

 

i. Common shares

  

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of common shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

 

Common shares are classified as equity if they are non‑redeemable or redeemable only at the Company’s option, and any dividends are discretionary. Dividends thereon are recognized as distributions within equity on approval by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

 

ii. Preferred shares

  

Preferred shares are classified as a financial liability if they are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholders. Dividends thereon are recognized as interest expense in our consolidated statement of net loss as accrued.

 

Stock‑based compensation

 

The Company has a stock option plan for employees and directors from which options to purchase common shares are issued (the “Plan”). Options may not be granted with an exercise price of less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the grant date. The awards have no cash settlement alternatives. The vesting requirements are typically service‑based and the options normally have a contractual life of seven years.

 

The fair value of stock‑based compensation awards granted to employees is measured at the grant date using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Measurement inputs include the share price of the underlying shares on the measurement date, the exercise price of the option, the expected volatility (based on weighted average historical volatility of comparable companies adjusted for changes expected based on publicly available information), the weighted average expected life of the option (based on historical experience), expected dividends, and the risk‑free interest rate (based on government bonds).

 

 
54
 
Table of Contents

 

The value of the compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options as an expense included in selling and general administration expenses, with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus in equity. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the Company’s best estimate of the number of awards that will ultimately vest. No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

 

Any consideration paid by plan participants on the exercise of stock options and the previously recognized compensation cost of the options exercised included in contributed surplus are credited to share capital.

 

Under the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Omnibus Plan”), selected employees and directors are granted RSUs where each RSU has a value equal to one common share. The compensation expense is recorded at the fair value of the Company’s common shares at the grant date over the vesting period (generally one to three years) with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus for equity-settled RSUs and a corresponding credit to a liability for cash-settled RSUs. RSUs may be settled in shares, cash, or a combination of cash or shares upon vesting at the discretion of the Company. Cash settled RSUs are revalued at each reporting date to reflect their fair value at that date. Fair value is determined using the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market prior to the date of the grant. The Company has not issued any cash settled awards to date.

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is recognized when control of goods has been transferred at the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. Revenue from retail sales is recorded upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is recognized on e-commerce sales when merchandise is delivered. Revenues are recorded net of discounts, rebates, estimated returns, sales taxes and amounts deferred related to the issuance of Frequent Steeper points.

 

 

i. Gift card breakage

  

Gift cards sold are recorded as deferred revenue and revenue is recognized at the time of redemption or in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy for breakage. Breakage income represents the estimated value of gift cards that is not expected to be redeemed by customers and is determined in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Gift card breakage is included in sales in the consolidated statement of loss.

 

 

ii. Loyalty program

  

The Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program allows customers to earn points when they purchase products in the Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. The Company introduced a new Loyalty program on January 1, 2019 that enhanced some features and removed expiry of points. Under the old program, points were redeemed for free tea or free beverages, depending on the number of points a customer has obtained over a limited collection period, typically a three-month period. Free tea offers were issued at the end of each collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter. Free beverage offers were issued at the end of the calendar collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter.

 

Starting January 1, 2019, the Company launched a new Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program that allows customers to earn points when they purchase products at the Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. Points are converted into offers to receive loose-leaf teas which must be redeemed within 60 days. Free beverage offers are issued once a customer has purchased 10 beverages which must be redeemed within 60 days.

 

Consideration is allocated between the loyalty program awards and the goods on which the awards were earned, based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The fair value of Frequent Steeper points and offers are determined based on the estimated selling price of the loose-leaf tea, net of points and offers we expect will not be redeemed. The fair value of beverage offers is determined based on the estimated selling price of the beverage, net of beverage offers that are not expected to be redeemed. The relative selling price of points and offers issued are recorded as deferred revenue. Offers for loose-leaf tea and beverage offers are recognized as revenue on the earlier of redemption and expiry. On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors historical redemption rates. Frequent Steeper redemptions are included with total sales in our consolidated statement of net loss.

 

Finance income

 

Interest income is recognized as interest accrues using the effective interest method.

 

 
55
 
Table of Contents

 

Income taxes

 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in our consolidated statement of loss except to the extent that they relate to items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive loss.

 

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

 

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes, which requires the establishment of deferred tax assets and liabilities for all temporary differences caused when the tax bases of assets and liabilities differ from their carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences only to the extent that, in management’s opinion, it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

 

The diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding to include additional shares issued from the assumed conversion of preferred shares and the exercise of stock options and RSUs, if dilutive. For stock options, the number of additional shares is calculated by assuming that the proceeds from such exercises, as well as the amount of unrecognized stock-based compensation which is considered to be assumed proceeds, are used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the reporting period.

 

Financial instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. A financial asset or liability is recognized initially (at settlement date) at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset or liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the instrument. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated statements of loss.

 

After initial recognition, financial assets are measured at amortized cost or fair value. Where assets are measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recognized entirely in profit or loss (“FVTPL”) or recognized in other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”).

 

The Company classifies its financial assets and liabilities according to their characteristics and management's choices and intentions related thereto for the purposes of ongoing measurement.

 

Classifications that the Company has used for financial assets include:

 

(a) Amortized Cost – non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. This includes trade receivables, and these are recorded at amortized cost with gains and losses recognized in net income in the period that the asset is no longer recognized or becomes impaired; and

 

(b) FVTPL – financial assets which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes cash and derivative financial instruments

 

Classifications that the Company has used for financial liabilities include:

 

a) Amortized cost – non-derivative financial liabilities measured at amortized cost with gains and losses recognized in net loss in the period that the liability is no longer recognized. This includes Trade and other payables; and

 

b) FVTPL – financial liabilities which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes derivative financial instruments

 

 
56
 
Table of Contents

 

Foreign currency translation

 

Revenues, expenses and non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Unrealized and realized translation gains and losses are reflected in our statement of loss.

 

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s U.S. wholly owned subsidiary, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the year. Differences arising from the exchange rate changes are included in OCI in the cumulative translation account.

 

Foreign exchange gains or losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future and which in substance is considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation, are recognized in other OCI in the cumulative translation account and reclassified from equity to our consolidated statement of loss on disposal of the net investment.

 

4. CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

 

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (“IFRS 9”). IFRS 9 replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, bringing together all three aspects of the accounting for financial instruments: classification and measurement; impairment; and hedge accounting.

 

With the exception of hedge accounting, which the Company applied prospectively, the Company has applied IFRS 9 retrospectively, with the initial application date of February 4, 2018.

 

Overall, there was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

a) The following table presents the carrying amount of financial assets held by the Company at February 3, 2018 and their measurement category under IAS 39 and the new model under IFRS 9.
 
 

 

February 3, 2018

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

IAS 39

 

IFRS 9

 

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Measurement

 

Value

 

Measurement

 

Value

 

 

category

 

$

 

category

 

$

Cash

 

FVTPL

 

63,484

 

FVTPL

 

63,484

Credit card cash clearing receivables

 

Amortized cost

 

1,291

 

Amortized cost

 

1,291

Other receivables

 

Amortized cost

 

1,840

 

Amortized cost

 

1,840

Derivative financial instruments

 

FVTPL

 

229

 

FVTPL

 

229

 

The classification of all financial liabilities as financial liabilities at amortized cost remains unchanged as well as their measurement resulting from their classification.

 

 

b) Impairment. IFRS 9 requires the Company to record expected credit losses on all of its debt securities, loans and trade receivables, either on a 12-month or lifetime basis. The Company applied the simplified approach and records lifetime expected losses on all trade receivables. The Company’s IFRS 9 expected credit loss model did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

 

c) Hedge accounting. All existing hedge relationships that are currently designated in effective hedging relationships still qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9. As IFRS 9 does not change the general principles of how an entity accounts for effective hedges, the adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a material impact on the Company’s hedge accounting.

 

 
57
 
Table of Contents

 

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“IFRS 15”). IFRS 15 replaces IAS 11, “Construction Contracts”, and IAS 18, “Revenue”, as well as various interpretations regarding revenue. This standard introduces a single model for recognizing revenue that applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of standards on leases, insurance and financial instruments. This standard also requires enhanced disclosures. Adoption of IFRS 15 is mandatory and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The implementation of IFRS 15 impacts the allocation of revenue that is deferred in relation to the Company’s customer loyalty award programs. Prior to adoption, revenue was allocated to the customer loyalty awards using the residual fair value method. Under IFRS 15, consideration is allocated between the loyalty program awards and the goods on which the awards were earned, based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The change in allocation of revenue that is deferred in relation to the Company’s customer loyalty program did not have a material impact on retained earnings as at February 4, 2018. Overall, there was not a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted International Financial Reporting Interpretations (“IFRIC”) 22, “Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration” (“IFRIC 22”). In December 2016, the IASB issued IFRIC 22, which addresses how to determine the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) and on the derecognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency. IFRIC 22 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. There was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Standards issued but not yet effective

 

IFRS 16, “Leases” (“IFRS 16”) replaces IAS 17, “Leases.” This standard provides a single model for leases abolishing the current distinction between finance and operating leases, with most leases being recognized on the balance sheet. Certain exemptions will apply for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. The new standard will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early application is permitted, provided the new revenue standard, IFRS 15, has been applied, or is applied at the same date as IFRS 16. The Company expects the adoption of IFRS 16 will have a significant impact as the Company will recognize new assets and liabilities for its operating leases of retail stores. In addition, the nature and timing of expenses related to those leases will change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities. The Company has elected to apply the modified retrospective method by setting right-of-use assets based on the lease liability at the date of initial application, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments, and will benefit from the following practical expedients;

 

 

· apply IFRS 16 exclusively to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17,

 

 

 

 

· apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics,

 

 

 

 

· rely on its assessment of whether leases are onerous applying IAS 37 immediately before the date of initial application as an alternative to performing an impairment review of the right-of-use asset,

 

 

 

 

· exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and

 

 

 

 

· elect not to apply IFRS 16 to leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.
 

As of February 2, 2019, based on the information currently available, the Company estimates that it will recognize a right-of-use asset of approximately $62,800 to $66,000 and a lease liability of approximately $90,000 to $94,600. The right-of-use asset will be net of the provision for onerous leases and deferred rent and lease inducements relating to the leases recognised in the consolidated balance sheet immediately before the date of initial application. The actual impacts of the initial application of IFRS 16 may vary from the estimates provided, as the Company has not finalized all its calculations.

 

 
58
 
Table of Contents

  

IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”, was issued by the IASB in June 2017. The Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Earlier application is permitted. The Interpretation requires an entity to:

 

 

· Contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution;

 

 

 

 

· Reflect an uncertainty in the amount of income tax payable (recoverable) if it is probable that it will pay (or recover) an amount for the uncertainty; and

 

 

 

 

· Measure a tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value depending on whichever method better predicts the amount payable (recoverable).

 

The Company does not expect a material impact from the adoption of IFRIC 23 on its consolidated financial statements.

 

5. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Company to make judgments, apart from those involving estimation, in applying accounting policies that affect the recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. Actual results may differ from the judgments made by the Company. Information about judgments that have the most significant effect on recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses are discussed below. Information about significant estimates is discussed in the following section.

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

Recoverability and impairment of non‑financial assets

 

Leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A review for impairment is conducted by comparing the carrying amount of the CGU’s assets with their respective recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use is determined based on management’s best estimate of expected future cash flows, which includes estimates of growth rates, from use over the remaining lease term and discounted using a pre‑tax weighted average cost of capital (Note 8).

 

Critical judgements in applying accounting policies

 

 

i. Impairment of non‑financial assets

  

Management is required to make significant judgments in determining if individual commercial premises in which it carries out its activities are individual CGUs, or if these units should be aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU. The significant judgments applied by management in determining if stores should be aggregated in a given geographic area to form a CGU include the determination of expected customer behavior, the allocation basis of e-commerce sales to CGUs, and whether customers could interchangeably shop in any of the stores in a given area and whether management views the cash inflows of the stores in the group as interdependent.

 

 

ii. Income taxes

  

The Company may be subject to audits related to tax risks, and uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income and income tax expense already recorded. The Company establishes provisions if required, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the entity and the responsible tax authority, which may arise on a wide variety of issues.

 

To determine the extent to which deferred income tax assets can be recognized, management estimates the amount of probable future taxable profits that will be available against which deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses can be used. Such estimates are made as part of the budget and strategic plan by tax jurisdiction. Management exercises judgment to determine the extent to which realization of future taxable benefits is probable considering factors such as the number of years included in the forecast period and prudent tax planning strategies. See Note 19—Income Taxes for more details.

 

 
59
 
Table of Contents

  

6. ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Credit card cash clearing receivables

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

1,291

 

Other receivables

 

 

2,204

 

 

 

1,840

 

 

 

 

3,681

 

 

 

3,131

 

 

7. INVENTORIES

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Finished goods

 

 

28,991

 

 

 

17,600

 

Goods in transit

 

 

3,262

 

 

 

4,608

 

Packaging

 

 

2,100

 

 

 

2,242

 

 

 

 

34,353

 

 

 

24,450

 

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, inventories recognized as cost of sales amounted to $63,195 [February 3, 2018 —$64,611, January 28, 2017 - $62,995]. The cost of inventory includes a write-down of $703 [February 3, 2018 – nil, January 28, 2017 - $869] recorded as a result of net realizable value being lower than cost. Inventory write-downs of nil [February 2, 2018 - $730, January 28, 2017 – nil] recognized in the previous years were reversed.

 

 
60
 
Table of Contents

 

8. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

 

 

 

Leasehold

 

 

Furniture and

 

 

Computer

 

 

 

 

 

 

improvements

 

 

equipment

 

 

hardware

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2017

 

 

75,555

 

 

 

11,185

 

 

 

3,948

 

 

 

90,688

 

Acquisitions

 

 

6,581

 

 

 

1,808

 

 

 

1,245

 

 

 

9,634

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

(187 )

 

 

 

 

 

(187 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

(1,503 )

 

 

(167 )

 

 

(49 )

 

 

(1,719 )

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

80,633

 

 

 

12,639

 

 

 

5,144

 

 

 

98,416

 

Acquisitions

 

 

2,096

 

 

 

1,125

 

 

 

676

 

 

 

3,897

 

Disposals

 

 

(68 )

 

 

(32 )

 

 

-

 

 

 

(100 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

1,481

 

 

 

178

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

1,717

 

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

84,142

 

 

 

13,910

 

 

 

5,878

 

 

 

103,930

 

   

 

 

Leasehold

 

 

Furniture and

 

 

Computer

 

 

 

 

 

 

improvements

 

 

equipment

 

 

hardware

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2017

 

 

32,342

 

 

 

5,048

 

 

 

2,138

 

 

 

39,528

 

Depreciation

 

 

6,394

 

 

 

1,357

 

 

 

680

 

 

 

8,431

 

Impairment

 

 

13,491

 

 

 

1,148

 

 

 

430

 

 

 

15,069

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

(105 )

 

 

 

 

 

(105 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

(931 )

 

 

(102 )

 

 

(32 )

 

 

(1,065 )

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

51,296

 

 

 

7,346

 

 

 

3,216

 

 

 

61,858

 

Depreciation

 

 

5,117

 

 

 

1,134

 

 

 

653

 

 

 

6,904

 

Impairment

 

 

8,164

 

 

 

1,411

 

 

 

351

 

 

 

9,926

 

Disposals

 

 

 

 

 

(16 )

 

 

 

 

 

(16 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

1,297

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

1,470

 

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

65,874

 

 

 

10,001

 

 

 

4,267

 

 

 

80,142

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Carrying Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

29,337

 

 

 

5,293

 

 

 

1,928

 

 

 

36,558

 

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

18,268

 

 

 

3,909

 

 

 

1,611

 

 

 

23,788

 

  

For the year ended February 2, 2019, an assessment of impairment indicators was performed which caused the Company to review the recoverable amount of the property and equipment for certain CGUs with an indication of impairment. CGUs reviewed included stores performing below the Company’s expectations. As a result, an impairment loss of $9,926 [February 3, 2018 - $15,069, January 28, 2017 — $7,516] related to store leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment and computer hardware was recorded in the Canada and U.S. segments for $7,686 and $2,240, respectively [February 3, 2018 - $5,114 and $9,955, January 28, 2017 —$1,116 and $6,400, respectively]. These losses were determined by comparing the carrying amount of the CGU’s net assets with their respective recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use of nil [February 3, 2018 - $1,097, January 28, 2017 —$472] was determined based on management’s best estimate of expected future cash flows from use over the remaining lease terms, considering historical experience as well as current economic conditions, and was then discounted using a pre‑tax discount rate of 11.9% [February 3, 2018 – 11.9%, January 28, 2017 — 13.4%]. A reversal of impairment occurs when previously impaired CGUs see improved financial results. For the year ended February 2, 2019, no of impairment losses were reversed [February 3, 2018 - $866, January 28, 2017 — nil]. Impairment losses were reversed only to the extent that the carrying amounts of the CGU’s net assets do not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

 

 
61
 
Table of Contents

 

For the year ended February 2, 2019, the depreciation expense was $6,904 [February 3, 2018 - $8,431, January 28, 2017 —$8,069 ]; with $5,825 recorded in the Canada segment [February 3, 2018 - $6,387, January 28, 2017 — $5,583], $520 recorded in the U.S. segment [February 3, 2018 - $1,508, January 28, 2017 — $1,930], and $559 recorded in corporate selling, general and administration expenses [February 3, 2018 - $536, January 28, 2017 — $556]. Depreciation expense and net impairment losses are reported in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss under selling, general and administration expenses (Note 18).

 

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

Computer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

software

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Cost

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2017

 

 

6,321

 

 

 

279

 

 

 

6,600

 

Acquisitions

 

 

2,962

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,962

 

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

(4 )

 

 

(10 )

 

 

(14 )

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

9,279

 

 

 

269

 

 

 

9,548

 

Acquisitions

 

 

4,356

 

 

 

0

 

 

 

4,356

 

Disposal

 

 

(1,724 )

 

 

(178 )

 

 

(1,902 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

4

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

14

 

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

11,915

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

12,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2017

 

 

3,565

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

3,642

 

Amortization

 

 

1,456

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

1,474

 

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

(2 )

 

 

(5 )

 

 

(7 )

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

5,019

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

5,109

 

Amortization

 

 

1,281

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

1,298

 

Impairment

 

 

34

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

34

 

Disposal

 

 

-

 

 

 

(111 )

 

 

(111 )

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

2

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

8

 

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

6,336

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

6,338

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Carrying Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

4,260

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

4,439

 

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

5,579

 

 

 

98

 

 

 

5,678

 

  

Amortization expense is reported in the consolidated statement of loss under selling, general and administration expenses (Note 18).

 

Included in disposal is a write-off of $1,724 [February 2, 2018 – nil] related to costs incurred with respect to an ERP upgrade which the Company no longer intends to continue.

 

 
62
 
Table of Contents

 

10. TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Trade payable and accrued liabilities

 

 

14,990

 

 

 

11,221

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

2,700

 

 

 

 

Government remittances

 

 

-

 

 

 

186

 

Wages, salaries and employee benefits payable

 

 

3,261

 

 

 

2,985

 

 

 

 

20,951

 

 

 

14,392

 

  

11. DEFERRED REVENUE

 

 

 

February 2,

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

$

 

Gift cards liability

 

4,992

 

 

3,982

 

Loyalty program liability

 

1,249

 

 

1,204

 

 

 

6,241

 

 

5,186

 

 

During the year, the Company recorded gift card breakage income of $242 [February 3, 2018 - $575, January 28, 2017 - $850]. Gift card breakage is included in sales in the consolidated statement of loss.

 

12. PROVISIONS

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Opening balance

 

 

18,153

 

 

 

8,494

 

Additions

 

 

11,078

 

 

 

14,073

 

Reversals

 

 

(4,796 )

 

 

(3,752 )

Utilization

 

 

(5,730 )

 

 

(2,467 )

Settlements

 

 

(691 )

 

 

(132 )

Accretion expense

 

 

251

 

 

 

2,292

 

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

889

 

 

 

(355 )

Ending balance

 

 

19,154

 

 

 

18,153

 

Less: Current portion

 

 

(3,714 )

 

 

(4,693 )

Long-term portion of provisions

 

 

15,440

 

 

 

13,460

 

  

 
63
 
Table of Contents

 

Provisions for onerous contracts have been recognized in respect of store leases where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease agreements exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract. The unavoidable costs reflect the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of operating under the contract. For the year ended February 2, 2019, additions to the onerous provisions were recorded in the amount of $11,078 [February 3, 2018 - $14,073], while the provisions for other stores were fully or partially reversed in the amount of $4,796 [February 3, 2018 - $3,752].

 

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

 

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The commercial premises at which the Company carries out its retail operations, its head office and its primary warehouse location are leased from third parties. These rental contracts are classified as operating leases since there is no transfer of risks and rewards inherent to ownership.

 

These leases have varying terms and renewal rights. In many cases, the amounts payable to the lessor include a fixed rental payment as well as a percentage of sales obtained by the Company in the leased premises. Many leases include escalating rental payments, whereby cash outflows increase over the lease term. Free rental periods are also sometimes included.

 

The minimum rentals payable under long‑term operating leases are exclusive of certain operating costs for which the Company is responsible. For the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company has recognized in the consolidated statement of loss contingent rent amounting to $1,030 [February 3, 2018 - $1,742, January 28, 2017 — $2,312] and accrued for a contingent rent liability of $477 [February 3, 2018 - $725, January 28, 2017 —$1,001].

 

Included in the cost of sales and selling, general and administration expenses for the year ended February 2, 2019 is rent expense of $31,520 [February 3, 2018 - $31,565, January 28, 2017 — $29,173].

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases:

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Within one year

 

 

21,089

 

 

 

19,840

 

After one year but not more than five years

 

 

66,790

 

 

 

86,844

 

More than five years

 

 

28,893

 

 

 

28,281

 

 

 

 

116,772

 

 

 

134,965

 

 14. REVOLVING FACILITY

 

On June 11, 2018, the Company amended its existing Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a two-year revolving facility (“Amended Revolving Facility”) in the principal amount of $15.0 million or the equivalent in U.S. dollars, repayable at any time, two years from June 11, 2018, with no accordion feature. Borrowings under the Amended Revolving Facility may not exceed the lesser of the total commitment for the revolving facility and the borrowing base, calculated as 75% of the face value of all eligible receivables plus 50% of the estimated value of all eligible inventory, less any priority payables.

 

The Amended Credit Agreement subjects the Company to certain financial covenants. Without the prior written consent of the lender, the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio may not be less than 1.10:1.00 and the Company’s leverage ratio may not exceed 3.00:1:00. In addition, the Company’s net tangible worth may not be less than $65,000 and the Company’s minimum excess availability must not be less than $15.0 million. The Amended Revolving Facility bears interest based on the Company’s adjusted leverage ratio, at the bank’s prime rate, U.S. bank rate and LIBOR plus a range from 0.5% to 2.5% per annum. A standby fee range of 0.3% to 0.5% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Amended Revolving Facility.

 
 
64
 
Table of Contents

 

The credit facility also contains non-financial covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company’s ability to become guarantor or endorser or otherwise become liable upon any note or other obligation other than in the normal course of business. The Company also cannot make any dividend payments.

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company did not have any borrowings under the Amended Revolving Facility.

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company is in breach of its fixed charge coverage ratio and certain non-financial covenants. BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement, however the Company cannot borrow under the facility. The Company is in good-faith discussions with BMO to install an asset based lending facility that will provide a revolving facility at commercial reasonable terms.

 

15. SHARE CAPITAL

 

Authorized

 

An unlimited number of common shares.

 

Issued and Outstanding

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Share Capital - Common shares

 

 

112,519

 

 

 

111,692

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

shares

 

 

 

#

 

Number of shares in issuance

 

 

 

Balance, January 28, 2017

 

 

25,330,951

 

Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options

 

 

456,773

 

Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

97,648

 

Balance, February 3, 2018

 

 

25,885,372

 

Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options

 

 

51,717

 

Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units

 

 

74,728

 

Balance, February 2, 2019

 

 

26,011,817

 

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, 51,720 stock options were exercised for common shares, for cash proceeds of $82 and 36,415 common shares for a non-cash settlement of $121 [February 3, 2018 – 456,773 stock options for cash proceeds of $1,782, January 28, 2017 1,236,154 stock options for cash proceeds of $2,779]. The carrying value of common shares during the year ended February 2, 2019 includes $82 [February 3, 2018 - $887] which corresponds to a reduction in the contributed surplus associated to options exercised during the period.

 
 
65
 
Table of Contents

 

In addition, during the year ended February 2, 2019, 74,728 common shares [February 3, 2018 – 97,648, January 28, 2017 57,325] were issued in relation to the vesting of restricted stock units (“RSU”), resulting in an increase in share capital of $663, net of tax [February 2, 2018 - $1,142].

 

Stock‑Based Compensation

 

The 2015 Omnibus Plan provides for awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units (including restricted stock units, “RSUs”), performance awards, deferred share units, elective deferred share units and other awards convertible into or otherwise based on the Company’s common shares. Eligibility for stock options intended to be incentive stock options (“ISOs”) is limited to the Company’s employees. Dividend equivalents may also be provided in connection with an award under the 2015 Omnibus Plan. The maximum term of stock options and SARs is seven years. The options vest evenly over a period of 36 or 48 months, with some options vesting monthly and some options vesting annually. There are no cash settlement alternatives.

 

The maximum number of the Company’s common shares that are available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Plan is 1,440,000 shares. Common shares issued under the 2015 Omnibus Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares of the Company not reserved for any other purpose. As at February 2, 2019, 867,882 common shares remain available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Plan.

 

No options were granted for the year ended February 2, 2019. The weighted average fair value of options granted of $2.39 for the year ended February 3, 2018 was estimated using the Black Scholes option pricing model, using the following assumptions; risk-free interest rate of 1.79%, expected volatility of 27.4%, expected option life of 4.0 years, expected dividend yield of nil%, and exercise price of $9.76. Expected volatility was estimated using historical volatility of similar companies whose share prices were publicly available.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the year is presented below.

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

Options

 

 

exercise

 

 

Options

 

 

exercise

 

 

 

outstanding

 

 

price

 

 

outstanding

 

 

price

 

 

 

#

 

 

$

 

 

#

 

 

$

 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

 

447,779

 

 

 

7.18

 

 

 

933,195

 

 

 

5.63

 

Issued

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

161,980

 

 

 

9.76

 

Exercised

 

 

(88,135 )

 

 

2.76

 

 

 

(456,773 )

 

 

3.9

 

Forfeitures

 

 

(222,104 )

 

 

8.95

 

 

 

(190,623 )

 

 

9.63

 

Outstanding, end of year

 

 

137,540

 

 

 

7.17

 

 

 

447,779

 

 

 

7.18

 

Exercisable, end of year

 

 

80,332

 

 

 

4.74

 

 

 

304,415

 

 

 

5.57

 

 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercised during the year ended February 2, 2019 was $4.47 [February 3, 2018 — $8.51].

 

66
Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

average

 

 

Weighted

 

 

options

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

outstanding at

 

 

contractual

 

 

average

 

 

exercisable at

 

 

average

 

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

remaining

 

 

exercise

 

 

February 2,

 

 

exercise

 

 

 

 

2019

 

 

life 

 

 

price

 

 

2019

 

 

price

 

Range of exercise prices

 

 

#

 

 

(years)

 

 

$

 

 

#

 

 

$

 

$0.77

 

 

 

31,100

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

0.77

 

 

 

31,100

 

 

 

0.77

 

$3.33 - $4.31

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

4.29

 

 

 

35,000

 

 

 

4.29

 

$8.76 - $10.28

 

 

 

53,225

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

10.28

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

$14.39 - $17.99

 

 

 

18,215

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

14.51

 

 

 

14,232

 

 

 

14.54

 

As at February 2, 2019

 

 

 

137,540

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

7.17

 

 

 

80,332

 

 

 

4.74

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

average

 

 

Weighted

 

 

options

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

outstanding at

 

 

contractual

 

 

average

 

 

exercisable at

 

 

average

 

 

 

 

February 3,

 

 

remaining

 

 

exercise

 

 

February 3,

 

 

exercise

 

 

 

 

2018

 

 

life 

 

 

price

 

 

2018

 

 

price

 

Range of exercise prices

 

 

#

 

 

(years)

 

 

$

 

 

#

 

 

$

 

$0.77

 

 

 

50,600

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

0.77

 

 

 

50,600

 

 

 

0.77

 

$3.33 - $4.31

 

 

 

172,396

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

3.91

 

 

 

161,395

 

 

 

3.89

 

$8.76 - $10.28

 

 

 

161,980

 

 

 

6.4

 

 

 

9.76

 

 

 

55,530

 

 

 

8.76

 

$14.39 - $17.99

 

 

 

62,803

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

14.68

 

 

 

36,890

 

 

 

14.72

 

As at February 3, 2018

 

 

 

447,779

 

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

7.18

 

 

 

304,415

 

 

 

5.57

 

      

 
67
 
Table of Contents

   

A summary of the status of the Company’s RSU plan and changes during the year ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 is presented below.

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted

 

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

 

 

average

 

 

 

RSUs

 

 

fair value

 

 

RSUs

 

 

fair value

 

 

 

outstanding

 

 

per unit (1)

 

 

outstanding

 

 

per unit (1)

 

 

 

#

 

 

$

 

 

#

 

 

$

 

Outstanding, beginning of year

 

 

289,416

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

252,233

 

 

 

12.42

 

Granted

 

 

491,450

 

 

 

4.47

 

 

 

298,897

 

 

 

8.59

 

Forfeitures

 

 

(360,371 )

 

 

6.31

 

 

 

(89,035 )

 

 

10.03

 

Vested

 

 

(74,728 )

 

 

8.85

 

 

 

(97,648 )

 

 

11.85

 

Vested, withheld for tax

 

 

(74,791 )

 

 

8.6

 

 

 

(75,031 )

 

 

11.28

 

Outstanding, end of year

 

 

270,976

 

 

 

5.26

 

 

 

289,416

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

(1) Weighted average fair value per unit as at date of grant.

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company recognized a stock-based compensation expense of $211 [February 3, 2018 - $2,021, January 28, 2017 — $2,264].

 

16. FINANCE COSTS

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Financing fees on term loan and Revolving Facility [note 14]

 

 

2

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

75

 

Accretion on provisions

 

 

251

 

 

 

2,292

 

 

 

-

 

Interest and penalty on provision for uncertain tax position

 

 

1,300

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other finance costs

 

 

61

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1,614

 

 

 

2,371

 

 

 

76

 

   

 
68
 
Table of Contents

 

17. INCOME TAXES

 

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

  

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

 

$

 

Income tax recovery — statutory rate

 

 

26.9

 

 

 

(7,700 )

 

 

26.8

 

 

 

(7,097 )

 

 

26.5

 

 

 

(1,564 )

Increase (decrease) in provision for income tax (recovery) resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-deductible items

 

 

(1.3 )

 

 

378

 

 

 

(1.6 )

 

 

437

 

 

 

(10.1 )

 

 

598

 

Effect of substantively enacted income tax rate changes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7.9 )

 

 

2,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized deferred income tax assets

 

 

(15.0 )

 

 

4,306

 

 

 

(16.7 )

 

 

4,415

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-down of deferred income tax assets

 

 

(18.2 )

 

 

5,194

 

 

 

(7.8 )

 

 

2,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for uncertain tax position

 

 

(9.4 )

 

 

2,700

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

0.0

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

(0.4 )

 

 

111

 

 

 

21.5

 

 

 

(1,269 )

Income tax provision (recovery) — effective tax rate

 

 

(17.0 )

 

 

4,882

 

 

 

(7.6 )

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

37.9

 

 

 

(2,235 )
 

A breakdown of the income tax provision (recovery) on the consolidated statement of loss is as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Income tax provision (recovery)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

(187 )

 

 

(1,575 )

 

 

2,145

 

Deferred

 

 

5,069

 

 

 

3,585

 

 

 

(4,380 )

 

 

 

4,882

 

 

 

2,010

 

 

 

(2,235 )

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”) was signed into law, which reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the U.S. Tax Reform, The Company’s net deferred taxes reported on the balance sheet were required to be re-measured using the newly enacted rates. The effect of this re-evaluation resulted in a decrease in the net deferred tax assets in the amount of $4,892 during the year ended February 3, 2018.

 

The U.S. Tax Reform introduces other important changes in the U.S. corporate income tax laws that may significantly affect the Company in future years, including the creation of a new Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax that subjects certain payments from U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to additional taxes, and limitations to certain deductions for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations. The U.S. Tax Reform also includes an increase in bonus depreciation from 50% to 100% for qualified property placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before 2023. Future regulations and interpretations to be issued by U.S. authorities may also impact the Company’s estimates and assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions.

 

We are currently undergoing transfer pricing audit by the Canada Revenue Agency. While the Company believes that its filing positions are appropriate and supportable, periodically, certain matters may be challenged by tax authorities. We believe that our transfer pricing practices reflect the accurate economic allocation of profit and risk and that proper contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation is in place. Preliminary findings from the transfer pricing audit indicates a difference in the interpretation of the economics of the arrangement. Although the outcome of such matters is not predictable with assurance, we have nonetheless recorded a provision of $4.0 million comprised of $2.7 million and $1.3 milllion for taxes and interest, respectively. While the Company believes its tax provisions are adequate, the final determination of tax audits and any related disputes could be materially different from historical income tax provisions and accruals. The Company intends to vigorously defend its practices and believes it has sufficient arguments to mitigate the unfavorable outcome.

 

69
 
Table of Contents

  

The tax effects of temporary differences and net operating losses that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating losses carried forward

 

 

4,608

 

 

 

1,259

 

Tax values of property and equipment in excess of carrying value including impairment

 

 

3,505

 

 

 

1,553

 

Deferred rent

 

 

1,762

 

 

 

1,662

 

Stock options

 

 

3,843

 

 

 

3,401

 

Financing fees and IPO-related costs

 

 

588

 

 

 

1,197

 

Lease inducements

 

 

634

 

 

 

515

 

Provisions for onerous contracts

 

 

5,357

 

 

 

4,812

 

Other

 

 

665

 

 

 

635

 

Total deferred income tax assets

 

 

20,962

 

 

 

15,034

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instruments

 

 

-

 

 

 

62

 

Unrealized foreign exchange gain related to intercompany advances

 

 

(212 )

 

 

(113 )
Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

(212 )

 

 

(51 )
Net

 

 

20,750

 

 

 

14,983

 

Unrecognized deferred income tax asset

 

 

(20,750 )

 

 

(9,789 )
Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,194

 

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company’s Canadian operations have accumulated losses amounting to $11.9 million [February 3, 2018 — nil; January 28, 2017 — nil], which expire during the year 2039. As at February 2, 2019, the Company’s U.S. subsidiary has accumulated losses amounting to US$14.0 million [February 3, 2018 — US$14.2 million; January 28, 2017 — US$14.9 million], which expire during the years 2033 to 2039.

 

Based upon the projections for future taxable income and prudent tax planning strategies, management believes it is no longer probable the Company will realize the benefits of these operating tax losses carried forward and other deductible temporary differences. Therefore, a full valuation allowance of $20,750 was recorded against the net deferred income tax asset.

 

70
  
Table of Contents

 

The changes in the net deferred income tax asset were as follows for the fiscal years:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Balance net, beginning of year

 

 

5,194

 

 

 

14,375

 

Deferred rent

 

 

101

 

 

 

(222 )

Canadian and  U.S. operating losses carried forward

 

 

3,349

 

 

 

(1,180 )

Property and equipment, including store impairment

 

 

1,952

 

 

 

3,387

 

Stock options

 

 

442

 

 

 

(2,245 )

Financing fees and IPO-related costs

 

 

(609 )

 

 

(604 )

Foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instrument

 

 

(62 )

 

 

183

 

Unrealized foreign exchange gain on intercompany advances

 

 

(99 )

 

 

196

 

Lease inducement

 

 

120

 

 

 

(149 )

Unrecognized deferred income tax asset

 

 

(10,961 )

 

 

(9,789 )

Provisions  for onerous contracts

 

 

544

 

 

 

1,447

 

Other

 

 

29

 

 

 

(205 )

Deferred income tax assets net, end of year

 

 

-

 

 

 

5,194

 

 

18. SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

 

Included in selling, general and administration expenses are the following expenses:

  

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Wages, salaries and employee benefits

 

 

68,324

 

 

 

65,888

 

 

 

61,143

 

Depreciation of property and equipment

 

 

6,904

 

 

 

8,431

 

 

 

8,069

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

1,298

 

 

 

1,474

 

 

 

758

 

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

 

 

151

 

 

 

82

 

 

 

356

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

9,960

 

 

 

15,069

 

 

 

7,516

 

Net Provision for onerous contracts (a)

 

 

552

 

 

 

7,854

 

 

 

8,140

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

211

 

 

 

2,021

 

 

 

2,264

 

Executive and employee separation costs related to salary

 

 

1,280

 

 

 

2,033

 

 

 

835

 

Strategic review and proxy contest costs

 

 

3,593

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

ERP project termination

 

 

2,496

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other selling, general and administration

 

 

30,953

 

 

 

29,078

 

 

 

25,675

 

 

 

 

125,722

 

 

 

131,930

 

 

 

114,756

 

 

(a) Net provision for onerous contract includes additions, reversals and utilization.

 

 
71
 
Table of Contents
 

19. EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

The following reflects the loss and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computations:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net loss for basic EPS

 

 

(33,539 )

 

 

(28,501 )

 

 

(3,688 )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding — basic and diluted

 

 

25,967,836  

 

 

25,716,186

 

 

 

24,699,290

 

 

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017, as a result of the net loss during the year, the stock options and RSUs disclosed in Note 15 are anti‑dilutive.

 

20. RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

 

Transactions with related parties are measured at the exchange amount, being the consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company purchased merchandise from a company controlled by one of its executive employees amounting to $241 [February 3, 2018 — $87; January 28, 2017 — nil]. Subsequent to year end, the Company extended its relationship by entering into an agreement for the purchase and sale of administrative and infrastructure services.

 

In February 2019, the Company entered into an arrangement with a related party of the controlling shareholder for the development of reporting and consulting services.

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company reimbursed Rainy Day Investments Ltd. (“Rainy Day Investments”), a controlling shareholder $957 for third-party costs incurred by it in connection with the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual meeting held on June 14, 2018. This reimbursement was approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company. This amount is included in selling, general and administration expenses.

 

Transactions with Key Management Personnel

 

Key management of the Company includes members of the Board as well as members of the Executive Committee. The compensation earned by key management in aggregate was as follows:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wages, salaries ,bonus and director fees

 

 

2,706

 

 

 

4,071

 

 

 

3,434

 

Termination benefits

 

 

1,025

 

 

 

1,485

 

 

 

719

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

101

 

 

 

1,809

 

 

 

1,377

 

Total compensation earned by key management personnel

 

 

3,832

 

 

 

7,365

 

 

 

5,530

 

  
 
72
 
Table of Contents

 

21. SEGMENT INFORMATION

 

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses. The Company has reviewed its operations and determined that each of its retail stores represents an operating segment. However, because its retail stores have similar economic characteristics, sell similar products, have similar types of customers, and use similar distribution channels, the Company has determined that these operating segments can be aggregated at a geographic level. As a result, the Company has concluded that it has two reportable segments, Canada and the U.S., that derive their revenues from the retail and online sale of tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the chief operating decision maker or “CODM”) makes decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments and assesses performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.

 

The Company derives revenue from the following products:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Tea

 

 

152,761

 

 

 

156,125

 

 

 

143,280

 

Tea accessories

 

 

44,436

 

 

 

49,470

 

 

 

53,807

 

Food and beverages

 

 

15,556

 

 

 

18,420

 

 

 

18,897

 

 

 

 

212,753

 

 

 

224,015

 

 

 

215,984

 

   

 
73
 
Table of Contents

 

Property and equipment and intangible assets by country are as follows:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

January 28,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Canada

 

 

27,996

 

 

 

37,234

 

 

 

41,432

 

US

 

 

1,470

 

 

 

3,763

 

 

 

12,686

 

Total

 

 

29,466

 

 

 

40,997

 

 

 

54,118

 

 

Results from operating activities before corporate expenses per country are as follows:

  

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2, 2019

 

 

 

Canada

 

 

US

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Sales

 

 

169,430

 

 

 

43,323

 

 

 

212,753

 

Cost of sales

 

 

89,604

 

 

 

25,170

 

 

 

114,774

 

Gross profit

 

 

79,826

 

 

 

18,153

 

 

 

97,979

 

Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)

 

 

57,902

 

 

 

18,175

 

 

 

76,077

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

7,719

 

 

 

2,240

 

 

 

9,960

 

Onerous contracts provision (recovery)

 

 

2,034

 

 

 

(1,482 )

 

 

552

 

Results from operating activities before corporate expenses

 

 

12,171

 

 

 

(780 )

 

 

11,391

 

Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,134

 

Results from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(27,743 )
Finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,614

 

Finance income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(700 )
Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28,657 )
 
 
74
 
Table of Contents

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

 

Canada

 

 

US

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Sales

 

 

185,287

 

 

 

38,728

 

 

 

224,015

 

Cost of sales

 

 

93,383

 

 

 

23,389

 

 

 

116,772

 

Gross profit

 

 

91,904

 

 

 

15,339

 

 

 

107,243

 

Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)

 

 

54,884

 

 

 

18,302

 

 

 

73,186

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

5,114

 

 

 

9,955

 

 

 

15,069

 

Provision for onerous contracts

 

 

1,752

 

 

 

6,102

 

 

 

7,854

 

Results from operating activities before corporate expenses

 

 

30,154

 

 

 

(19,020 )

 

 

11,134

 

Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35,821

 

Results from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,687 )

Finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,371

 

Finance income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(567 )

Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26,491 )

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

January 28, 2017

 

 

 

Canada

 

 

US

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Sales

 

 

180,380

 

 

 

35,604

 

 

 

215,984

 

Cost of sales

 

 

86,473

 

 

 

21,061

 

 

 

107,534

 

Gross profit

 

 

93,907

 

 

 

14,543

 

 

 

108,450

 

Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)

 

 

49,466

 

 

 

16,584

 

 

 

66,050

 

Impairment of property and equipment

 

 

1,116

 

 

 

6,400

 

 

 

7,516

 

Provision for onerous contracts

 

 

427

 

 

 

7,713

 

 

 

8,140

 

Results from operating activities before corporate expenses

 

 

42,898

 

 

 

(16,154 )

 

 

26,744

 

Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,050

 

Results from operating activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,306 )
Finance costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76

 

Finance income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(479 )
Loss before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,903 )

 

 
75
 
Table of Contents

 

22. FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

 

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including risks related to foreign exchange, interest rate, credit, and liquidity.

 

Currency Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. Given that some of its purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars, the Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk. The Company’s foreign exchange risk is largely limited to currency fluctuations between the Canadian and U.S. dollars. The Company is exposed to currency risk through its cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

Assuming that all other variables remain constant, a revaluation of these monetary assets and liabilities due to a 5% rise or fall in the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in an increase or decrease to net loss in the amount of $123.

 

The Company’s foreign exchange exposure is as follows:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

US$

 

 

US$

 

Cash

 

 

267

 

 

 

5,686

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

1,142

 

 

 

882

 

Accounts payable

 

 

3,869

 

 

 

2,555

 

 

The Company’s U.S. subsidiary’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

In order to protect itself from the risk of losses should the value of the Canadian dollar decline in relation to the U.S. dollar, the Company entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate of 80% to 90% of its expected U.S. dollar inventory purchasing requirements, through September 2018. A forward foreign exchange contract is a contractual agreement to buy a specific currency at a specific price and date in the future. The Company designated the forward contracts as cash flow hedging instruments under IFRS 9. This has resulted in mark-to-market foreign exchange adjustments, for qualifying hedged instruments, being recorded as a component of other comprehensive loss for the years ended Februay 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018. As at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the designated portion of these hedges was considered effective.

 

The Company had no foreign exchange contracts outstanding as at February 2, 2019.

 

The nominal and contract values of foreign exchange contracts outstanding as at February 3, 2018 are as follows:

 

 

 

Range of

 

Nominal

 

 

Nominal

 

 

 

 

Unrealized

 

 

 

Contractual

 

value

 

 

value

 

 

 

 

gain/(loss)

 

Purchase contracts

 

exchange rate

 

US$

 

 

C$

 

 

Term

 

C$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. dollar

 

1.2221 - 1.3050

 

 

24,100

 

 

 

30,033

 

 

February 2018 to September 2018

 

 

(229 )

 

Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to cash flow interest rate risk include financial assets and liabilities with variable interest rates and consist of cash. The Company is exposed to cash flow risk on its Revolving Facility which bears interest at variable interest rates (see Note 14). As at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the Company did not have any borrowings on the Revolving Facility.

 

76
 
Table of Contents

   

Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, to the extent possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities when due. The Company’s liquidity follows a seasonal pattern based on the timing of inventory purchases and capital expenditures. The Company is exposed to this risk mainly in respect of its trade and other payables.

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company had $42.1 million in cash. In addition, the Company has a Revolving Facility of $15,000, the full amount of which remained un-drawn as at February 2, 2019. Access to this Facility is further described in Note 14.

 

The Company expects to finance its working capital needs, store renovations, and investments in infrastructure through cash flows from operations and cash on hand. The Company expects that its trade and other payables will be discharged within 90 days.

 

The following table summarizes the obligations as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

 

 

February 2, 2019

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

Between

 

 

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1 year

 

 

1 and 5 years

 

 

5 years

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

18,251

 

 

 

18,251

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

116,772

 

 

 

21,089

 

 

 

66,790

 

 

 

28,893

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

9,146

 

 

 

9,146

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

144,169

 

 

 

48,486

 

 

 

66,790

 

 

 

28,893

 

 

 

February 3, 2018

 

 

 

Payments due by period

 

 

 

 

 

 

less than

 

 

Between

 

 

More than

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1 year

 

 

1 and 5 years

 

 

5 years

 

Trade and other payables

 

 

14,392

 

 

 

14,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations

 

 

134,965

 

 

 

19,840

 

 

 

86,844

 

 

 

28,281

 

Purchase obligations

 

 

8,820

 

 

 

8,820

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

158,177

 

 

 

43,052

 

 

 

86,844

 

 

 

28,281

 

 

Credit Risk

 

The Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that counterparties may default on their financial obligations to the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is equal to the carrying value of accounts receivable and derivative financial instruments. Accounts receivable primarily consists of receivables from retail customers who pay by credit card, recoveries of credits from suppliers for returned or damaged products, and receivables from other companies for sales of products, gift cards and other services. Credit card payments have minimal credit risk and the limited number of corporate receivables is closely monitored. As a result, expected credit loss on these financial assets is not significant.

 

Fair Values

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis at fair value or amortized cost. The disclosures in the “Financial instruments” section of Note 3 describe how the categories of financial instruments are measured and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and losses, are recognized. The fair values of derivative financial instruments have been determined by reference to forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period and classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. There were no outstanding derivative financial instruments at February 2, 2019.

 

77
 
Table of Contents

    

The classification of financial instruments at February 3, 2018, as well as their carrying values and fair values, are shown in the tables below:

 

 

 

Carrying

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

value

 

 

value

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Financial assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments — foreign forward exchange contracts

 

 

239

 

 

 

239

 

Financial liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative financial instruments — foreign forward exchange contracts

 

 

468

 

 

 

468

 

 

The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial instruments based on appropriate valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize or would pay in a current market exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different assumptions or methodologies. The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are described below:

 

 

· The estimated fair value of forward contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period [Level 2].
 

The Company categorizes its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels depending on the observability of the inputs used in the measurement.

 

Level 1: This level includes assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date.

 

Level 2: This level includes valuations determined using directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1. Derivative instruments in this category are valued using models or other standard valuation techniques derived from observable market inputs.

 

Level 3: This level includes valuations based on inputs which are less observable, unavailable or where the observable data does not support a significant portion of the instruments’ fair value.

 

23. MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL

 

The Company’s capital is composed of shareholders’ equity as follows:

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Cash

 

 

42,074

 

 

 

63,484

 

Shareholder s equity [excluding accumulated other comprehensive income]

 

 

65,959

 

 

 

99,613

 

Total capital under management

 

 

108,033

 

 

 

163,097

 

 

 

78

 
Table of Contents

 

The Company’s objectives in managing capital are to ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its organic growth, to establish a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to provide an adequate return to shareholders.

 

The Company’s primary uses of capital are to finance increases in non‑cash working capital and capital expenditures for its store renovation program as well as information technology and infrastructure.

 

The Board does not establish quantitative return on capital criteria for management, but rather promotes year-over-year sustainable profitable growth. The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

 

As of February 2, 2019, the Company was in default under certain covenants contained in our Credit Agreement, including our failure to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00 and certain reporting requirements. BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement, however the Company cannot borrow under the Credit Agreement. During the year ended February 3, 2018 the Company also considered its access to the Revolving Facility as a source for funding its cash requirements, although it had not drawn on the Revolving facility at February 3, 2018.

 

24. GUARANTEES

 

Some agreements to which the Company is party, specifically those related to debt agreements and the leasing of its premises, include indemnification provisions that may require the Company to make payments to a third party for breach of fundamental representation and warranty terms in the agreements, with respect to matters such as corporate status, title of assets, environmental issues, consents to transfer, employment matters, litigation, taxes payable and other potential material obligations. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is not reasonably quantifiable as certain indemnifications are not subject to a monetary limitation. As at February 3, 2018, management does not believe that these indemnification provisions would require any material cash payment by the Company, and insurance coverage, estimated by management to be reasonable and sufficient, exists in order to minimize the previously mentioned risks.

 

The Company indemnifies its directors and officers against claims reasonably incurred and resulting from the performance of their services to the Company, and maintains liability insurance for its directors and officers as well as those of its subsidiary.

 

 

79

 
Table of Contents

 

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

 

Not applicable.

 

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

 

Under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our principal executive and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), as of the end of the period covered by this report, or the Evaluation Date. Based upon the evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the Evaluation Date. Disclosure controls and procedures are controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive and principal financial officers as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act as a process, designed by, or under the supervision of the Company’s principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by the Company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRS. Internal control over financial reporting includes maintaining records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect our transactions and disposition of assets; providing reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary for preparation of our financial statements; providing reasonable assurance that receipts and expenditures are made only in accordance with management and board authorizations; and providing reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

 

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements, and even when determined to be effective, can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation.

 

Management, with the participation of the Company’s principal executive and financial officers, assessed our internal control over financial reporting as of February 2, 2019, the end of our fiscal year. Management based its assessment on the 2013 framework established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included evaluation of elements such as the design and operating effectiveness of key financial reporting controls, process documentation, accounting policies, and our overall control environment. Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of the end February 2, 2019.

 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the year ended February 2, 2019 that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

 

Not applicable.

 

80

 
Table of Contents

 

PART III.

 

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

 

The following is a list of the names and ages of our directors and officers as of April 17, 2019, and a brief summary of the business experience of each of them. Unless otherwise stated, the business address for our directors and officers is c/o DAVIDsTEA Inc., 5430 Ferrier Street, Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada H4P 1M2.

 

Name

 

Age

 

Position

Herschel Segal

 

88

 

Interim Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board and Director

Frank Zitella, CPA, CMA, CA

 

54

 

Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Corporate Secretary

Sarah Segal

 

34

 

Chief Brand Officer

Pat De Marco, CPA, CA

 

58

 

Lead Director

Susan L. Burkman

 

65

 

Director

Anne Darche

 

63

 

Director

Emilia Di Raddo, CPA, CA

 

61

 

Director

Max Ludwig Fischer, Ph.D

 

68

 

Director

Peter Robinson

 

66

 

Director

  

Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board. Mr. Segal, 88, was appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors and Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company on June 14, 2018. Since January 1969, Herschel Segal has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Rainy Day Investments Ltd., an investment company. In 1959, Mr. Segal founded Le Château Inc., a clothing retailer listed on the TSX Venture Exchange, and served as its Chief Executive Officer until September 2006. Mr. Segal served as Executive Chairman of Le Château Inc. until February 2007 and remains a director. Mr. Segal holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from McGill University, Montreal, Québec. Mr. Segal is a founder of DAVIDsTEA and a resident of Québec, Canada.

 

Frank Zitella, CPA, CMA, CA, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Operating Officer and Secretary. Mr. Zitella, 54, joined the Company on December 10, 2018 as Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary and on April 26, 2019 assumed responsiblitieas as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Zitella has close to 30 years of finance, strategic planning and corporate tax planning experience and served for over eleven years as the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of DST Health Solutions, LLC, a subsidiary of SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. (Nasdaq: SSNC), and for over eight years as the Chief Financial Officer of International Financial Data Services, a joint venture between State Street Bank and SS&C Technologies Holdings, Inc. Mr. Zitella received his Bachelor of Commerce degree from Concordia University, Montreal, Québec and his Graduate Diploma in Public Accountancy from McGill University, Montreal, Québec. Mr. Zitella is a resident of Québec, Canada.

 

Sarah Segal, Chief Brand Officer. Ms. Segal, 34, served as the President and Head of Product Development and Tea Department for DAVIDsTEA from December 2010 to September 2012. Since May 2013, Ms. Segal has served as the CEO of the retail company SQUISH Candies, based in Montreal, Québec. In 2017, Ms. Segal was appointed VP, Product Development & Innovation at DAVIDsTEA. Most recently, Ms. Segal was appointed Chief Brand Officer. Ms. Segal received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Environmental Health from McGill University, Montreal, Québec, and an M.Sc. degree in Water Science, Policy and Management from Oxford University, Oxford, England. Ms. Segal is a resident of Québec, Canada.

 

Pat De Marco, CPA, CA, Lead Director (June 14, 2018 to present). Mr. De Marco, 58, has served as President and Chief Operating Officer of Viau Food Products Inc. of Laval, Québec, a large Canadian processor of beef and pork products, since 2008. Prior thereto, Mr. De Marco held senior executive positions at Moores Retail Group Inc., Canada’s leading menswear retailer, from 1995 as Chief Financial Officer and from 2002 as President. Prior to that, Mr. De Marco was a partner at Ernst & Young LLP, where for 13 years he audited and consulted for companies in the manufacturing, real estate and consumer goods sectors. Mr. De Marco is a CPA, and holds a Bachelor of Commerce degree from Concordia University, Montreal, Québec. Mr. De Marco is a resident of Québec, Canada.

 

Susan L. Burkman, Director (August 23, 2018 to present). Ms. Burkman, 65, is an experienced financial consulting executive. Throughout her 35 years in the investment banking industry, she has successfully led equity, M&A, and valuation and fairness opinion transactions in excess of $6 billion for Canadian companies across numerous industries. Since 2007, she has been majority shareholder and President of Burkman Capital Corporation, an investment banking boutique located in Bromont, Québec. From 1997 to 2007, Ms. Burkman was a partner at Griffiths McBurney and Partners and a Director at GMP Securities where she led the Investment Banking Group in Montreal. Prior thereto, Ms. Burkman was President of Mathurin-Burkman Inc., an investment banking boutique, a Vice-President and member of the Board of Directors of McNeil Mantha Inc., then a publicly-traded Canadian securities brokerage firm, and held positions with Wood Gundy Securities in Toronto and with the Corporate Banking division of Bank of Montreal. Ms. Burkman started her professional career as an auditor with KPMG at its Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania and Toronto, Ontario offices. Since 2012, Ms. Burkman has been a member of the Board of Directors of Olameter Inc., a provider of outsourced utility solutions in North America based in Montreal. Ms. Burkman holds both a Bachelor of Arts degree and Masters of Business Administration degree from the University of Pittsburgh and became a Certified Public Accountant in Pennsylvania. Ms. Burkman is a resident of Québec, Canada.

 

81

 
Table of Contents

    

Anne Darche, Director (August 23, 2018 to present). Ms. Darche, 63, is a marketing and consumer-trends specialist with a 20-year career in Montreal advertising agencies, primarily as a co-owner, VP for strategic planning and president. The agency she helped build and administer, Allard Johnson, became one of Canada’s leading advertising firms. A respected speaker, she has been heard regularly on Radio-Canada sharing her views on trends, breakthroughs and market disruptions. Ms. Darche serves as a director of Germain Hôtels, a company based in Québec City that owns and operates hotels across Canada, KDC, a leading North American contract manufacturer of health and beauty-care products, and 48North Cannabis Corp., a company listed on the TSX Venture Exchange whose wholly-owned subsidiary is a licensed producer of cannabis in Canada. She is also chair of MU, a not-for-profit organization devoted to beautifying the city of Montreal by creating murals that are anchored in local communities. Ms. Darche holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in graphic design from Université Laval, Québec City, Québec and a Masters of Business Administration degree from Université de Sherbrooke, Sherbrooke, Québec and is a Chartered Director. Ms. Darche is a resident of Québec, Canada.

 

Emilia Di Raddo, CPA, CA, Director (2014 to present). Ms. Di Raddo, 61, has been a director of the Company since 2012, except between January 2013 and March 2014. She has been the President of Le Château Inc., a company listed on the TSX Venture Exchange, since 2000, has served on its Board of Directors since 2001 and was Chief Financial Officer from 1996 to 2000. Prior thereto, Ms. Di Raddo was a partner at Ernst & Young LLP where she practiced for more than 15 years for companies operating in the retail and consumer products industry. Ms. Di Raddo received a Bachelor of Commerce degree and a Diploma in Accountancy from Concordia University, Montreal, Québec, and is also a chartered accountant and a CPA. Ms. Di Raddo is a resident of Québec, Canada.

 

Max Ludwig Fischer, Ph.D, Director (June 14, 2018 to present). Mr. Fischer, 68, was Professor of German and International Studies at Willamette University, Salem, Oregon, where he also held administrative positions, including Chair of the Department of German and Russian Studies. Since 2008, Mr. Fischer has been a consultant to the President and CEO of Rancho La Puerta in Tecate, Mexico, a consistent winner of Travel & Leisure’s “Best Spa Destination”, as well as a Bi-Annual Lecturer on Nutrition and Natural Healing Modalities at Rancho La Puerta. In 2018, Mr. Fischer was an invited lecturer on “The Concept of Holistic Living” at the Omega Institute, Rhinebeck, New York. Mr. Fischer holds a Ph.D. in Philosophy and a Masters of Arts degree from the University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado, and a Bachelor of Arts degree in English and sociology from the University of Regensburg, Regensburg, Germany. Mr. Fischer is the author of numerous publications on 20th century literature, exile literature and intercultural communications. In addition to his expertise in literature, Mr. Fischer has a deep interest in psychology, holistic living and natural nutrition. Mr. Fischer is a resident of Ontario, Canada.

 

Peter Robinson, Director (June 14, 2018 to present). Mr. Robinson, 66, possesses diverse leadership experience spanning more than four decades in business, government and the non-profit sectors. He was Chief Executive Officer of the David Suzuki Foundation from 2008 to 2017 and, from 2000 to 2008, was Chief Executive Officer of Mountain Equipment Co-op, a Canadian consumers’ cooperative that sells outdoor recreation gear and clothing exclusively to its members. From 1983 to 2000, Mr. Robinson held a number of positions with BC Housing, a government agency, including Chief Executive Officer from 1999 to 2000. Mr. Robinson holds a Bachelor of Arts degree in geography from Simon Fraser University, Burnaby, British Columbia, and a Master of Arts degree in Conflict Analysis and Management and a Doctor of Social Sciences degree, both from Royal Roads University, Victoria, British Columbia. He has been extensively involved in community and humanitarian work, including serving as a director from 2012 to 2017 of Imagine Canada, a national charitable organization, governor of the Canadian Red Cross Society from 2010 to 2012, and Chair of the Board of Governors and Chancellor of Royal Roads University from 2007 to 2010. Mr. Robinson is a resident of British Columbia, Canada.

 

Family Relationships

 

Sarah Segal, the Chief Brand Officer of DAVIDsTEA, is the daughter of Herschel Segal, Chairman of the Board of Directors and Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the owner of Rainy Day Investments Ltd., which controls approximately 46% of the outstanding shares of DAVIDsTEA.

 

Audit Committee

 

Function of Audit Committee

 

The Audit Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Audit Committee”) operates under a written charter adopted by the Board of Directors. The Charter contains a detailed description of the scope of the Audit Committee’s responsibilities and how they will be carried out. The Audit Committee Charter is available on our Investor Relations website at http://ir.davidstea.com under “Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. The Audit Committee’s primary responsibilities and duties include:

 
 
82
 
Table of Contents

 

 

· appointing, compensating, retaining and overseeing the work of any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services and reviewing and appraising the audit efforts of our independent accountants;

 

 

 

 

· establishing procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and (ii) confidential and anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

 

 

 

· engaging independent counsel and other advisers, as necessary;

 

 

 

 

· determining funding of various services provided by accountants or advisers retained by the committee;

 

 

 

 

· reviewing our financial reporting processes and internal controls;

 

 

 

 

· establishing, maintaining and overseeing the Company’s related party transaction policy, including overseeing the process for approval of all related-party transactions involving executive officers and directors; and

 

 

 

 

· providing an open avenue of communication among the independent accountants, financial and senior management and the Board.

 

Independence of Audit Committee Members

 

The members of the Audit Committee are Pat De Marco (chair), Susan L. Burkman and Peter Robinson. The Board has determined that each of them meets the independence requirements under the rules of the NASDAQ Global Market and under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

 

Audit Committee Financial Experts

 

The Board has determined that Pat De Marco and Susan L. Burkman are “Audit Committee financial experts”. All members of the Audit Committee meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market.

 

Audited Financial Statements Included in Annual Report

 

Management has the primary responsibility for establishing and maintaining adequate internal financial controls, for preparing the financial statements and for the public reporting process. Ernst & Young LLP (“EY”), the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, is responsible for expressing an opinion on the conformity of the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements with International Financial Reporting Standards.

 

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed with management and EY the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 2, 2019 and Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation.

 

The Audit Committee has also discussed with EY the matters required to be discussed by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) AU Section 380, “Communication with Audit Committees.” The Audit Committee received the written disclosures and the letter from EY that are required by PCAOB Rule 3526, “Communication with Audit Committees Concerning Independence,” and has discussed with EY its independence. The Audit Committee considered whether EY’s provision of non-audit services to the Company is compatible with maintaining EY’s independence. This discussion and disclosure informed the Audit Committee’s review of EY’s independence and assisted the Audit Committee in evaluating that independence. On the basis of the foregoing, the Audit Committee concluded that EY is independent from the Company, its affiliates and management.

 

Based upon its review of the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the discussions noted above, the Audit Committee recommended to the Board of Directors that the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended February 2, 2019 be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for such fiscal year for filing with the SEC. This report has been furnished by the members of the Audit Committee.

 

Pat De Marco, Chair

Susan L. Burkman

Peter Robinson

 

 
83
 
Table of Contents

 

Corporate Governance

 

Statement of Corporate Governance Practices

 

As a reporting issuer in the Canadian Province of Québec with securities listed on the NASDAQ, DAVIDsTEA complies with all applicable rules adopted by the AMF and the SEC. As a Canadian issuer, DAVIDsTEA is exempt from complying with many of the NASDAQ Corporate Governance Standards, provided that DAVIDsTEA complies with Canadian governance requirements. Policy Statement 58-201 to Corporate Governance Guidelines of the AMF provides guidance on governance practices for reporting issuers in the Province of Québec. Québec Regulation 58-101 respecting Disclosure of Corporate Governance Practices requires such issuers to make prescribed disclosure regarding their governance practices. The Board is of the view that DAVIDsTEA’s corporate governance practices satisfy the foregoing requirements of the Province of Québec, as reflected in the disclosure made below. The Board of Directors has approved the disclosure of DAVIDsTEA’s corporate governance practices described below, on the recommendation of the Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee (“CGNC”).

 

Board of Directors

 

Independence

 

The Board of Directors consists of seven directors, six of whom are non‑employee directors. Herschel Segal, Pat De Marco, Emilia Di Raddo, Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson were elected as directors at the annual meeting of shareholders held on June 14, 2018. Susan L. Burkman and Anne Darche were appointed as directors on August 23, 2018 to fill vacancies created by the resignations of two directors. Directors are elected or appointed to hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders or until their earlier resignation or removal from office in accordance with the Company’s by-laws.

 

Five of the seven directors comprising the Board of Directors are considered “independent” pursuant to Section 1.4 of Québec Regulation 52-110 respecting Audit Committees. Under that provision, Susan L. Burkman, Anne Darche, Pat De Marco, Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson are considered independent, whereas Herschel Segal is not considered to be independent in that he is an executive officer of the Company and Emilia Di Raddo is not considered to be independent in light of her long-standing business relationship with Herschel Segal. The independence of directors is determined by the Board based on the results of independence questionnaires completed by each director annually, as well as other factual circumstances reviewed on an ongoing basis.

 

To enhance the independent judgment of the Board of Directors, the independent members of the Board of Directors may meet in the absence of members of management and the non‑independent directors. An in camera session is scheduled as part of every meeting of the Board of Directors and its committees to allow independent directors to meet without non-independent directors and members of management, as necessary. All non‑independent directors are responsible to the Board of Directors as a whole and have a duty of care to the Company.

 

As Herschel Segal, Chairman of the Board, is not an independent director, the Board of Directors appointed Pat De Marco, an independent director, as “Lead Director” on September 23, 2018 upon the recommendation of the CGNC.

 

The Board of Directors has adopted a Charter of the Board of Directors delineating its principal roles and responsibilities. The Charter of the Board of Directors is available on our Investor Relations website at http://ir.davidstea.com under “Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Chair of the Board

 

Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, chairs meetings of the Board of Directors. Mr. Segal is not an independent director. As a result, on September 23, 2018, upon the recommendation of the CGNC, the Board of Directors appointed Pat De Marco, an independent director, as “Lead Director”. As Lead Director, Mr. De Marco provides leadership in ensuring Board effectiveness and is responsible for facilitating and encouraging open and effective communication between management of the Company and the Board of Directors, consulting with the Chairman of the Board in setting the agenda for Board meetings, ensuring Board committees function appropriately, chairing meetings of the independent members of the Board of Directors and chairing Board of Directors’ meetings if the Chairman of the Board is absent.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

In accordance with applicable law and DAVIDsTEA’s policy, each director is required to disclose to the Board any potential conflict of interest he or she may have in a matter before the Board or a committee thereof at the beginning of the Board or committee meeting. A director who is in a potential conflict of interest must not attend any part of the meeting during which the matter is discussed or participate in a vote on such matter.

 
 
84
 
Table of Contents

 

Formal Position Descriptions

 

The Board has adopted formal position descriptions for the Chairman of the Board and the Board Committee Chairs, as well as for the President and CEO.

 

Chairman of the Board

 

The Board of Directors has adopted a written position description for the Chairman of the Board of Directors and each of the Committee chairs, which sets out each of the chairs’ key responsibilities, including duties relating to setting meeting agendas, chairing meetings and working with the respective committee and management to ensure, to the greatest extent possible, the effective functioning of the committee and the Board of Directors.

 

The primary responsibility of the Chairman is to provide leadership to the Board to enhance Board effectiveness. The Chair of the Board must oversee that the relationship between the Board, management, shareholders and other stakeholders is effective, efficient and further to the best interests of the Company.

 

Committee Chairs

 

The position descriptions of each Committee Chair provide that each Chair’s key role is to manage his or her respective Committee and ensure that the Committee carries out its mandate effectively. Like the Chairman of the Board, each Committee Chair is expected to provide leadership to enhance the Committee’s effectiveness and must oversee the Committee’s discharge of its duties and responsibilities. Committee Chairs must report regularly to the Board on the business of their respective committees.

 

Interim Chief Executive Officer

 

The primary responsibility of the Interim CEO is to lead the Company by providing strategic direction that includes the development and implementation of plans, policies, strategies and budgets for the growth and profitable operation of the Company. The Board of Directors has developed a written position description for the CEO which sets out the Chief Executive Officer’s key responsibilities, including duties relating to strategic planning, operational direction, Board of Directors interaction, building an effective management team and communication with shareholders.

 

The HRCC develops yearly goals and objectives that the CEO is responsible for meeting. The corporate objectives that the CEO is responsible for meeting, with the rest of management placed under his supervision, are determined by the strategic plans and the budgets as they are approved each year by the Board.

 

Election of Directors

 

The articles of the Company provide that the Board shall consist of not less than three and not more than fifteen directors. Each director is elected for a one-year term ending at the next annual meeting of shareholders or when his or her successor is elected, unless he or she resigns or his or her office otherwise becomes vacant.

 

Committees of the Board

 

The Board has established the Audit Committee, the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (“HRCC”) and the CGNC and has delegated to each of these committees certain responsibilities that are set forth in their respective mandates.

 

Human Resources and Compensation Committee

 

The HRCC’s primary purpose, with respect to compensation, is to assist the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities and to make recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to the compensation of the directors and executive officers. Independent consultants may also be periodically retained to assist the HRCC in fulfilling its responsibilities when needed. As required in its mandate, the HRCC is composed of a majority of independent directors, including the Chairman of the committee who must qualify as an independent director. The three current members of the HRCC are Max Ludwig Fischer (chair), Anne Darche and Emilia Di Raddo. The HRCC Charter is available on our Investor Relations website at http://ir.davidstea.com under “Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee

 

The three current members of the CGNC are Peter Robinson (chair), Pat De Marco and Max Ludwig Fischer. The Charter of the CGNC is available on our Investor Relations website at http://ir.davidstea.com under “Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com.

 
 
85
 
Table of Contents

 

Board and Committee Meetings

 

In Camera Sessions

 

To maintain independence from management, the independent Board members meet at least annually and may meet at each Board meeting without the presence of management. Such meetings are chaired by the Lead Director. Similarly, each of the Board committees meets without management present under the chairmanship of the committee Chair at least annually and may meet at each committee meeting without the presence of management.

 

Ethical Business Conduct

 

The Company’s Code of Ethics for Senior Managers and Financial Officers (the “Code of Ethics”) is applicable to all DAVIDsTEA’s directors, senior managers and financial officers and has been developed to promote the honest and ethical conduct of our directors, senior managers and financial officers, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; to promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in periodic reports required to be filed by the Company; and to promote compliance with all applicable rules and regulations that apply to the Company and its officers. The Code of Ethics is available on our Investor Relations website at http://ir.davidstea.com under “Corporate Governance” and on SEDAR at www.sedar.com. The Code of Ethics addresses several matters, including conflicts of interest, integrity of corporate records, confidentiality of corporate information, protection and use of corporate assets and opportunities, insider trading, compliance with laws and reporting of unethical or illegal behaviour. No waiver has ever been granted to a director or executive officer in connection with the Code of Ethics.

 

In addition to monitoring compliance with the Code of Ethics, the Board has adopted whistleblowing procedures for reporting unethical or questionable acts by the Company or employees thereof. Complaints can be made via telephone at a confidential line called the integrity line. Any Human Resources-related question is redirected to our Head of Human Resources while any issue of misconduct or fraud is redirected to the Chair of the Audit Committee who is responsible to oversee the whistleblowing procedures.

 

Board, Committees and Directors Performance Assessment

 

On an annual basis, the Chairman of the Board is responsible for the process of assessing the performance and effectiveness of the Board as a whole, the Board Committees, Committee Chairs and individual directors. Questionnaires are distributed to each director for the purpose of (i) evaluating the Board’s responsibilities and functions, its operations, how it compares with boards of other companies on which the directors serve and the performance of the Board’s Committees and (ii) inviting directors to make suggestions for improving the performance of the Chairman of the Board, Committee Chairs and individual directors. The questionnaire completed by the Chairman of the Board is submitted to the Chair of the HRCC. The results of the questionnaires are compiled by the Corporate Secretary on a confidential basis to encourage full and frank commentary. In addition, the Chairman of the Board discusses with each Board member individually in order to discuss the questionnaires and also meets the Chair of the HRCC who is responsible for his assessment. The results of the questionnaires as well as any issues raised during individual discussions are presented and discussed at a following meeting of the Board. At all times, Board members are free to discuss among themselves the performance of a fellow director, or submit such a matter to the Chairman of the Board. Based on the outcome of the discussion, the Chairman of the Board then presents to the Board the assessment’s findings and its recommendations to enhance the performance and effectiveness of the Board and its Committees.

 

Director Selection

 

Skills and Experience of Directors

 

The process by which the Board establishes new candidates for Board nominations lies within the discretion of the Board of Directors with a view of the best interests of the Company and in accordance with the corporate governance guidelines. Pursuant to the governing statutes, and our articles and by‑laws, new candidates for Board nominations can be proposed by the shareholders and will be voted on by the shareholders at each annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Nomination of Directors

 

Before making a recommendation on a new director candidate, the Chairman of the Board and members of the CGNC meet with the candidate to discuss the candidate’s interest and ability to devote the time and commitment required to serve on the Board. In certain circumstances, the Board may also retain an independent recruiting firm to identify director candidates and fix such firm’s fees and other retention terms.

 
 
86
 
Table of Contents

 

The Board does not impose nor does it believe that it should establish term limits or retirement age limits for its directors, as such limits may cause the loss of experience and expertise important to the optimal performance of the Board.

 

Diversity and Gender Diversity

 

The Company does not have a formal policy on diversity on the Board of Directors or in senior management positions. The Company is, however, mindful of the benefit of diversity of the Board of Directors and senior management, including the representation of women on the Board and in senior management positions, and the need to maximize their effectiveness and respective decision‑making abilities. Accordingly, in searches for new candidates, while the Company seeks to recruit or appoint the most qualified individuals for particular positions, it considers the merit of potential candidates based on a balance of skills, background, experience and knowledge, including taking into consideration diversity such as gender, age and geographic areas.

 

Director Orientation and Continuing Education

 

Orientation

 

The HRCC is responsible for developing, monitoring and reviewing the Company’s orientation and continuing education programs for directors. New directors are provided with an information package on the Company’s business, its strategic and operational business plans, its operating performance, its governance system and its financial position. Also, new directors meet individually with the Chief Executive Officer and other senior executives to discuss these matters. The Board ensures that prospective candidates fully understand the role of the Board and its Committees and the contribution that individual directors are expected to make, including, in particular, the personal commitment that the Company expects of its directors.

 

Continuing Education

 

All Board members have visited DAVIDsTEA’s stores. Management makes presentations to the Board on a range of topics that are relevant to the Company’s operations. Senior management makes regular presentations to the Board and its committees to educate them and keep them informed of developments within the Company’s main areas of business and operations, as well as on key legal, regulatory and industry developments. Directors are also provided with Board and Board committee materials in advance of regularly-scheduled meetings. Directors receive periodic updates between Board meetings on matters that affect the Company’s business. Finally, Board members have full access to the Company’s senior management and employees.

 
 
87
 
Table of Contents

 

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “2018 Summary Compensation Table” below. In Fiscal 2018, our “Named Executive Officers” and their positions were as follows:

 

 

· Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board since June 14, 2018

 

 

 

 

· Joel Silver, former President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

· Frank Zitella, Chief Financial Officer since December 10, 2018 and Chief Operating Officer since April 26, 2019

 

 

 

 

· Joe Bongiorno, Interim Chief Financial Officer from September 24, 2018 to December 9, 2018

 

 

 

 

· Howard Tafler, former Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

· Sarah Segal, Chief Brand Officer since August 21, 2018

 

This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion. See Part I on Form 10-K “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

  

Executive and Director Compensation

 

Processes and Procedures for Compensation Decisions

 

Our HRCC is responsible for the executive compensation programs for our executive officers and reports to our Board on its discussions, decisions and other actions. Our HRCC reviews and approves corporate goals and objectives relating to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, evaluates the performance of our Chief Executive Officer in light of those goals and objectives and determines and approves the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation. Our HRCC has the sole authority to determine our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation. In addition, our HRCC, in consultation with our Chief Executive Officer, reviews and approves all compensation for the other officers and directors. Our Chief Executive Officer also makes compensation recommendations for our other executive officers and initially proposes the corporate and departmental performance objectives under our Executive Incentive Compensation Plan to the HRCC.

 

The HRCC is authorized to retain the services of one or more executive compensation and benefits consultants or other outside experts or advisors as it sees fit, in connection with the establishment of our compensation programs and related policies.

 

The Insider Trading Policy

 

The Company has adopted an insider trading policy that applies to the equity transactions of all of the employees, including most notably of directors and officers, including Named Executive Officers. Under the policy, transactions by covered individuals in the Company’s securities are authorized only during insider trading windows (which open the second full day after financial results are released each quarter to permit market adjustments), and all transactions must be pre-approved and cleared by the Corporate Secretary so as to avoid any appearance of trading based on non-public information.

 

Hedging Prohibition

 

Hedging transactions can be accomplished through a variety of mechanisms including prepaid forward contracts, equity swaps and collars and other similar devices. Because hedging transactions permit the holder of the securities to continue to own the securities without the full risks and rewards of ownership, such transactions can cause the interests of such holder not to be aligned with our other shareholders and therefore the employees, officers and directors are prohibited from hedging any equity-based compensation or Company shares.

 

Automatic Securities Disposition Plan (10b5-1 Plan)

 

Automatic Securities Disposition Plans are permitted under the Insider Trading Policy and must be approved by the Corporate Secretary and meet the requirements of the Securities Act (Québec) and similar rules and regulations in other applicable Canadian securities laws as well as Rule 10b5-1(c)(1)(i)(B) under the Exchange Act. In general, such plans must be entered into at a time when the person entering into the plan is not aware of any material non-public information with respect to the Company.

 
 
88
 
Table of Contents

 

Short-Term Incentive Plan

 

The annual incentive program is a cash bonus intended to compensate officers for achieving short‑term corporate goals. It is also intended to reward the Named Executive Officers for both the overall performance of the Company and individual performance during the year. The Company believes that establishing cash bonus opportunities is an important factor in both attracting and retaining the services of qualified and highly-skilled executives. The HRCC determined that the most meaningful measure of successful growth was Comparable Sales and selected other financial objectives in line with the Company’s short-term corporate goals, which, together with Comparable Sales, would form the basis for the annual incentive program. The HRCC reviews annually the weight attributed to each financial objective. Therefore, for fiscal 2018, the annual incentive formula attributed 75% to corporate Comparable Sales growth and 25% to other financial objectives. Notwithstanding the above formula, the HRCC may, in its sole discretion, adjust the calculated payment, as much as to cancel payment altogether, should it determine that the calculated payment requires adjustment.

 

For the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 the Company did not meet the annual incentive program targets.

 

Mid- and Long-Term Incentive Plans

 

In 2015, the Board and the shareholders of the Company adopted the 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Omnibus Plan”) in connection with our IPO. All equity and equity‑based awards, including awards to the Named Executive Officers, are made under the 2015 Omnibus Plan. Accordingly, the RSU and option awards made in Fiscal 2018 to executive officers were all made under the 2015 Omnibus Plan. As our common shares are currently traded solely on the NASDAQ Global Market, the grant value and number of units awarded are determined based on the U.S. dollar share price and are not subject to currency conversion.

 

The target award values for the Named Executive Officers are indicated in the table below. Actual Fiscal 2018 awards can be found in the summary compensation table set out below. Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, when calculating the number of stock options and/or restricted share units/performance share units granted based on the target award values, the Company does not convert for U.S.-Canadian currency rates.

 

 

 

Target

 

 

Maximum

 

Name

 

Value

 

 

Value

 

 

 

(% of salary)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joel Silver (1)

 

 

100 %

 

 

150 %

Howard Tafler (2)

 

 

35 %

 

 

50 %

 

Notes:

 

(1) Joel Silver was President and Chief Executive Officer until June 14, 2018.

 

(2) Howard Tafler was Chief Financial Officer until September 24, 2018.

  
 
89
 
Table of Contents

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table illustrates the compensation paid to the Named Executive Officers for the last two completed fiscal years, as applicable. All compensation is disclosed in U.S. dollars. For employees who receive all or a portion of their compensation in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated, an exchange of 1.3095 for 2018, and 1.2393 for 2017 has been used to convert to U.S. dollars, which represents the exchange rate of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of New York at noon on the last day of each fiscal year, and which, in the Company’s opinion, is an appropriate reflection of exchange rates variation during the year.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-equity incentive

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

plan compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual

 

 

Long-term

 

 

All

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock

 

 

Option

 

 

incentive

 

 

incentive

 

 

other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

Salary

 

 

Bonus(7)

 

 

Awards(8)

 

 

Awards(9)

 

 

plan(10)

 

 

plan

 

 

compensation(11)

 

 

Compensation

 

Name and principal position

 

Year

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

Herschel Segal (1)

 

2018

 

 

190,913

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

62,250

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

253,163

 

Interim Chief Executive Officer and

 

2017

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

46,500

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

46,500

 

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joel Silver (2)

 

2018

 

 

110,788

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

300,002

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

101,718

 

 

-

 

 

 

724,958

 

 

 

1,237,466

 

Officer

 

2017

 

 

285,521

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

199,969

 

 

 

200,126

 

 

 

107,480

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8,069

 

 

 

801,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Frank Zitella (3)

 

2018

 

 

38,183

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

38,183

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

2017

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joe Bongiorno (4)

 

2018

 

 

126,129

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21,569

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,138

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

731

 

 

 

150,567

 

Interim Chief Financial Officer

 

2017

 

 

109,581

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

7,991

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

813

 

 

 

118,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Tafler (5)

 

2018

 

 

128,425

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

92,742

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,283

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

731

 

 

 

233,181

 

Former Chief Financial Officer

 

2017

 

 

194,515

 

 

 

14,903

 

 

 

55,544

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

18,953

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

813

 

 

 

284,728

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sarah Segal (6)

 

2018

 

 

175,640

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

57,517

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

233,157

 

Chief Brand Officer

 

2017

 

 

87,084

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

46,500

 

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

133,584

 

  

Notes:

 

 

(1) Herschel Segal was appointed Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(2) Joel Silver was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer on March 20, 2017 and held such positions until June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Frank Zitella was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary on December 10, 2018 and Chief Operating Officer on April 26, 2019.

 

 

 

 

(4) Joe Bongiorno served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from September 24, 2018 to December 9, 2018. Mr. Bongiorno is Director of Finance of the Company.

 

 

 

 

(5) Howard Tafler was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer effective August 14, 2017 and Chief Financial Officer effective December 7, 2017, a position he held until September 24, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(6) Sarah Segal was appointed Chief Brand Officer on August 21, 2018 and prior thereto was the Company’s VP Product Development and Innovation.

 

 

 

 

(7) Amounts shown represent retention bonuses

 

 

 

 

(8) Amounts shown reflect the aggregate grant date fair market value of time-vesting RSUs granted to Named Executive Officers on April 19, 2018 and April 18, 2017 (except for grant made to Mr. Silver in fiscal 2017 whose grant was made on March 20, 2017 upon his start date), under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, excluding the value of estimated forfeitures on the shares. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are disclosed in note 15 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended February 2, 2019.

 

 

 

 

(9) Amounts shown reflect the aggregate grant date fair value of time-vesting stock options, using a Black-Scholes option pricing model, and exclude the value of estimated forfeitures. Assumptions used in the calculation of these amounts are included below for grants received by the Named Executive Officers over the last two fiscal years

 

 

 

 

(10) Represents the awards earned during the year under the Short-Term Annual Incentive Program.

 

 

 

 

(11) The amounts shown represent amounts paid to Mr. Silver pursuant to his separation agreement, the monthly car allowance for Mr. Silver, and the professional association fees for Mr. Tafler and Mr. Bongiorno.

 

 
90
 
Table of Contents

 

Incentive Plan Awards

 

Outstanding share-based awards and option-based awards

 

The following table sets out information regarding outstanding awards in U.S. dollars held by the Named Executive Officers as of February 2, 2019.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Market value

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

shares

 

 

of shares

 

 

 

 

 

 

securities

 

 

securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

or units of

 

 

or units of

 

 

 

 

 

 

underlying

 

 

underlying

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock

 

 

stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

unexercised

 

 

unexercised

 

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

that

 

 

that

 

 

 

 

 

 

options -

 

 

options -

 

 

exercise

 

 

Option

 

 

 

 

 

have not

 

 

have not

 

 

 

Grant

 

 

exercisable(7)

 

 

unexercisable

 

 

price(8)

 

 

expiration

 

 

Grant

 

 

vested(10)

 

 

vested(11)

 

Name

 

Date

 

 

(#)

 

 

(#)

 

 

($)

 

 

date(9)

 

 

Date

 

 

(#)

 

 

($)

 

Herschel Segal (1)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

2018-06-14

 

 

 

15,000

 

 

 

24,000

 

Interim Chief Executive Officer and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joel Silver (2)

 

2017-03-20

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

53,225

 

 

 

7.70

 

 

2024-03-20

 

 

2018-04-19

 

 

 

21,803

 

 

 

34,885

 

Former President and Chief

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Frank Zitella (3)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Joe Bongiorno (4)

 

2013-02-22

 

 

 

4,500

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

0.59

 

 

2020-02-22

 

 

2018-04-19

 

 

 

6,270

 

 

 

10,032

 

Interim Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2017-04-18

 

 

 

915

 

 

 

1,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016-04-15

 

 

 

360

 

 

 

576

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,545

 

 

 

12,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Howard Tafler (5)

 

2016-04-15

 

 

 

2,374

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11.19

 

 

2019-09-21

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Former Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sarah Segal (6)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

2018-04-19

 

 

 

16,720

 

 

 

26,752

 

Chief Brand Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

Notes:

 

 

(1) Herschel Segal was appointed Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(2) Joel Silver was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer on March 20, 2017 and held such positions until June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(3)

Frank Zitella was appointed Chief Financial Officer and Corporate Secretary on December 10, 2018 and Chief Operating Officer on April 26, 2019.

 

 

 

 

(4) Joe Bongiorno served as Interim Chief Financial Officer from September 24, 2018 to December 10, 2018. Mr. Bongiorno is Director of Finance of the Company.

 

 

 

 

(5) Howard Tafler was appointed Interim Chief Financial Officer effective August 14, 2017 and Chief Financial Officer effective December 7, 2017, a position he held until September 24, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(6) Sarah Segal was appointed Chief Brand Officer on August 21, 2018 and prior thereto was the Company’s VP Product Development and Innovation.

 

 

 

 

(7) Unless earlier terminated, forfeited, relinquished or expired, the options will vest as to ¼th of the Shares on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date and the option becoming vested as to 100% of the Shares on the final vesting date. Shares subject to the option will not vest on any vesting date unless the NEO has remained in continuous service from the date of grant through such vesting date, unless otherwise provided in the LTIP plan further discussed in Item 11 – Executive Compensation.

 

 

 

 

(8) For option awards granted after the IPO, the exercise price is equal to the closing price of our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market on the day the award was granted. For option awards granted prior to the IPO, the exercise price was determined by our Board based on an independent third party valuation and was denominated in Canadian dollars. As our shares are currently traded only on the NASDAQ in USD, the exercise prices of the pre-IPO awards have been converted to U.S. dollars based on the U.S. dollar/Canadian dollar exchange rate in effect as of February 3, 2019, the last business day of Fiscal 2018 of C$1 = US$1.3095. The actual exchange rate in effect at the time of exercise for options granted with a Canadian dollar exercise price will be used to convert the option exercise price to U.S. dollars.

 

 

 

 

(9) All stock options have a seven‑year term.

 

 

 

 

(10) Unless earlier terminated, forfeited, relinquished or expired, the RSUs will vest as to one quarter of the shares on each of the first two anniversaries of the grant date and remaining half of the RSUs will vest on the third anniversary of the grand date. Shares subject to the RSUs will not vest on any vesting date unless the NEO has remained in continuous service from the date of grant through such vesting date, unless otherwise provided in the LTIP plan further discussed in Item 11 – Executive Compensation.

 

 

 

 

(11) The market value is calculated by multiplying the closing price of the Shares on the NASDAQ Global Market on February 2, 2019, being the last business day of the fiscal year, which closing price was US$1.60 per Share, by the number of RSUs that had not vested as of such date.

 
 
91
 
Table of Contents

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

The table below illustrates the status of the shares reserved for issuance under the Company’s equity-based incentive plans.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Weighted

 

 

securities available

 

 

 

 

 

securities to be

 

 

average

 

 

for future issuance

 

 

 

 

 

issued upon

 

 

exercise price

 

 

under equity

 

 

 

 

 

exercise of

 

 

of

 

 

compensation plans

 

 

 

 

 

outstanding

 

 

outstanding

 

 

(excluding

 

 

 

 

 

options, warrants

 

 

options, warrants

 

 

securities reflected

 

 

 

 

 

and rights(2)

 

 

and rights(3)(4)

 

 

in column (a))

 

 

 

 

 

(#)

 

 

($USD)

 

 

(#)

 

Plan Category

 

Plan Name

 

(a)

 

 

(b)

 

 

(c)

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

 

Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan(1)

 

 

66,100

 

 

 

2.01

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

572,118

 

 

 

8.68

 

 

 

867,882

 

Total

 

 

 

 

638,218

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

867,882

 

 

 

(1) Since the adoption of the 2015 Omnibus Plan in connection with the IPO, no awards have been or will be made under the Equity Plan. Outstanding options previously granted under the Equity Plan remain subject to the terms of the Equity Plan.

 

 

 

 

(2) Reflects outstanding stock options and RSUs.

 

 

 

 

(3) Restricted stock units have no exercise price and, therefore, the weighted average price does not take these awards into account.

 

 

 

 

(4) The weighted average exercise price of outstanding options have been converted from CAD to USD at an exchange rate of 1.3095.

  

 
92
 
Table of Contents

 

Termination and Change in Control Benefits

 

The Named Executive Officers would be entitled to the following payments and benefits in the event of termination of the executive’s employment pursuant to the employment agreement between the executive and the Company.

 

Frank Zitella

 

Voluntary Resignation

 

Unvested options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will be forfeited upon a termination of employment due to a voluntary resignation and vested options will remain exercisable for a period of 30 days following such termination. Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, vested options will remain exercisable until the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the termination of employment or the award’s normal expiration date. Unvested awards under the 2015 Omnibus Plan will be forfeited at the time of such termination.

 

Termination for Cause

 

Vested and unvested awards under both the Equity Incentive Plan and the 2015 Omnibus Plan will be forfeited immediately at time of termination.

 

Termination Due to Death

 

Unvested options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will be forfeited upon death while vested options will remain exercisable by the estate for a period of 180 days following death. Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, upon death, all time-based awards will immediately vest and performance awards will vest at the target level of performance. Options will remain exercisable until the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the executive’s death or the award’s normal expiration date.

 

Termination Due to Disability

 

Unvested options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will be forfeited upon termination of employment while vested options will remain exercisable for a period of 180 days following termination. Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, upon a termination of employment due to disability, all time-based awards will immediately vest and performance awards will remain eligible to vest to the extent the applicable performance goals are achieved. Options will remain exercisable until the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the participant’s termination of employment due to disability or the award’s normal expiration date.

 

Retirement

 

Unvested options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan be will be forfeited upon retirement while vested options will remain exercisable for a period of 90 days. Awards other than stock options made under the 2015 Omnibus Plan will vest based on a pro rata of elapsed days between the start of the performance period and the complete three-year period. If a performance condition is attached to the vesting, the outstanding awards will be treated as per the achievement of the performance criterion at the time of retirement. Vested options will remain exercisable for a period of five years following retirement or until the original option expiry date. For purposes of the plan, retirement is defined as 65 years of age and 55 years of age with ten years of service or more.

 

Involuntary Termination

 

Unvested options granted under the Equity Incentive Plan will be forfeited upon an involuntary termination of employment by the Company while vested options will remain exercisable for a period of 30 days. Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, upon an involuntary termination of employment by the Company, options will be forfeited to the extent then unvested and vested options will remain exercisable until the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the participant’s termination of service or the award’s normal expiration date. RSUs and performance awards will be deemed vested pro rata based on the number of days in a specified period (i.e. the period from the date of grant to the third anniversary of the grant date) that have elapsed from the date of grant to the six-month anniversary of the date of the termination of employment, with the vesting of performance awards to be subject to performance assessed as of the date of such termination of employment.

 

Change in Control

 

Under the Equity Incentive Plan, upon the occurrence of a trigger event (as defined in the Equity Plan, generally a liquidation or change of control), participants holding vested options or options that would vest upon the completion of the trigger event will have the right to exercise such options on a basis that allows the participants to tender the common shares delivered upon such exercise in the transaction and any options not so exercised will expire and be cancelled upon the completion of the trigger event. In the event of a trigger event in which the purchase price in the transaction will be paid in cash, in lieu of a participant exercising his or her vested options prior to the trigger event, the participant may require us to purchase his or her options for a purchase price per common share equal to the purchase price per common share in the transaction times the number of common shares subject to the option, minus the aggregate exercise price for such common shares, subject to the completion of the trigger event.

 
 
93
 
Table of Contents

 

Under the 2015 Omnibus Plan, upon a termination by the Company other than for Cause within twelve months following a change in control, to the extent granted prior to the time of the change in control and then outstanding, all time-based awards will vest and performance awards will vest at the target level of performance. Options will remain exercisable until the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the participant’s termination of employment or service due to disability or the award’s normal expiration date.

 

Director Compensation

 

Compensation of Directors

 

The Company’s compensation policy for directors is designed to enable the Company to attract and retain highly qualified non-employee directors. Under the policy, all non-employee directors received the cash and equity compensation set forth below.

 

Board Chair

 

Annual retainer

C$100,000

Annual target equity grant

15,000 RSUs or DSUs, at the option of the Director

Interim CEO

 

Annual retainer

C$50,000

 

Board member

 

Annual retainer

C$50,000

Annual target equity grant

7,500 RSUs or DSUs, at the option of the Director

Board meeting fees

C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

Executive Chairman

 

Annual retainer

C$25,000

 

Lead Director

 

Annual retainer

C$25,000

 

Audit Committee Chair

 

Additional annual retainer

C$15,000 minimum

Audit Committee meeting fees

C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

 

Human Resources and Compensation Committee Chair

 

Additional annual retainer

C$10,000 minimum

Human Resources and Compensation Committee meeting fees

C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

 

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee Chair

Additional annual retainer

C$10,000 minimum

Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee meeting fees

C$1,000 for attendance in person and $500 for teleconference

 

Special Committee Chair(1)

 

Monthly retainer

C$7,800

Special Committee member

 

Monthly retainer

C$3,900 (US$3,000 for US Directors)

 

Notes:

(1) On February 26, 2018, the Board formed a Special Committee of independent directors for the purpose of reviewing strategic alternatives on behalf of the Company.

 

Under our non‑employee director compensation policy, annual retainers and meeting fees are paid in quarterly cash payments. Equity grants generally will be made in the form of RSUs or DSUs granted under the 2015 Omnibus Plan and will generally vest in full on the first anniversary of the grant date. Equity awards under the non‑employee director compensation policy will be made at a date following the Company’s annual meeting of shareholders.

 

The following table sets out information concerning the compensation earned by our non‑employee directors during the fiscal year ending February 2, 2019. Joel Silver received no additional compensation for services as director and, consequently, is not included in this table. The compensation received by Mr. Silver as former President and Chief Executive Officer can be found in the Summary Compensation Table above.

 

 
94
 
Table of Contents

 

Director Compensation Table

 

The following table sets out information concerning all amounts of compensation provided to the directors of the Company who are not members of the management of the Company for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019. All compensation is disclosed in U.S. dollars. For Directors who receive a portion of their compensation in Canadian dollars, unless otherwise indicated, an exchange of 1.3095 for 2018, and 1.2393 for 2017 has been used to convert to U.S. dollars, which represents the exchange rate of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of New York at noon on the last day of each fiscal year, and which, in the Company’s opinion, is an appropriate reflection of exchange rates variation during the year.

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

pension

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

value and

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-equity

  non-qualified

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fees earned

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

incentive

 

 

deferred

 

 

All

 

 

 

 

 

 

or paid

 

 

Stock

 

 

Option

 

 

compensation

 compensation

 

 

other

 

 

 

 

 

 

in cash

 

 

awards

 

 

awards

 

 

plan

 

 

earnings

 

 

compensation

 

 

Total

 

Name

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

Anne Darche(1)

 

 

21,000

 

 

 

24,750

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

45,750

 

Emilia Di Raddo(2)

 

 

38,950

 

 

 

31,125

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

70,075

 

Max Ludwig Fischer(3)

 

 

35,896

 

 

 

31,125

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

67,021

 

Pat De Marco(4)

 

 

44,596

 

 

 

31,125

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

75,721

 

Peter Robinson(5)

 

 

34,675

 

 

 

31,125

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

65,800

 

Susan L. Burkman(6)

 

 

21,000

 

 

 

24,750

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

45,750

 

Gary O'Connor(7)

 

 

11,455

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,455

 

Lorenzo Salvaggio(8)

 

 

3,147

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3,147

 

Maurice Tousson(9)

 

 

19,091

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

19,091

 

Kathleen C. Tierney(10)

 

 

11,455

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

11,455

 

Michael J. Mardy(11)

 

 

12,409

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

12,409

 

Roland Walton(12)

 

 

5,820

 

 

 

31,125

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

36,945

 

Tyler Gage(13)

 

 

9,546

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,546

 

M. William Cleman(14)

 

 

9,281

 

 

 

31,125

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

40,406

 

 

Notes:

 

 

(1)

Appointed as a director on August 23, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(2) Elected as a director in 2014 to present.

 

 

 

 

(3) Elected as a director on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(4) Elected as a director on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(5) Elected as a director on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(6) Appointed as a director on August 23, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(7) Resigned on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(8)

Resigned as a director on March 5, 2018

 

 

 

 

(9) Resigned on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(10)

Resigned on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(11) Resigned on June 14, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(12) Roland Walton was elected as a director on June 14, 2018 and resigned on July 9, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(13)

Resigned June 14, 2018

 

 

 

 

(14)

Elected as a director on June 14, 2018 and resigned on July 26, 2018.

 

 

 

 

(15) Director fees were paid in cash in Canadian dollars except for Ms. Tierney and Messrs.Gage and Mardy, who are all U.S. residents. Their respective compensation was converted to U.S. dollars at the time of payment.

 

The directors are reimbursed by the Company for the reasonable costs and expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of the Board of Directors and its committees including, to the extent applicable, the cost of travel on commercial or leased aircraft.

 
 
95
 
Table of Contents

 

Value vested or earned during the year for directors

 

The following table sets out information regarding option-based awards and share-based awards that vested in the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 for our directors and former directors. All share based awards that vested in Fiscal 2018 are disclosed in U.S. dollars.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-equity

incentive

 

 

 

Option-based

awards -

 

Share-based

awards -

 

 

plan

compensation -

 

 

 

Value vested

during

 

Value vested

during

 

 

Value earned

during

 

 

 

the year(1)(2)

 

the year

 

 

the year

 

Name

 

(US $)

 

($)

 

 

($)

 

Tyler Gage

 

-

 

 

28,875

 

 

-

 

Gary O'Connor

 

-

 

 

28,875

 

 

-

 

Michael J. Mardy

 

-

 

 

42,896

 

 

-

 

Lorenzo Salvaggio

 

-

 

 

26,250

 

 

-

 

Sarah Segal

 

-

 

 

42,896

 

 

-

 

Kathleen C. Tierney

 

-

 

 

42,896

 

 

-

 

Maurice Tousson

 

-

 

 

71,771

 

 

-

 

 

Notes:

 

 

(1) Herschel Segal, Susan L. Burkman, Anne Darche, Pat De Marco, Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson, all current directors of the Company, do not hold any stock options.

 

 

 

 

(2) M. William Cleman, Tyler Gage, Michael J. Mardy, David W. McCreight, Gary O’Connor, Lorenzo Salvaggio, Kathleen C. Tierney, Maurice Tousson and Roland Walton, all former directors of the Company, did not hold any stock options.

 

 

 

 

(3) The value is calculated as if the stock options were exercised on the vesting date of each relevant grant. The value represents the difference between the option’s exercise price and the closing share price on the NASDAQ on the vesting date, multiplied by the number of shares underlying the options that vested. As the Shares are traded only on the NASDAQ in US dollars, the exercise prices of the pre-IPO awards have been converted to USD based on the noon buying rate of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of New York on February 2, 2019, the last business day of this fiscal year, being $1.3095. For vesting dates prior to the IPO, the quarterly share valuation, as determined by our Board based in part on an independent third party valuation, was used. The actual value earned, if any, will be different and will be based on the closing price of the Shares on the actual date of exercise.

 

Indebtedness of Directors and Officers

 

As of March 29, 2019, no executive officer, director, proposed nominee for election as a director or employee, former or present, of the Company was indebted to the Company including in respect of indebtedness to others where the indebtedness is the subject of a guarantee, support agreement, letter of credit or other similar arrangement provided by the Company.

 

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

 

The following table shows, as of March 29, 2019, the number of common shares beneficially owned by each director, director nominee and executive officer named in the Summary Compensation Table in Item 11 and all directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group.

 

The following table and accompanying footnotes set forth information relating to the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of March 29, 2019 by;

 

 

· each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding common shares,

 

 

 

 

· each of our directors and director nominees,

 

 

 

 

· each of our Named Executive Officers, and

 

 

 

 

· all directors and executive officers as a group.

  

Our major shareholders do not have voting rights that are different from our shareholders in general.

 

86

   
Table of Contents

    

Each shareholder’s percentage ownership is based on 26,011,817 common shares outstanding as of March 29, 2019.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules. In general, under these rules a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power or investment power with respect to such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within 60 days. Except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all common shares held by that person. Our common shares that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of April 17, 2019 are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of such person holding, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group. As of April 17, 2019, 33,974 shares were owned by 3 United States holders of record.

 

Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o DAVIDsTEA Inc., 5430 Ferrier, Mount‑Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1M2.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The Company’s transfer agent and registrar is AST Trust Company, Montréal.

 

 

 

Shares Beneficially Owned

 

 

 

as at April 17, 2019

 

 

 

Number of

 

 

Percentage

 

 

 

shares

 

 

of shares

 

Name of beneficial owner

 

(#)

 

 

(%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beneficial Owners of more than 5% of our common shares and/or selling shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rainy Day Investments Ltd.(1)

 

 

12,012,538

 

 

 

46.18 %

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Herschel Segal(2)

 

 

20,118

 

 

*

 

Frank Zitella

 

-

 

 

-

 

Joe Bongiorno(3)

 

 

6,732

 

 

*

 

Sarah Segal(4)

 

 

18,870

 

 

*

 

Pat De Marco(5)

 

 

7,500

 

 

*

 

Emilia Di Raddo(6)

 

 

21,243

 

 

*

 

Max Ludwig Fischer(7)

 

 

7,500

 

 

*

 

Peter Robinson(8)

 

 

7,500

 

 

*

 

Susan L. Burkman(9)

 

 

1,000

 

 

*

 

Anne Darche

 

-

 

 

-

 

All executive officers and directors as a group(10)

 

 

90,463

 

 

*

 

 

Notes:

 

 

*

represents less than 1%.

 

 

 

 

(1) Rainy Day Investments Ltd. (“Rainy Day”) is a company controlled by Herschel Segal, Chairman of the Board and Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company, who holds voting and investment control over the shares held by Rainy Day. The principal business address for Rainy Day is 5695 Ferrier, Mount Royal, Québec, Canada, H4P 1N1.

 

 

 

 

(2) Herschel Segal holds 18,595 DSUs and 1,523 common shares.

 

 

 

 

(3) Joe Bongiorno holds 2,232 RSUs and options to purchase 4,500 common shares.

 

 

 

 

(4) Sarah Segal holds 11,680 DSUs and 7,190 RSUs.

 

 

 

 

(5)

Pat De Marco holds 7,500 DSUs.

 

 

 

 

(6)

Emilia Di Raddo holds 7,500 RSUs and 13,743 common shares.

 

 

 

 

(7) Max Ludwig Fischer also holds 7,500 RSUs.

 

 

 

 

(8) Peter Robinson holds 7,500 DSUs.

 

 

 

 

(9) Susan L. Bukman holds 1,000 common shares.

 

 

 

 

(10) Includes RSUs and DSUs vesting, and options to purchase common shares exercisable, within 60 days of April 17, 2019.

 

 
97
 
Table of Contents

 

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

Our Audit Committee reviews and approves related-party transactions or recommends related-party transactions for review by independent members of our Board of Directors. Each of the transactions described below have been reviewed by our Audit Committee.

 

Arrangements with Our Investors

 

We have entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement with certain of our shareholders.

 

Investors’ Rights Agreement

 

In February 2014, in connection with the issuance of our Series A-1 preferred shares, we entered into an amended and restated investors’ rights agreement, which was amended in December 2014 in connection with our issuance of our Series A-2 preferred shares. The agreement contains provisions related to registration rights, information and observation rights, rights to future share issuances and approval rights by certain investors and/or their board designees. The information and observation rights, rights to future share issuance and approval rights terminated as a result of our IPO.

 

Subject to certain conditions, holders of 20% or more of the Investor Registrable Shares or 20% or more of the Rainy Day Registrable Securities (as those terms are defined in the agreement) have the right to demand that we register under the Securities Act or under Canadian securities laws all or a portion of such shareholder or shareholders’ Registrable Securities at our expense. Such rights became effective as of April 3, 2015. Upon the exercise of this right, we must give notice to all other parties who then hold registrable securities, as defined in the agreement, to permit them to participate in the offering.

 

In addition, if we propose to register our common shares under the Securities Act or under any Canadian securities laws, we must give prompt notice to each holder of registrable securities of our intent to do so and each such holder has piggyback registration rights and is entitled to include any part of its registrable securities in such registration, subject to certain conditions.

 

Finally, at times when we are eligible to use a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or Form F-3, holders of registrable securities may demand that we file a Form S-3, F-3 or S-10 registration statement with respect to any or a portion of such holder’s registrable securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, share transfer taxes and certain other expenses, of at least $1 million. Upon receiving notice of such a demand, we must notify all other holders to permit them to exercise piggyback registration rights with respect to such demand.

 

Director Independence

 

Five of our seven directors that make up our board of directors are considered independent under Canadian securities laws and the NASDAQ rules. Under these rules, Susan L. Burkman, Anne Darche, Pat De Marco, Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson are considered independent, whereas Herschel Segal is not considered to be independent in that he is an executive officer of the Company and Emilia Di Raddo is not considered to be independent in light of her long-standing business relationship with Herschel Segal. The independence of directors is determined by the Board based on the results of independence questionnaires completed by each director annually, as well as other factual circumstances reviewed on an ongoing basis.

 

To enhance the independent judgment of the Board of Directors, the independent members of the Board of Directors frequently meet in the absence of members of management and the non-independent directors. An in camera session is scheduled as part of every meeting of the Board of Directors and its committees to allow independent directors to meet without non-independent directors and members of management, as necessary. All non-independent directors are responsible to the Board of Directors as a whole and have a duty of care to the Company.

 

Five of our seven directors that make up the Board of Directors are considered “independent” pursuant to Section 1.4 of Québec Regulation 52-110 respecting Audit Committees. Under these rules, Pat De Marco, Susan L. Burkman, Anne Darche, Max Ludwig Fischer and Peter Robinson are considered independent, whereas Emilia Di Raddo and Herschel Segal are not considered to be independent as a result of their respective relationships with the Company or their relationships with shareholders. The independence of directors is determined by the Board based on the results of independence questionnaires completed by each director annually, as well as other factual circumstances reviewed on an ongoing basis.

 

 
98
 
Table of Contents

 

Family Relationships

 

Sarah Segal, the Chief Branding Officer of DAVIDsTEA, is the daughter of Herschel Segal, who is the owner of Rainy Day Investments Ltd. (“Rainy Day”). Rainy Day owns approximately 46% of the outstanding shares of the company. Mr. Segal is our Interim Chief Executive Officer and the Chairman of our Board of Directors.

 

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

 

The following table sets out the aggregate fees billed to the Company for the fiscal years ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 by EY:

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

February 2,

 

 

February 3,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Audit fees (1)

 

 

518,500

 

 

 

478,000

 

Audit-related fees (2)

 

 

-

 

 

 

15,000

 

Tax fees (3)

 

 

111,181

 

 

 

73,845

 

All other fees (4)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

629,681

 

 

 

566,845

 

  

Notes:

 

(1) Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our consolidated annual financial statements and review of the interim consolidated financial statements included in our quarterly reports, consultation concerning financial reporting and accounting standards, translation services, and services provided in connection with statutory and regulatory filings or engagements, including consent procedures in connection with public filings.

 

 

 

 

(2) Audit-related fees consist of fees billed for related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of our consolidated financial statements and that are not reported under "Audit Fees", including fees billed in relation to our initial public offering.

 

 

 

 

(3) Tax fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning (domestic and international). These services include assistance regarding federal, state and international tax compliance, and transfer pricing studies and advisory services.

 

 

 

 

(4) All other fees consist of fees for all other professional services and products rendered by EY.
  

All fees paid and payable by the Company to EY in Fiscal 2018 and Fiscal 2017 were pre-approved by the Company’s Audit Committee pursuant to the procedures and policies set forth in the Audit Committee mandate. The Audit Committee's policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm. These services may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year and any pre-approval is detailed as to the particular service or category of services. The independent registered public accounting firm and management are required to periodically report to the Audit Committee regarding the extent of services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm in accordance with this pre-approval. The Chair of the Audit Committee is also authorized, pursuant to delegated authority, to pre-approve additional services on a case-by-case basis, and such approvals are communicated to the full Audit Committee at its next meeting.

 

 
99
 
Table of Contents

 

PART IV

 

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

 

(a)(1) Financial Statements

 

The audited consolidated financial statements of the Company filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K are included in Part II, Item 8, and include:

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

As of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:

Consolidated Balance Sheets

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017:

Consolidated Statements of Loss and Comprehensive Loss

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statements of Equity

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedule

 

All other schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

 
 
100
 
Table of Contents

 

(a)(3) Exhibits

 

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

(File No. 333-203219, unless otherwise indicated)

Exhibit Number

 

Description of Document

 

Form

 

Filing Date

 

Exhibit Number

3.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

F-1/A

 

5/18/2015

 

3.1

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

3.2

4.1

 

Description of Share Capital

 

 

 

5/2/2019

 

Filed herewith

10.1

 

Credit Facility Letter from HSBC Bank Canada to DAVIDsTEA Inc. and DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc., dated August 19, 2013, as amended

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.1

10.2

 

Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan, as amended

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.3

10.3

 

2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.14

10.4

 

Form of Nonstatutory Stock Option Award Agreement under 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.15

10.5

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement Under 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.16

10.6

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Officers

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.17

10.7

 

Agreement of Lease between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and S. Rossy Investments Inc., dated July 22, 2013

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.41

10.8

 

Lease Agreement between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and Olymbec Development Inc. (f/k/a Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated April 28, 2010

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.42

10.9

 

First Addendum to Lease Agreement between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and Olymbec Development Inc. (f/k/a Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated January 19, 2011

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.43

10.10

 

Second Addendum to Lease Agreement between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and Olymbec Development Inc. (f/k/a Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated September 2, 2011

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.44

10.11

 

Third Amendment to Lease Agreement between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and Olymbec Development Inc. (f/k/a Olymbec Development (2004) Inc.), dated February 20, 2014

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.45

10.12

 

Month to Month Tenancy Agreement by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated February 14, 2011

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.46

10.13

 

License Agreement by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated June 18, 2008

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.47

10.14

 

License Agreement Extension by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated June 3, 2013

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.48

10.15

 

Agreement of Sublease by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated April 26, 2012

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.49

 
 
101
 
Table of Contents

 

10.16

 

Storage Agreement by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated May 28, 2012

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.50

10.17

 

Storage Agreement Extension by and between Le Chateau Inc. and DAVIDsTEA Inc., dated February 14, 2014

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.51

10.18

 

Short-Term Incentive Plan

 

F-1

 

4/2/2015

 

10.52

10.19

 

Credit Agreement by and between DAVIDsTEA Inc., Bank of Montreal and BMO Capital Markets, dated April 24, 2015

 

F-1/A

 

5/18/2015

 

10.56

10.20

 

First Memorandum of Agreement between DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc. and Christine Bullen, dated January 31, 2017

 

10-K

 

4/13/2017

 

10.40

10.21

 

Employment Agreement by and between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and Joel Silver, dated March 13, 2017

 

8-K

 

3/13/2017

 

10.1

10.22

 

Memorandum of Agreement between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and Christine Bullen, dated May 29, 2017

 

8-K

 

6/2/2017

 

10.1

10.23

 

Executive Employment Agreement between DAVIDsTEA Inc. and Howard Tafler, dated September 7, 2017

 

10-Q

 

9/7/2017

 

10.1

23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

5/2/2019

 

Filed herewith

31.1

 

Certification of Interim Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

 

 

5/2/2019

 

Filed herewith

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

 

 

5/2/2019

 

Filed herewith

32.1

 

Certification of Interim Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

 

 

5/2/2019

 

Filed herewith

32.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, relating to DAVIDsTEA Inc.

 

 

 

5/2/2019

 

Filed herewith

101.INS

 

101.INS XBRL Instance

 

 

 

4/19/2018

 

Filed herewith

101.SCH

 

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

 

 

 

4/19/2018

 

Filed herewith

101.CAL

 

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation

 

 

 

4/19/2018

 

Filed herewith

101.LAB

 

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels

 

 

 

4/19/2018

 

Filed herewith

101.PRE

 

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation

 

 

 

4/19/2018

 

Filed herewith

101.DEF

 

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition

 

 

 

4/19/2018

 

Filed herewith

 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY

 

None

 

 
102
 
Table of Contents
 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 


 

DAVIDsTEA INC.

   

Date: May 2, 2019

By:

/s/ Herschel Segal

 

Name:

Herschel Segal

 

Title:

Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

/s/ Herschel Segal

Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

Name: Herschel Segal

(principal executive officer)

/s/ Frank Zitella

Chief Financial Officer and Chief Operating Officer

Name: Frank Zitella

(principal financial officer and principal accounting officer)

 

 

/s/ Pat De Marco

 

Director

Name: Pat De Marco

 

/s/ Emilia Di Raddo

 

Director

Name: Emilia Di Raddo

 

/s/ Max Ludwig Fisher

Director

Name: Max Ludwig Fischer

 

 

/s/ Anne Darche

Director

Name: Anne Darche

 

 

/s/ Susan L. Burkman

Director

Name: Susan L. Burkman

 

 

/s/ Peter Robinson

 

Director

Name: Peter Robinson

 

Date: May 2, 2019

 

 

103

 

dtea_ex41.htm

EXHIBIT 4.1

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

                The following is a summary of the terms of our common shares (the “Common Shares”), as set forth in our Restated Articles of Incorporation and any amendments thereto (the “Articles”), our By-Law 2015-1 (the “Bylaws”) and certain related sections of the Canada Business Corporations Act (the “CBCA”). The following description of our share capital is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Articles, the Bylaws and applicable provisions of the CBCA.

 

Share Capital

 

Under the Articles, our share capital consists of an unlimited number of Common Shares, each without par value.

 

Voting Rights

 

The holders of our Common Shares are entitled to receive notice of and to attend all meetings of shareholders of the Company and to vote thereat, except meetings at which only holders of a specified class of shares (other than Common Shares) or specified series of shares are entitled to vote. At all meetings of which notice must be given to the holders of the Common Shares, each holder of Common Shares is entitled to one vote in respect of each Common Share held by such holder.

 

Dividends

 

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Company, to receive any dividend declared by the Company.

 

We have never declared or paid regular cash dividends on our Common Shares. The declaration and payment of any dividends in the future will be determined by our board of directors, in its discretion, and will depend on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements, overall financial condition, and contractual restrictions, including restrictions contained in any agreements governing any indebtedness we may incur.

 

Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding-up

 

The holders of the Common Shares are entitled, subject to the rights, privileges, restrictions and conditions attaching to any other class of shares of the Company, to receive the remaining property of the Company on a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary, or on any other return of capital or distribution of assets of the Company among its shareholders for the purpose of winding-up its affairs.

 

                Holders of Common Shares have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our Common Shares. There are no provisions in the Articles requiring holders of Common Shares to contribute additional capital or permitting or restricting the issuance of additional securities or any other material restrictions. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of Common Shares are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred shares that may be authorized and designated in the future.

 

Certain Important Provisions of Our Articles of Incorporation, Bylaws and the CBCA

 

The following is a summary of certain important provisions of the Articles, the Bylaws and certain related sections of the CBCA. Please note that this is only a summary and is not intended to be exhaustive. This summary is subject to, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the provisions of the Articles, the Bylaws and applicable provisions of the CBCA.

 

Stated Objects or Purposes

 

The Articles do not contain stated objects or purposes and do not place any limitations on the business that we may carry on.

 

 
1
 
 

  

Directors

 

Power to vote on matters in which a director is materially interested. The CBCA states that a director must disclose to us, in accordance with the provisions of the CBCA, the nature and extent of any interest that the director has in a material contract or material transaction, whether made or proposed, with us, if the director is a party to the contract or transaction, is a director or an officer or an individual acting in a similar capacity of a party to the contract or transaction, or has a material interest in a party to the contract or transaction.

 

A director who holds an interest in respect of any material contract or transaction into which we have entered or propose to enter is not entitled to vote on any directors’ resolution to approve that contract or transaction, unless the contract or transaction:

 

·         relates primarily to the director’s remuneration as a director, officer, employee or agent of us or an affiliate;

 

·         is for indemnity or insurance otherwise permitted under the CBCA; or

 

·         is with an affiliate.

 

Borrowing. The Bylaws allow the board of directors, from time to time and on our behalf, to (a) borrow money upon the credit of the Company, (b) issue, reissue, sell or pledge our debt obligations, (c) to the extent permitted under the CBCA, give, directly or indirectly, financial assistance to any person by means of a loan or a guarantee to secure the performance of an obligation or otherwise, and (d) mortgage, hypothecate, pledge or otherwise create a security interest in all or any of our property, owned or subsequently acquired, to secure any of our obligations.

 

Directors’ power to determine the remuneration of directors. The CBCA provides that the remuneration of our directors, if any, may be determined by the board of directors subject to the Articles and the Bylaws. That remuneration may be in addition to any salary or other remuneration paid to any of our employees who are also directors.

 

Retirement or non-retirement of directors under an age limit requirement. Neither the Articles nor the CBCA impose any mandatory age-related retirement or non-retirement requirement for our directors.

 

Number of shares required to be owned by a director.  Neither the Articles nor the CBCA provide that a director is required to hold any of our shares as a qualification for holding his or her office. Our board of directors has discretion to prescribe minimum share ownership requirements for directors.

 

Action Necessary to Change the Rights of Holders of Our Shares

 

Holders of our Common Shares can authorize the amendment of the Articles to create or vary the special rights or restrictions attached to any of our shares by passing a special resolution. However, a right or special right attached to any class or series of shares may not be prejudiced or interfered with unless the shareholders holding shares of that class or series to which the right or special right is attached consent by a separate special resolution. A special resolution means a resolution passed by: (a) a majority of not less than two-thirds of the votes cast by the applicable class or series of shareholders who vote in person or by proxy at a meeting, or (b) a resolution consented to in writing by all of the shareholders entitled to vote holding the applicable class or series of shares.

 
 
2
 
 

 

Shareholder Meetings

 

We must hold an annual meeting of our shareholders at least once every year at a time and place determined by our board of directors, provided that the meeting must not be held later than 15 months after the preceding annual meeting. A meeting of our shareholders may be held anywhere in Canada, or provided that all shareholders agree, anywhere outside Canada.

 

Our directors may, at any time, call a meeting of our shareholders. Shareholders holding not less than 5% of our issued voting shares may also cause our directors to call a shareholders’ meeting in accordance with the CBCA.

 

A notice to convene a meeting, specifying the date, time and location of the meeting, and, where a meeting is to consider special business, the general nature of the special business, must be sent to shareholders, to each director and to the auditor not less than 21 days prior to the meeting, although, as a result of applicable securities laws, the time for notice is effectively longer. Under the CBCA, shareholders entitled to notice of a meeting may waive or reduce the period of notice for that meeting, provided applicable securities laws are met. The accidental omission to send notice of any meeting of shareholders to, or the non-receipt of any notice by, any person entitled to notice does not invalidate any proceedings at that meeting.

 

A quorum for meetings of shareholders is that the number of persons present in person or represented by proxy, who hold not less than one-third of the outstanding shares entitled to vote at the meeting, provided that quorum is not less than two persons. If a quorum is not present at the opening of any meeting of shareholders, the shareholders present or represented by proxy may adjourn the meeting to a fixed time and place but may not transact any further business.

 

Holders of our Common Shares are entitled to attend meetings of our shareholders. Our directors, our secretary (if any), our auditor and any other persons invited by our Chairman or directors or with the consent of those at the meeting are entitled to attend any meeting of our shareholders but will not be counted in the quorum or be entitled to vote at the meeting unless he or she is a shareholder or proxyholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Advance Notice Procedures and Shareholder Proposals

 

Under the CBCA, shareholders may make proposals for matters to be considered at the annual meeting of shareholders. Such proposals must be sent to us in advance of any proposed meeting by delivering a timely written notice in proper form to our registered office in accordance with the requirements of the CBCA. The notice must include information on the business the shareholder intends to bring before the meeting.

 

In addition, the Bylaws require that shareholders provide us with advance notice of their intention to nominate any persons, other than those nominated by management, for election to our board of directors at a meeting of shareholders.

 

These provisions could have the effect of delaying the nomination of certain persons for director that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

 

Change of Control

 

The Articles do not contain any change of control limitations with respect to a merger, acquisition or corporate restructuring that involves us.

 

 
3
 
 

  

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common shares is AST Trust Company, Montréal, Québec.

 

Exchange Controls

 

There is no limitation imposed by Canadian law or by the Articles on the right of a non-resident to hold or vote our Common Shares, other than discussed below.

 

Competition Act

 

                Limitations on the ability to acquire and hold our Common Shares may be imposed by the Competition Act (Canada). This legislation permits the Commissioner of Competition, or Commissioner, to review any acquisition or establishment, directly or indirectly, including through the acquisition of shares, of control over or of a significant interest in us. This legislation grants the Commissioner jurisdiction, for up to one year after the acquisition has been substantially completed, to seek a remedial order, including an order to prohibit the acquisition or require divestitures, from the Canadian Competition Tribunal, which order may be granted where the Competition Tribunal finds that the acquisition substantially prevents or lessens, or is likely to substantially prevent or lessen, competition.

 

                This legislation also requires any person or persons who intend to acquire more than 20% of our voting shares or, if such person or persons already own more than 20% of our voting shares prior to the acquisition, more than 50% of voting our shares, to file a notification with the Canadian Competition Bureau if certain financial thresholds are exceeded. Where a notification is required, unless an exemption is available, the legislation prohibits completion of the acquisition until the expiration of the applicable statutory waiting period, unless the Commissioner either waives or terminates such waiting period.

 

Investment Canada Act

 

                The Investment Canada Act requires each “non Canadian” (as defined in the Investment Canada Act) who acquires “control” of an existing “Canadian business”, to file a notification in prescribed form with the responsible federal government department or departments not later than 30 days after closing, provided the acquisition of control is not a reviewable transaction by Canadian authorities. Subject to certain exemptions, a transaction that is reviewable under the Investment Canada Act may not be implemented until an application for review has been filed and the responsible Minister of the federal cabinet has determined that the investment is likely to be of “net benefit to Canada” taking into account certain factors set out in the Investment Canada Act. Under the Investment Canada Act, an investment in our Common Shares by a non-Canadian who is either: (a) a WTO investor (i.e., controlled ultimately by nationals or permanent residents of World Trade Organization member countries, including the United States) or (b) a trade agreement investor (i.e., controlled ultimately by nationals or permanent residents of countries with whom Canada has a trade agreement, including the United States) but who is not a state-owned enterprise, would be reviewable only if it were an investment to acquire control of us pursuant to the Investment Canada Act and our enterprise value was equal to or greater than specified amounts, which vary annually. For 2019, the specified review threshold amounts for WTO investors and trade agreement investors who are not state-owned enterprises are $1.045 billion and $1.568 billion in enterprise value, respectively.

 
 
4
 
 

 

                The Investment Canada Act contains various rules to determine if there has been an acquisition of control. For example, for purposes of determining whether an investor has acquired control of a corporation by acquiring shares, the following general rules apply, subject to certain exceptions: the acquisition of a majority of the undivided ownership interests in the voting shares of the corporation is deemed to be acquisition of control of that corporation; the acquisition of less than a majority, but one-third or more, of the voting shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the voting shares of the corporation is presumed to be acquisition of control of that corporation unless it can be established that, on the acquisition, the corporation is not controlled in fact by the acquirer through the ownership of voting shares; and the acquisition of less than one third of the voting shares of a corporation or of an equivalent undivided ownership interest in the voting shares of the corporation is deemed not to be acquisition of control of that corporation.

 

                Under the national security review regime in the Investment Canada Act, review on a discretionary basis may also be undertaken by the federal government in respect to a much broader range of investments by a non-Canadian to “acquire, in whole or part, or to establish an entity carrying on all or any part of its operations in Canada”. No financial threshold applies to a national security review. The relevant test is whether such investment by a non-Canadian could be “injurious to national security”. The federal government has broad discretion to determine whether an investor is a non-Canadian and therefore subject to national security review. Review on national security grounds is at the discretion of the Canadian government, and may occur on a pre- or post-closing basis.

 

                Certain transactions relating to our Common Shares will generally be exempt from the Investment Canada Act, subject to the federal government’s prerogative to conduct a national security review, including:

 

a) the acquisition of our Common Shares by a person in the ordinary course of that person’s business as a trader or dealer in securities;

 

b) the acquisition of control of us in connection with the realization of security granted for a loan or other financial assistance and not for any purpose related to the provisions of the Investment Canada Act; and

 

c) the acquisition of control of us by reason of an amalgamation, merger, consolidation or corporate reorganization following which the ultimate direct or indirect control in fact of us, through ownership of our Common Shares, remains unchanged.

 

Other

 

Certain Canadian Income Tax Considerations for United States Shareholders

 

The following summarizes, as of the date hereof, certain Canadian federal income tax considerations generally applicable under the Income Tax Act (Canada) and the regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Canadian Tax Act”) and the Canada-United States Tax Convention (1980), as amended (the “Convention”) to the holding and disposition of our Common Shares.

 
 
5
 
 

 

This summary is restricted to beneficial owners of our Common Shares each of whom, at all relevant times and for purposes of the Canadian Tax Act and the Convention: (i) is neither resident nor deemed to be resident in Canada; (ii) is resident solely in the United States and is entitled to benefits of the Convention; (iii) does not use or hold, and is not deemed to use or hold, our Common Shares in, or in the course of, carrying on a business in Canada; (iv) deals at arm’s length with and is not affiliated with the Company; (v) holds our Common Shares as capital property; and (vi) is not an “authorized foreign bank” (as defined in the Canadian Tax Act) or an insurer that carries on business in Canada and elsewhere (each such holder, a “US Resident Holder”). Generally, a US Resident Holder’s Common Shares will be considered to be capital property of the holder provided that the holder is not a trader or dealer in securities, does not acquire, hold or dispose of (or is not deemed to have acquired, held or disposed of) our Common Shares in one or more transactions considered to be an adventure or concern in the nature of trade, and does not hold or use (or is not deemed to hold or use) our Common Shares in the course of carrying on a business.

 

This summary is based upon the current provisions of the Canadian Tax Act and the Convention in effect as of the date hereof, and the Company’s understanding of the current published administrative policies and assessing practices of the Canada Revenue Agency (“CRA”) published in writing prior to the date hereof. This summary does not anticipate or take into account any changes in law or in the administrative policies or assessing practices of the CRA, whether by legislative, governmental or judicial decision or action, except only the specific proposals to amend the Canadian Tax Act publicly and officially announced by or on behalf of the Minister of Finance (Canada) prior to the date hereof (the “Tax Proposals”). This summary assumes that the Tax Proposals will be enacted in the form proposed. This summary does not take into account any other federal or any provincial, territorial or foreign tax legislation or considerations, which may differ significantly from those set out herein. No assurances can be given that the Tax Proposals will be enacted as proposed or at all, or that legislative, judicial or administrative changes will not modify or change the statements expressed herein.

 

This summary is of a general nature only, is not exhaustive of all possible Canadian federal income tax considerations, and is not intended and should not be construed as legal or tax advice to any particular US Resident Holder. No representations with respect to the income tax consequences to any prospective purchaser or holder of our Common Shares are made herein. Accordingly, prospective purchasers or holders of our Common Shares are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to their own particular circumstances.

 

Taxation of Dividends

 

Under the Canadian Tax Act, dividends paid or credited, or deemed to be paid or credited, to a US Resident Holder on our Common Shares will be subject to Canadian withholding tax at a rate of 25% of the gross amount of such dividends, unless the rate is reduced under the Convention. Under the Convention, the rate of withholding tax on dividends applicable to US Resident Holders who are entitled to benefits under the Convention and beneficially own the dividends is generally reduced to 15% (or, if the US Resident Holder is a company that owns at least 10% of the voting shares of the Company, 5%) of the gross amount of such dividends.

 

Disposition of Common Shares

 

Generally, a US Resident Holder will not be subject to tax under the Canadian Tax Act in respect of any capital gain realized by such US Resident Holder on a disposition or deemed disposition of our Common Shares unless our Common Shares constitute “taxable Canadian property” of the US Resident Holder and are not “treaty-protected property” (each as defined in the Canadian Tax Act). Common Shares of the Company generally will not be “taxable Canadian property” to a holder provided that, at the time of the disposition or deemed disposition, the Common Shares are listed on a “designated stock exchange” for purposes of the Canadian Tax Act (which currently includes the NASDAQ), unless at any time during the 60-month period immediately preceding the disposition of the Common Shares the following two conditions are met concurrently: (a) (i) the US Resident Holder, (ii) persons with whom the US Resident Holder did not deal at arm’s length, (iii) partnerships in which the US Resident Holder or a person described in (ii) holds a membership interest directly or indirectly through one or more partnerships, or (iv) any combination of the persons and partnerships described in (i) through (iii), owned 25% or more of the issued shares of any class or series of the capital stock of the Company; and (b) more than 50% of the fair market value of the Common Shares was derived directly or indirectly, from one or any combination of real or immovable property situated in Canada, “Canadian resource properties”, “timber resource properties” (each as defined in the Canadian Tax Act), and options in respect of or interests in, or for civil law rights in, any such properties (whether or not such property exists). In certain circumstances set out in the Canadian Tax Act, the Common Shares may be deemed to be “taxable Canadian property”.

  

Even if the Common Shares are taxable Canadian property to a US Resident Holder, any capital gain realized on the disposition or deemed disposition of such Common Shares will not be subject to tax under the Canadian Tax Act provided that the value of such Common Shares is not derived principally from real property situated in Canada (within the meaning of the Convention).

 

A US Resident Holder contemplating a disposition of our Common Shares that may constitute taxable Canadian property should consult a tax advisor prior to such disposition.

 

 
6

  

dtea_ex231.htm

EXHIBIT 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement (Form S-8 No. 333-205058) pertaining to the Amended and Restated Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan of DAVIDsTEA Inc. of our report dated May 2, 2019, with respect to the consolidated financial statements of DAVIDsTEA Inc. included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended February 2, 2019.

 

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP1

 

Montreal, Canada

 

May 2, 2019

 

1 CPA, Auditor, CA, public accountancy permit no. A123806

 

dtea_ex311.htm

EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14 and 15d-14

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Frank Zitella, Chief Financial Officer, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DAVIDsTEA Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and the other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

 

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date: May 2, 2019

 

/s/ Frank Zitella

 

 

Frank Zitella

 

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

dtea_ex312.htm

 EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14 and 15d-14

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Herschel Segal, Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board, certify that:

 

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of DAVIDsTEA Inc.;

 

2.

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3.

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and the other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

 

a.

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

b.

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

 

c.

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

 

d.

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

 

a.

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

 

b.

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

Date: May 2, 2019

 

/s/ Herschel Segal

 

 

Herschel Segal

 

 

Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board

 

 

dtea_ex321.htm

EXHIBIT 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to my knowledge:

 

 

1.

the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

 

 

2.

the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

       
Dated: May 2, 2019  By: /s/ Herschel Segal

 

 

Name: Herschel Segal  
    Title: Interim Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board  
       

 

dtea_ex322.htm

EXHIBIT 32.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

SECTION 1350, CHAPTER 63 OF TITLE 18, UNITED STATES CODE,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

Pursuant to Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned, as Chief Financial Officer of DAVIDsTEA Inc. (the “Company”), does hereby certify that to my knowledge:

 

 

1.

the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

 

2.

the information contained in the Company’s Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended February 2, 2019 fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

       
Dated: May 2, 2019 By: /s/ Frank Zitella

 

 

Name: Frank Zitella  
    Title: Chief Financial Officer  
       

 

v3.19.1
Document and Entity DEI Information - CAD ($)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Apr. 17, 2019
Aug. 03, 2018
Document and Entity Information      
Entity Registrant Name DAVIDsTEA Inc.    
Entity Central Index Key 0001627606    
Document Type 10-K    
Document Period End Date Feb. 02, 2019    
Document Fiscal Year Focus 2019    
Document Fiscal Period Focus FY    
Amendment Flag false    
Current Fiscal Year End Date --02-02    
Entity Current Reporting Status Yes    
Entity Filer Category Non-accelerated Filer    
Entity Public Float     $ 37,327,359
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding   26,018,832  
Entity Small Business false    
Entity Emerging Growth Company true    
Entity Ex Transition Period true    
Entity Well Known Seasoned Issuer No    
Entity Voluntary Filers Yes    
Entity Shell Company false    
v3.19.1
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Current    
Cash $ 42,074 $ 63,484
Accounts and other receivables 3,681 3,131
Inventories 34,353 24,450
Income tax receivable 4,107 2,968
Prepaid expenses and deposits 8,819 7,712
Total current assets 93,034 101,745
Property and equipment 23,788 36,558
Intangible assets 5,678 4,439
Deferred income tax assets 5,194
Total assets 122,500 147,936
Current    
Trade and other payables 20,951 14,392
Deferred revenue 6,241 5,186
Current portion of provisions 3,714 4,693
Derivative financial instruments 229
Total current liabilities 30,906 24,500
Deferred rent and lease inducements 8,698 8,608
Provisions 15,440 13,460
Total liabilities 55,044 46,568
Equity    
Share capital 112,519 111,692
Contributed surplus 1,400 2,642
Deficit (47,960) (14,721)
Accumulated other comprehensive income 1,497 1,755
Total equity 67,456 101,368
Total liabilities and equity $ 122,500 $ 147,936
v3.19.1
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF LOSS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Profit or loss [abstract]      
Sales $ 212,753 $ 224,015 $ 215,984
Cost of sales 114,774 116,772 107,534
Gross profit 97,979 107,243 108,450
Selling, general and administration expenses 125,722 131,930 114,756
Results from operating activities (27,743) (24,687) (6,306)
Finance costs 1,614 2,371 76
Finance income (700) (567) (479)
Loss before income taxes (28,657) (26,491) (5,903)
Provision for income tax (recovery) 4,882 2,010 (2,235)
Net loss (33,539) (28,501) (3,668)
Items to be reclassified subsequently to income (loss):      
Unrealized net gain (loss) on forward exchange contracts (992) (2,247)
Realized net (gain) loss on forward exchange contracts reclassified to inventory 230 309 (742)
Provision for income tax recovery (income tax) on comprehensive income (63) 183 793
Cumulative translation adjustment (425) (932) (820)
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax (258) (1,432) (3,016)
Total comprehensive loss $ (33,797) $ (29,933) $ (6,684)
Net loss per share:      
Basic and fully diluted $ (1.29) $ (1.11) $ (0.15)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding      
Basic and fully diluted 25,967,836 25,716,186 24,699,290
v3.19.1
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
OPERATING ACTIVITIES      
Net loss $ (33,539) $ (28,501) $ (3,668)
Items not affecting cash:      
Depreciation of property and equipment 6,904 8,431 8,069
Amortization of intangible assets 1,298 1,474 758
Write-Off of property and equipment 1,875 82 356
Impairment of property and equipment 9,960 15,069 7,516
Deferred rent 25 542 1,325
Provision (recovery) for onerous contracts 6,282 10,321 8,140
Stock-based compensation expense 211 2,021 2,264
Amortization of financing fees 64 79 75
Accretion on provisions 251 2,292
Deferred income taxes (recovery) 5,069 3,585 (4,380)
Cash flows related to operating activities before net change in working capital (1,600) 15,395 20,455
Net change in other non-cash working capital balances related to operations (11,628) (5,537) (9,293)
Cash flows related to operating activities (13,228) 9,858 11,162
FINANCING ACTIVITIES      
Proceeds from issuance of common shares pursuant to exercise of stock options 82 1,782 2,779
Cash flows related to financing activities 82 1,782 2,779
INVESTING ACTIVITIES      
Additions to property and equipment (3,898) (9,634) (20,531)
Additions to intangible assets (4,366) (2,962) (1,484)
Cash flows related to investing activities (8,264) (12,596) (22,015)
Decrease in cash during the year (21,410) (956) (8,074)
Cash, beginning of year 63,484 64,440 72,514
Cash, end of year 42,074 63,484 64,440
Cash paid for:      
Interest     1
Income taxes (classified as operating activity) 10 880 2,437
Cash received for:      
Interest 650 574 486
Income taxes (classified as operating activity) $ 1,774 $ 68 $ 532
v3.19.1
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Issued Capital
Contributed Surplus [Member]
Deficit
Accumulated Derivative Financial Instrument Adjustment
Accumulated Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
Total
Balance, beginning of period at Jan. 28, 2017 $ 263,828 $ 8,833 $ (142,398) $ 333 $ 2,854 $ 3,187 $ 133,450
Statement Line Items [Line Items]              
Net loss for the year (28,501) (28,501)
Other comprehensive loss (500) (932) (1,432) (1,432)
Total comprehensive loss (28,501) (500) (932) (1,432) (29,933)
Issuance of common shares 2,669 (887) 1,782
Common shares issued on vesting of restricted stock units 1,142 (1,984) 231 (611)
Write-down of deferred income tax assets (3,412) (3,412)
Stock-based compensation expense 2,021 2,021
Income tax impact associated with stock options (1,797) (1,797)
Impact of change in foreign tax rate associated with stock options (132) (132)
Reduction of stated capital (155,947) 155,947
Balance, end of period at Feb. 03, 2018 111,692 2,642 (14,721) (167) 1,922 1,755 101,368
Statement Line Items [Line Items]              
Net loss for the year (33,539) (33,539)
Other comprehensive loss 167 (425) (258) (258)
Total comprehensive loss (33,539) 167 (425) (258) (33,797)
Issuance of common shares 164 (82) 82
Common shares issued on vesting of restricted stock units 663 (1,370) 300 (407)
Stock-based compensation expense 211 211
Income tax impact associated with stock options (1) (1)
Balance, end of period at Feb. 02, 2019 $ 112,519 $ 1,400 $ (47,960) $ 1,497 $ 1,497 $ 67,456
v3.19.1
CORPORATE INFORMATION
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
CORPORATE INFORMATION  
CORPORATE INFORMATION

The consolidated financial statements of DAVIDsTEA Inc. and its subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”) for the year ended February 2, 2019 were authorized for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Board of Directors on May 2, 2019. The Company is incorporated and domiciled in Canada and its shares are publicly traded on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “DTEA”. The registered office is located at 5430, Ferrier Street, Town of Mount-Royal, Quebec, Canada, H4P 1M2.

 

The Company is engaged in the retail and online sale of tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages in Canada and in the United States. Sales fluctuate from quarter to quarter. Sales are traditionally higher in the fourth fiscal quarter due to the year-end holiday season, and tend to be lowest in the second and third fiscal quarters because of lower customer traffic during the summer months.

v3.19.1
BASIS OF PREPARATION
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
STATEMENT OF COMPLIANCE AND BASIS OF PREPARATION  
BASIS OF PREPARATION

The consolidated financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”). The accounting policies were consistently applied to all periods presented, other than with respect to the adoption of new accounting standards as disclosed in note 4.

 

The Company’s fiscal year ends on the Saturday closest to the end of January, typically resulting in a 52-week year, but occasionally giving rise to an additional week, resulting in a 53-week year. The years ended January 28, 2017, February 2, 2019 cover a 52-week period. The year ended February 3, 2018 covers a 53-week fiscal period.

 

Basis of consolidation

 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc. The financial statements of the subsidiary are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses have been eliminated.

 

Basis of measurement

 

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items:

 

  · Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; and
     
  · Provisions for onerous contracts are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligations.

 

Functional and presentation currency

 

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent Company’s functional currency.

v3.19.1
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES  
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Cash

 

Cash on the consolidated balance sheet comprises cash at banks and on hand.

 

Inventory valuation

 

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method. Costs include the cost of purchase and transportation costs that are directly incurred to bring the inventories to their present location, and duty. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less any estimated selling costs. Cost also includes realized gains and losses on forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges of U.S. inventory purchases.

 

Property and equipment

 

Property and equipment are initially recorded at cost and are depreciated over their useful economic life. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, including any costs directly related to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use. The residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of property and equipment are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. All repair and maintenance costs are recognized in net loss as incurred.

 

Depreciation of an asset begins once it becomes available for use. Depreciation is charged to income on the following bases:

 

Furniture and equipment   20% declining balance
Computer hardware   30% declining balance

 

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful economic life and the initial term of the leases, plus one renewal option period, not to exceed 10 years.

 

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in our consolidated statement of net loss when the asset is derecognized.

 

Intangible assets

 

Intangible assets consist of computer software, trademarks and patents.

 

Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful economic life. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life are considered to modify the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in out consolidated statement of loss as the expense category that is consistent with the function of the intangible assets.

 

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the intangible asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the intangible asset) is included in our consolidated statement of loss when the intangible asset is derecognized.

 

When computer software is not an integral part of a related item of computer hardware, the software is treated as an intangible. Computer software is amortized on the basis of its estimated useful life using the declining method at the rate of 30%.

 

Leases

 

Leases are classified as either operating or finance, based on the substance of the transaction at inception of the lease. Classification is re-assessed if the terms of the lease are changed.

 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not assumed by the Company are classified as operating leases. The Company carries on its operations in premises under leases of varying terms and renewal options, which are accounted for as operating leases. Payments under an operating lease are recognized in net loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and, consequently, records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Contingent (sales-based) rentals are recognized as an expense when incurred.

  

Store opening costs

 

Store opening costs are expensed as incurred.

 

Impairment

 

  i. Impairment of financial assets

 

The Company applies the “expected credit loss” model. The impairment model applies to trade receivables. It requires a credit loss to be reflected in profit and loss immediately after an asset or receivable is acquired and subsequent changes in expected credit losses at each reporting date reflecting the change in credit risk. The Company applies the simplified approach for trade receivables and calculates expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses.

 

  ii. Impairment of non-financial assets

  

The Company assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an item of property and equipment or an intangible asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (“CGU”) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. Recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or corporate assets. The discount rate applied to an asset or CGU is the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). Management considers factors such as risk-free rate, equity risk premium, size premium, specific business risk premium and cost of debt to derive the WACC.

 

The Company bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for each of the Company’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover the lease term.

 

Based on the management of operations, the Company has defined each of the commercial premises in which it carries out its activities as a CGU, although where appropriate these premises are aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU.

 

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment may no longer exist or may have decreased and if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount. The reversal is limited to the extent that an asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized. Such reversal is recognized in our consolidated statement of loss.

 

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

 

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks, resulting from variability in foreign currency exchange rates on inventory purchases, as described in Note 22.

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

 

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as cash flow hedges when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction.

  

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Company formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which it wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they were designated.

 

The Company has applied hedge accounting for its foreign exchange forward contracts and has designated them as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in Other Comprehensive Loss (“OCI”), while any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in out consolidated statement of loss. The amounts recognized in OCI are reclassified to inventory when such non-financial asset is recognized on the consolidated balance sheet, and our consolidated statement of loss when inventory is subsequently sold.

 

Provisions

 

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the Company expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in our consolidated statement of loss, net of any reimbursement. All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimates.

 

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, when appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

 

Deferred lease inducements

 

The deferred lease inducements are composed of free rent and construction allowances obtained upon signing of lease agreements for certain retail stores. They are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases, plus one renewal option, to a maximum of 10 years.

 

Share capital

 

  i. Common shares

  

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of common shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

 

Common shares are classified as equity if they are non-redeemable or redeemable only at the Company’s option, and any dividends are discretionary. Dividends thereon are recognized as distributions within equity on approval by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

  ii. Preferred shares

 

Preferred shares are classified as a financial liability if they are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholders. Dividends thereon are recognized as interest expense in our consolidated statement of net loss as accrued.

 

Stock-based compensation

 

The Company has a stock option plan for employees and directors from which options to purchase common shares are issued (the “Plan”). Options may not be granted with an exercise price of less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the grant date. The awards have no cash settlement alternatives. The vesting requirements are typically service-based and the options normally have a contractual life of seven years.

 

The fair value of stock-based compensation awards granted to employees is measured at the grant date using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Measurement inputs include the share price of the underlying shares on the measurement date, the exercise price of the option, the expected volatility (based on weighted average historical volatility of comparable companies adjusted for changes expected based on publicly available information), the weighted average expected life of the option (based on historical experience), expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

  

The value of the compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options as an expense included in selling and general administration expenses, with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus in equity. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the Company’s best estimate of the number of awards that will ultimately vest. No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

 

Any consideration paid by plan participants on the exercise of stock options and the previously recognized compensation cost of the options exercised included in contributed surplus are credited to share capital.

 

Under the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Omnibus Plan”), selected employees and directors are granted RSUs where each RSU has a value equal to one common share. The compensation expense is recorded at the fair value of the Company’s common shares at the grant date over the vesting period (generally one to three years) with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus for equity-settled RSUs and a corresponding credit to a liability for cash-settled RSUs. RSUs may be settled in shares, cash, or a combination of cash or shares upon vesting at the discretion of the Company. Cash settled RSUs are revalued at each reporting date to reflect their fair value at that date. Fair value is determined using the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market prior to the date of the grant. The Company has not issued any cash settled awards to date.

 

Revenue recognition

 

Revenue is recognized when control of goods has been transferred at the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. Revenue from retail sales is recorded upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is recognized on e-commerce sales when merchandise is delivered. Revenues are recorded net of discounts, rebates, estimated returns, sales taxes and amounts deferred related to the issuance of Frequent Steeper points.

 

  i. Gift card breakage

  

Gift cards sold are recorded as deferred revenue and revenue is recognized at the time of redemption or in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy for breakage. Breakage income represents the estimated value of gift cards that is not expected to be redeemed by customers and is determined in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Gift card breakage is included in sales in the consolidated statement of loss.

 

  ii. Loyalty program

  

The Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program allows customers to earn points when they purchase products in the Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. The Company introduced a new Loyalty program on January 1, 2019 that enhanced some features and removed expiry of points. Under the old program, points were redeemed for free tea or free beverages, depending on the number of points a customer has obtained over a limited collection period, typically a three-month period. Free tea offers were issued at the end of each collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter. Free beverage offers were issued at the end of the calendar collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter.

 

Starting January 1, 2019, the Company launched a new Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program that allows customers to earn points when they purchase products at the Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. Points are converted into offers to receive loose-leaf teas which must be redeemed within 60 days. Free beverage offers are issued once a customer has purchased 10 beverages which must be redeemed within 60 days.

 

Consideration is allocated between the loyalty program awards and the goods on which the awards were earned, based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The fair value of Frequent Steeper points and offers are determined based on the estimated selling price of the loose-leaf tea, net of points and offers we expect will not be redeemed. The fair value of beverage offers is determined based on the estimated selling price of the beverage, net of beverage offers that are not expected to be redeemed. The relative selling price of points and offers issued are recorded as deferred revenue. Offers for loose-leaf tea and beverage offers are recognized as revenue on the earlier of redemption and expiry. On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors historical redemption rates. Frequent Steeper redemptions are included with total sales in our consolidated statement of net loss.

 

Finance income

 

Interest income is recognized as interest accrues using the effective interest method.

  

Income taxes

 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in our consolidated statement of loss except to the extent that they relate to items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive loss.

 

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

 

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes, which requires the establishment of deferred tax assets and liabilities for all temporary differences caused when the tax bases of assets and liabilities differ from their carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences only to the extent that, in management’s opinion, it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

 

Earnings per share

 

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

 

The diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding to include additional shares issued from the assumed conversion of preferred shares and the exercise of stock options and RSUs, if dilutive. For stock options, the number of additional shares is calculated by assuming that the proceeds from such exercises, as well as the amount of unrecognized stock-based compensation which is considered to be assumed proceeds, are used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the reporting period.

 

Financial instruments

 

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. A financial asset or liability is recognized initially (at settlement date) at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset or liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the instrument. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated statements of loss.

 

After initial recognition, financial assets are measured at amortized cost or fair value. Where assets are measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recognized entirely in profit or loss (“FVTPL”) or recognized in other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”).

 

The Company classifies its financial assets and liabilities according to their characteristics and management's choices and intentions related thereto for the purposes of ongoing measurement.

 

Classifications that the Company has used for financial assets include:

 

(a) Amortized Cost – non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. This includes trade receivables, and these are recorded at amortized cost with gains and losses recognized in net income in the period that the asset is no longer recognized or becomes impaired; and

 

(b) FVTPL – financial assets which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes cash and derivative financial instruments

 

Classifications that the Company has used for financial liabilities include:

 

a) Amortized cost – non-derivative financial liabilities measured at amortized cost with gains and losses recognized in net loss in the period that the liability is no longer recognized. This includes Trade and other payables; and

 

b) FVTPL – financial liabilities which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes derivative financial instruments

  

Foreign currency translation

 

Revenues, expenses and non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Unrealized and realized translation gains and losses are reflected in our statement of loss.

 

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s U.S. wholly owned subsidiary, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the year. Differences arising from the exchange rate changes are included in OCI in the cumulative translation account.

 

Foreign exchange gains or losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future and which in substance is considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation, are recognized in other OCI in the cumulative translation account and reclassified from equity to our consolidated statement of loss on disposal of the net investment.

v3.19.1
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Changes In Accounting Principles  
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted IFRS 9, “Financial Instruments” (“IFRS 9”). IFRS 9 replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, bringing together all three aspects of the accounting for financial instruments: classification and measurement; impairment; and hedge accounting.

 

With the exception of hedge accounting, which the Company applied prospectively, the Company has applied IFRS 9 retrospectively, with the initial application date of February 4, 2018.

 

Overall, there was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

  a) The following table presents the carrying amount of financial assets held by the Company at February 3, 2018 and their measurement category under IAS 39 and the new model under IFRS 9.

  

    February 3, 2018   February 3, 2018
    IAS 39   IFRS 9
        Carrying       Carrying
    Measurement   Value   Measurement   Value
    category   $   category   $
Cash   FVTPL   63,484   FVTPL   63,484
Credit card cash clearing receivables   Amortized cost   1,291   Amortized cost   1,291
Other receivables   Amortized cost   1,840   Amortized cost   1,840
Derivative financial instruments   FVTPL   229   FVTPL   229

 

The classification of all financial liabilities as financial liabilities at amortized cost remains unchanged as well as their measurement resulting from their classification.

 

  b) Impairment. IFRS 9 requires the Company to record expected credit losses on all of its debt securities, loans and trade receivables, either on a 12-month or lifetime basis. The Company applied the simplified approach and records lifetime expected losses on all trade receivables. The Company’s IFRS 9 expected credit loss model did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
     
  c) Hedge accounting. All existing hedge relationships that are currently designated in effective hedging relationships still qualify for hedge accounting under IFRS 9. As IFRS 9 does not change the general principles of how an entity accounts for effective hedges, the adoption of IFRS 9 did not have a material impact on the Company’s hedge accounting.

  

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted IFRS 15, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“IFRS 15”). IFRS 15 replaces IAS 11, “Construction Contracts”, and IAS 18, “Revenue”, as well as various interpretations regarding revenue. This standard introduces a single model for recognizing revenue that applies to all contracts with customers, except for contracts that are within the scope of standards on leases, insurance and financial instruments. This standard also requires enhanced disclosures. Adoption of IFRS 15 is mandatory and is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. The implementation of IFRS 15 impacts the allocation of revenue that is deferred in relation to the Company’s customer loyalty award programs. Prior to adoption, revenue was allocated to the customer loyalty awards using the residual fair value method. Under IFRS 15, consideration is allocated between the loyalty program awards and the goods on which the awards were earned, based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The change in allocation of revenue that is deferred in relation to the Company’s customer loyalty program did not have a material impact on retained earnings as at February 4, 2018. Overall, there was not a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

As of February 4, 2018, the Company adopted International Financial Reporting Interpretations (“IFRIC”) 22, “Foreign Currency Transactions and Advance Consideration” (“IFRIC 22”). In December 2016, the IASB issued IFRIC 22, which addresses how to determine the date of the transaction for the purpose of determining the exchange rate to use on initial recognition of the related asset, expense or income (or part of it) and on the derecognition of a non-monetary asset or non-monetary liability arising from the payment or receipt of advance consideration in a foreign currency. IFRIC 22 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018. There was no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Standards issued but not yet effective

 

IFRS 16, “Leases” (“IFRS 16”) replaces IAS 17, “Leases.” This standard provides a single model for leases abolishing the current distinction between finance and operating leases, with most leases being recognized on the balance sheet. Certain exemptions will apply for short-term leases and leases of low value assets. The new standard will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early application is permitted, provided the new revenue standard, IFRS 15, has been applied, or is applied at the same date as IFRS 16. The Company expects the adoption of IFRS 16 will have a significant impact as the Company will recognize new assets and liabilities for its operating leases of retail stores. In addition, the nature and timing of expenses related to those leases will change as IFRS 16 replaces the straight-line operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for right-of-use assets and interest expense on lease liabilities. The Company has elected to apply the modified retrospective method by setting right-of-use assets based on the lease liability at the date of initial application, adjusted by the amount of any prepaid or accrued lease payments, and will benefit from the following practical expedients;

 

  apply IFRS 16 exclusively to contracts that were previously identified as leases applying IAS 17,
     
  apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with reasonably similar characteristics,
     
  rely on its assessment of whether leases are onerous applying IAS 37 immediately before the date of initial application as an alternative to performing an impairment review of the right-of-use asset,
     
  exclude initial direct costs from the measurement of the right-of-use asset at the date of initial application, and
     
  elect not to apply IFRS 16 to leases for which the underlying asset is of low value.

 

As of February 2, 2019, based on the information currently available, the Company estimates that it will recognize a right-of-use asset of approximately $62,800 to $66,000 and a lease liability of approximately $90,000 to $94,600. The right-of-use asset will be net of the provision for onerous leases and deferred rent and lease inducements relating to the leases recognised in the consolidated balance sheet immediately before the date of initial application. The actual impacts of the initial application of IFRS 16 may vary from the estimates provided, as the Company has not finalized all its calculations.

  

IFRIC 23, “Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments”, was issued by the IASB in June 2017. The Interpretation provides guidance on the accounting for current and deferred tax liabilities and assets in circumstances in which there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. The Interpretation is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Earlier application is permitted. The Interpretation requires an entity to:

 

  Contemplate whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately, or together as a group, based on which approach provides better predictions of the resolution;
     
  Reflect an uncertainty in the amount of income tax payable (recoverable) if it is probable that it will pay (or recover) an amount for the uncertainty; and
     
  Measure a tax uncertainty based on the most likely amount or expected value depending on whichever method better predicts the amount payable (recoverable).

 

The Company does not expect a material impact from the adoption of IFRIC 23 on its consolidated financial statements.

v3.19.1
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS  
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the Company to make judgments, apart from those involving estimation, in applying accounting policies that affect the recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses. Actual results may differ from the judgments made by the Company. Information about judgments that have the most significant effect on recognition and measurement of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses are discussed below. Information about significant estimates is discussed in the following section.

 

Key sources of estimation uncertainty

 

Recoverability and impairment of non-financial assets

 

Leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment are reviewed for impairment if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. A review for impairment is conducted by comparing the carrying amount of the CGU’s assets with their respective recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use is determined based on management’s best estimate of expected future cash flows, which includes estimates of growth rates, from use over the remaining lease term and discounted using a pre-tax weighted average cost of capital (Note 8).

 

Critical judgements in applying accounting policies

 

  i. Impairment of non-financial assets

  

Management is required to make significant judgments in determining if individual commercial premises in which it carries out its activities are individual CGUs, or if these units should be aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU. The significant judgments applied by management in determining if stores should be aggregated in a given geographic area to form a CGU include the determination of expected customer behavior, the allocation basis of e-commerce sales to CGUs, and whether customers could interchangeably shop in any of the stores in a given area and whether management views the cash inflows of the stores in the group as interdependent.

 

  ii. Income taxes

  

The Company may be subject to audits related to tax risks, and uncertainties exist with respect to the interpretation of tax regulations, changes in tax laws, and the amount and timing of future taxable income. Differences arising between the actual results and the assumptions made, or future changes to such assumptions, could necessitate future adjustments to taxable income and income tax expense already recorded. The Company establishes provisions if required, based on reasonable estimates, for possible consequences of audits by the tax authorities. The amount of such provisions is based on various factors, such as experience of previous tax audits and differing interpretations of tax regulations by the entity and the responsible tax authority, which may arise on a wide variety of issues.

 

To determine the extent to which deferred income tax assets can be recognized, management estimates the amount of probable future taxable profits that will be available against which deductible temporary differences and unused tax losses can be used. Such estimates are made as part of the budget and strategic plan by tax jurisdiction. Management exercises judgment to determine the extent to which realization of future taxable benefits is probable considering factors such as the number of years included in the forecast period and prudent tax planning strategies. See Note 19—Income Taxes for more details.

v3.19.1
ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES  
ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Credit card cash clearing receivables     1,477       1,291  
Other receivables     2,204       1,840  
      3,681       3,131  

v3.19.1
INVENTORIES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
INVENTORIES
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Finished goods     28,991       17,600  
Goods in transit     3,262       4,608  
Packaging     2,100       2,242  
      34,353       24,450  

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, inventories recognized as cost of sales amounted to $63,195 [February 3, 2018 —$64,611, January 28, 2017 - $62,995]. The cost of inventory includes a write-down of $703 [February 3, 2018 – nil, January 28, 2017 - $869] recorded as a result of net realizable value being lower than cost. Inventory write-downs of nil [February 2, 2018 - $730, January 28, 2017 – nil] recognized in the previous years were reversed.

v3.19.1
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Property And Equipment  
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
    Leasehold     Furniture and     Computer        
    improvements     equipment     hardware     Total  
    $     $     $     $  
Cost                        
Balance, January 28, 2017     75,555       11,185       3,948       90,688  
Acquisitions     6,581       1,808       1,245       9,634  
Disposals           (187 )           (187 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     (1,503 )     (167 )     (49 )     (1,719 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     80,633       12,639       5,144       98,416  
Acquisitions     2,096       1,125       676       3,897  
Disposals     (68 )     (32 )     -       (100 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     1,481       178       58       1,717  
Balance, February 2, 2019     84,142       13,910       5,878       103,930  

   

    Leasehold     Furniture and     Computer        
    improvements     equipment     hardware     Total  
    $     $     $     $  
Accumulated depreciation and impairment                        
Balance, January 28, 2017     32,342       5,048       2,138       39,528  
Depreciation     6,394       1,357       680       8,431  
Impairment     13,491       1,148       430       15,069  
Disposals           (105 )           (105 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     (931 )     (102 )     (32 )     (1,065 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     51,296       7,346       3,216       61,858  
Depreciation     5,117       1,134       653       6,904  
Impairment     8,164       1,411       351       9,926  
Disposals           (16 )           (16 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     1,297       126       47       1,470  
Balance, February 2, 2019     65,874       10,001       4,267       80,142  
                                 
Net Carrying Value                                
Balance, February 3, 2018     29,337       5,293       1,928       36,558  
Balance, February 2, 2019     18,268       3,909       1,611       23,788  

  

For the year ended February 2, 2019, an assessment of impairment indicators was performed which caused the Company to review the recoverable amount of the property and equipment for certain CGUs with an indication of impairment. CGUs reviewed included stores performing below the Company’s expectations. As a result, an impairment loss of $9,926 [February 3, 2018 - $15,069, January 28, 2017 — $7,516] related to store leasehold improvements, furniture and equipment and computer hardware was recorded in the Canada and U.S. segments for $7,686 and $2,240, respectively [February 3, 2018 - $5,114 and $9,955, January 28, 2017 —$1,116 and $6,400, respectively]. These losses were determined by comparing the carrying amount of the CGU’s net assets with their respective recoverable amounts based on value in use. Value in use of nil [February 3, 2018 - $1,097, January 28, 2017 —$472] was determined based on management’s best estimate of expected future cash flows from use over the remaining lease terms, considering historical experience as well as current economic conditions, and was then discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 11.9% [February 3, 2018 – 11.9%, January 28, 2017 — 13.4%]. A reversal of impairment occurs when previously impaired CGUs see improved financial results. For the year ended February 2, 2019, no of impairment losses were reversed [February 3, 2018 - $866, January 28, 2017 — nil]. Impairment losses were reversed only to the extent that the carrying amounts of the CGU’s net assets do not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

  

For the year ended February 2, 2019, the depreciation expense was $6,904 [February 3, 2018 - $8,431, January 28, 2017 —$8,069]; with $5,825 recorded in the Canada segment [February 3, 2018 - $6,387, January 28, 2017 — $5,583], $520 recorded in the U.S. segment [February 3, 2018 - $1,508, January 28, 2017 — $1,930], and $559 recorded in corporate selling, general and administration expenses [February 3, 2018 - $536, January 28, 2017 — $556]. Depreciation expense and net impairment losses are reported in the consolidated statement of loss and comprehensive loss under selling, general and administration expenses (Note 18).

v3.19.1
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Intangible Assets  
INTANGIBLE ASSETS
    Computer              
    software     Other     Total  
    $     $     $  
Cost                  
Balance, January 28, 2017     6,321       279       6,600  
Acquisitions     2,962       -       2,962  
Cumulative translation adjustment     (4 )     (10 )     (14 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     9,279       269       9,548  
Acquisitions     4,356       0       4,356  
Disposal     (1,724 )     (178 )     (1,902 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     4       10       14  
Balance, February 2, 2019     11,915       101       12,016  
                         
Accumulated amortization                        
Balance, January 28, 2017     3,565       77       3,642  
Amortization     1,456       18       1,474  
Cumulative translation adjustment     (2 )     (5 )     (7 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     5,019       90       5,109  
Amortization     1,281       17       1,298  
Impairment     34       -       34  
Disposal     -       (111 )     (111 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     2       6       8  
Balance, February 2, 2019     6,336       2       6,338  
                         
Net Carrying Value                        
Balance, February 3, 2018     4,260       179       4,439  
Balance, February 2, 2019     5,579       98       5,678  

  

Amortization expense is reported in the consolidated statement of loss under selling, general and administration expenses (Note 18).

 

Included in disposal is a write-off of $1,724 [February 2, 2018 – nil] related to costs incurred with respect to an ERP upgrade which the Company no longer intends to continue.

v3.19.1
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Trade and other payables [abstract]  
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Trade payable and accrued liabilities     14,990       11,221  
Income taxes payable     2,700        
Government remittances     -       186  
Wages, salaries and employee benefits payable     3,261       2,985  
      20,951       14,392  
v3.19.1
DEFERRED REVENUE
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Deferred Revenue [Abstract]  
DEFERRED REVENUE
    February 2,   February 3,  
    2019   2018  
    $   $  
Gift cards liability   4,992     3,982  
Loyalty program liability   1,249     1,204  
    6,241     5,186  

 

During the year, the Company recorded gift card breakage income of $242 [February 3, 2018 - $575, January 28, 2017 - $850]. Gift card breakage is included in sales in the consolidated statement of loss.

v3.19.1
PROVISIONS
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Provisions [abstract]  
PROVISIONS
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Opening balance     18,153       8,494  
Additions     11,078       14,073  
Reversals     (4,796 )     (3,752 )
Utilization     (5,730 )     (2,467 )
Settlements     (691 )     (132 )
Accretion expense     251       2,292  
Cumulative translation adjustment     889       (355 )
Ending balance     19,154       18,153  
Less: Current portion     (3,714 )     (4,693 )
Long-term portion of provisions     15,440       13,460  

   

Provisions for onerous contracts have been recognized in respect of store leases where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the lease agreements exceed the economic benefits expected to be received from the contract. The unavoidable costs reflect the present value of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net cost of operating under the contract. For the year ended February 2, 2019, additions to the onerous provisions were recorded in the amount of $11,078 [February 3, 2018 - $14,073], while the provisions for other stores were fully or partially reversed in the amount of $4,796 [February 3, 2018 - $3,752].

v3.19.1
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Commitments And Contingencies  
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Lease Commitments

 

The commercial premises at which the Company carries out its retail operations, its head office and its primary warehouse location are leased from third parties. These rental contracts are classified as operating leases since there is no transfer of risks and rewards inherent to ownership.

 

These leases have varying terms and renewal rights. In many cases, the amounts payable to the lessor include a fixed rental payment as well as a percentage of sales obtained by the Company in the leased premises. Many leases include escalating rental payments, whereby cash outflows increase over the lease term. Free rental periods are also sometimes included.

 

The minimum rentals payable under long-term operating leases are exclusive of certain operating costs for which the Company is responsible. For the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company has recognized in the consolidated statement of loss contingent rent amounting to $1,030 [February 3, 2018 - $1,742, January 28, 2017 — $2,312] and accrued for a contingent rent liability of $477 [February 3, 2018 - $725, January 28, 2017 —$1,001].

 

Included in the cost of sales and selling, general and administration expenses for the year ended February 2, 2019 is rent expense of $31,520 [February 3, 2018 - $31,565, January 28, 2017 — $29,173].

 

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases:

 

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Within one year     21,089       19,840  
After one year but not more than five years     66,790       86,844  
More than five years     28,893       28,281  
      116,772       134,965  

v3.19.1
REVOLVING FACILITY
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Revolving Facility  
REVOLVING FACILITY

On June 11, 2018, the Company amended its existing Credit Agreement (the “Amended Credit Agreement”). The Amended Credit Agreement provides for a two-year revolving facility (“Amended Revolving Facility”) in the principal amount of $15.0 million or the equivalent in U.S. dollars, repayable at any time, two years from June 11, 2018, with no accordion feature. Borrowings under the Amended Revolving Facility may not exceed the lesser of the total commitment for the revolving facility and the borrowing base, calculated as 75% of the face value of all eligible receivables plus 50% of the estimated value of all eligible inventory, less any priority payables.

 

The Amended Credit Agreement subjects the Company to certain financial covenants. Without the prior written consent of the lender, the Company’s fixed charge coverage ratio may not be less than 1.10:1.00 and the Company’s leverage ratio may not exceed 3.00:1:00. In addition, the Company’s net tangible worth may not be less than $65,000 and the Company’s minimum excess availability must not be less than $15.0 million. The Amended Revolving Facility bears interest based on the Company’s adjusted leverage ratio, at the bank’s prime rate, U.S. bank rate and LIBOR plus a range from 0.5% to 2.5% per annum. A standby fee range of 0.3% to 0.5% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Amended Revolving Facility.

   

The credit facility also contains non-financial covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company’s ability to become guarantor or endorser or otherwise become liable upon any note or other obligation other than in the normal course of business. The Company also cannot make any dividend payments.

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company did not have any borrowings under the Amended Revolving Facility.

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company is in breach of its fixed charge coverage ratio and certain non-financial covenants. BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement, however the Company cannot borrow under the facility. The Company is in good-faith discussions with BMO to install an asset based lending facility that will provide a revolving facility at commercial reasonable terms.

v3.19.1
SHARE CAPITAL
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Share Capital  
SHARE CAPITAL

Authorized

 

An unlimited number of common shares.

 

Issued and Outstanding

 

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Share Capital - Common shares     112,519       111,692  
                 

 

    Common  
    shares  
    #  
Number of shares in issuance      
Balance, January 28, 2017     25,330,951  
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options     456,773  
Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units     97,648  
Balance, February 3, 2018     25,885,372  
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options     51,717  
Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units     74,728  
Balance, February 2, 2019     26,011,817  

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, 51,720 stock options were exercised for common shares, for cash proceeds of $82 and 36,415 common shares for a non-cash settlement of $121 [February 3, 2018 – 456,773 stock options for cash proceeds of $1,782, January 28, 2017 1,236,154 stock options for cash proceeds of $2,779]. The carrying value of common shares during the year ended February 2, 2019 includes $82 [February 3, 2018 - $887] which corresponds to a reduction in the contributed surplus associated to options exercised during the period.

   

In addition, during the year ended February 2, 2019, 74,728 common shares [February 3, 2018 – 97,648, January 28, 2017 57,325] were issued in relation to the vesting of restricted stock units (“RSU”), resulting in an increase in share capital of $663, net of tax [February 2, 2018 - $1,142].

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The 2015 Omnibus Plan provides for awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”), restricted stock, unrestricted stock, stock units (including restricted stock units, “RSUs”), performance awards, deferred share units, elective deferred share units and other awards convertible into or otherwise based on the Company’s common shares. Eligibility for stock options intended to be incentive stock options (“ISOs”) is limited to the Company’s employees. Dividend equivalents may also be provided in connection with an award under the 2015 Omnibus Plan. The maximum term of stock options and SARs is seven years. The options vest evenly over a period of 36 or 48 months, with some options vesting monthly and some options vesting annually. There are no cash settlement alternatives.

 

The maximum number of the Company’s common shares that are available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Plan is 1,440,000 shares. Common shares issued under the 2015 Omnibus Plan may be shares held in treasury or authorized but unissued shares of the Company not reserved for any other purpose. As at February 2, 2019, 867,882 common shares remain available for issuance under the 2015 Omnibus Plan.

 

No options were granted for the year ended February 2, 2019. The weighted average fair value of options granted of $2.39 for the year ended February 3, 2018 was estimated using the Black Scholes option pricing model, using the following assumptions; risk-free interest rate of 1.79%, expected volatility of 27.4%, expected option life of 4.0 years, expected dividend yield of nil%, and exercise price of $9.76. Expected volatility was estimated using historical volatility of similar companies whose share prices were publicly available.

 

A summary of the status of the Company’s stock option plan and changes during the year is presented below.

 

    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
          Weighted           Weighted  
          average           average  
    Options     exercise     Options     exercise  
    outstanding     price     outstanding     price  
    #     $     #     $  
Outstanding, beginning of year     447,779       7.18       933,195       5.63  
Issued     -       -       161,980       9.76  
Exercised     (88,135 )     2.76       (456,773 )     3.9  
Forfeitures     (222,104 )     8.95       (190,623 )     9.63  
Outstanding, end of year     137,540       7.17       447,779       7.18  
Exercisable, end of year     80,332       4.74       304,415       5.57  

 

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercised during the year ended February 2, 2019 was $4.47 [February 3, 2018 — $8.51].

  

The following table summarizes information about the stock options outstanding at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018:

 

            Weighted           Number of        
      Number     average     Weighted     options     Weighted  
      outstanding at     contractual     average     exercisable at     average  
      February 2,     remaining     exercise     February 2,     exercise  
      2019     life      price     2019     price  
Range of exercise prices     #     (years)     $     #     $  
$0.77       31,100       1.1       0.77       31,100       0.77  
$3.33 - $4.31       35,000       2.6       4.29       35,000       4.29  
$8.76 - $10.28       53,225       5.1       10.28       -       -  
$14.39 - $17.99       18,215       4.2       14.51       14,232       14.54  
As at February 2, 2019       137,540       3.4       7.17       80,332       4.74  

 

 

            Weighted           Number of        
      Number     average     Weighted     options     Weighted  
      outstanding at     contractual     average     exercisable at     average  
      February 3,     remaining     exercise     February 3,     exercise  
      2018     life      price     2018     price  
Range of exercise prices     #     (years)     $     #     $  
$0.77       50,600       2.3       0.77       50,600       0.77  
$3.33 - $4.31       172,396       3.7       3.91       161,395       3.89  
$8.76 - $10.28       161,980       6.4       9.76       55,530       8.76  
$14.39 - $17.99       62,803       4.3       14.68       36,890       14.72  
As at February 3, 2018       447,779       4.6       7.18       304,415       5.57  

          

A summary of the status of the Company’s RSU plan and changes during the year ended February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018 is presented below.

 

    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
          Weighted           Weighted  
          average           average  
    RSUs     fair value     RSUs     fair value  
    outstanding     per unit (1)     outstanding     per unit (1)  
    #     $     #     $  
Outstanding, beginning of year     289,416       9.7       252,233       12.42  
Granted     491,450       4.47       298,897       8.59  
Forfeitures     (360,371 )     6.31       (89,035 )     10.03  
Vested     (74,728 )     8.85       (97,648 )     11.85  
Vested, withheld for tax     (74,791 )     8.6       (75,031 )     11.28  
Outstanding, end of year     270,976       5.26       289,416       9.7  

 

(1) Weighted average fair value per unit as at date of grant.

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company recognized a stock-based compensation expense of $211 [February 3, 2018 - $2,021, January 28, 2017 — $2,264].

v3.19.1
FINANCE COSTS
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Finance Costs  
FINANCE COSTS
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Financing fees on term loan and Revolving Facility [note 14]     2       79       75  
Accretion on provisions     251       2,292       -  
Interest and penalty on provision for uncertain tax position     1,300       -       -  
Other finance costs     61       -       1  
      1,614       2,371       76  
v3.19.1
INCOME TAXES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Income Taxes  
INCOME TAXES

A reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate is as follows:

  

    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    %     $     %     $     %     $  
Income tax recovery — statutory rate     26.9       (7,700 )     26.8       (7,097 )     26.5       (1,564 )
Increase (decrease) in provision for income tax (recovery) resulting from:                                                
Non-deductible items     (1.3 )     378       (1.6 )     437       (10.1 )     598  
Effect of substantively enacted income tax rate changes                 (7.9 )     2,090              
Unrecognized deferred income tax assets     (15.0 )     4,306       (16.7 )     4,415              
Write-down of deferred income tax assets     (18.2 )     5,194       (7.8 )     2,054              
Provision for uncertain tax position     (9.4 )     2,700                                  
Other     0.0       4       (0.4 )     111       21.5       (1,269 )
Income tax provision (recovery) — effective tax rate     (17.0 )     4,882       (7.6 )     2,010       37.9       (2,235 )

 

A breakdown of the income tax provision (recovery) on the consolidated statement of loss is as follows:

 

    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Income tax provision (recovery)                  
Current     (187 )     (1,575 )     2,145  
Deferred     5,069       3,585       (4,380 )
      4,882       2,010       (2,235 )

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (“U.S. Tax Reform”) was signed into law, which reduced the U.S. federal corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21%, effective January 1, 2018. As a result of the U.S. Tax Reform, The Company’s net deferred taxes reported on the balance sheet were required to be re-measured using the newly enacted rates. The effect of this re-evaluation resulted in a decrease in the net deferred tax assets in the amount of $4,892 during the year ended February 3, 2018.

 

The U.S. Tax Reform introduces other important changes in the U.S. corporate income tax laws that may significantly affect the Company in future years, including the creation of a new Base Erosion Anti-Abuse Tax that subjects certain payments from U.S. corporations to foreign related parties to additional taxes, and limitations to certain deductions for net interest expense incurred by U.S. corporations. The U.S. Tax Reform also includes an increase in bonus depreciation from 50% to 100% for qualified property placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before 2023. Future regulations and interpretations to be issued by U.S. authorities may also impact the Company’s estimates and assumptions used in calculating its income tax provisions.

 

We are currently undergoing transfer pricing audit by the Canada Revenue Agency. While the Company believes that its filing positions are appropriate and supportable, periodically, certain matters may be challenged by tax authorities. We believe that our transfer pricing practices reflect the accurate economic allocation of profit and risk and that proper contemporaneous transfer pricing documentation is in place. Preliminary findings from the transfer pricing audit indicates a difference in the interpretation of the economics of the arrangement. Although the outcome of such matters is not predictable with assurance, we have nonetheless recorded a provision of $4.0 million comprised of $2.7 million and $1.3 milllion for taxes and interest, respectively. While the Company believes its tax provisions are adequate, the final determination of tax audits and any related disputes could be materially different from historical income tax provisions and accruals. The Company intends to vigorously defend its practices and believes it has sufficient arguments to mitigate the unfavorable outcome.

  

The tax effects of temporary differences and net operating losses that give rise to deferred income tax assets and liabilities are as follows:

 

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Deferred income tax assets            
Operating losses carried forward     4,608       1,259  
Tax values of property and equipment in excess of carrying value including impairment     3,505       1,553  
Deferred rent     1,762       1,662  
Stock options     3,843       3,401  
Financing fees and IPO-related costs     588       1,197  
Lease inducements     634       515  
Provisions for onerous contracts     5,357       4,812  
Other     665       635  
Total deferred income tax assets     20,962       15,034  
Deferred income tax liabilities                
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instruments     -       62  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain related to intercompany advances     (212 )     (113 )
Deferred income tax liabilities     (212 )     (51 )
Net     20,750       14,983  
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset     (20,750 )     (9,789 )
Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)     -       5,194  

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company’s Canadian operations have accumulated losses amounting to $11.9 million [February 3, 2018 — nil; January 28, 2017 — nil], which expire during the year 2039. As at February 2, 2019, the Company’s U.S. subsidiary has accumulated losses amounting to US$14.0 million [February 3, 2018 — US$14.2 million; January 28, 2017 — US$14.9 million], which expire during the years 2033 to 2039.

 

Based upon the projections for future taxable income and prudent tax planning strategies, management believes it is no longer probable the Company will realize the benefits of these operating tax losses carried forward and other deductible temporary differences. Therefore, a full valuation allowance of $20,750 was recorded against the net deferred income tax asset.

   

The changes in the net deferred income tax asset were as follows for the fiscal years:

 

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Balance net, beginning of year     5,194       14,375  
Deferred rent     101       (222 )
Canadian and  U.S. operating losses carried forward     3,349       (1,180 )
Property and equipment, including store impairment     1,952       3,387  
Stock options     442       (2,245 )
Financing fees and IPO-related costs     (609 )     (604 )
Foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instrument     (62 )     183  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on intercompany advances     (99 )     196  
Lease inducement     120       (149 )
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset     (10,961 )     (9,789 )
Provisions  for onerous contracts     544       1,447  
Other     29       (205 )
Deferred income tax assets net, end of year     -       5,194  

v3.19.1
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Selling General And Administration Expenses  
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES

Included in selling, general and administration expenses are the following expenses:

  

    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Wages, salaries and employee benefits     68,324       65,888       61,143  
Depreciation of property and equipment     6,904       8,431       8,069  
Amortization of intangible assets     1,298       1,474       758  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     151       82       356  
Impairment of property and equipment     9,960       15,069       7,516  
Net Provision for onerous contracts (a)     552       7,854       8,140  
Stock-based compensation     211       2,021       2,264  
Executive and employee separation costs related to salary     1,280       2,033       835  
Strategic review and proxy contest costs     3,593       -       -  
ERP project termination     2,496       -       -  
Other selling, general and administration     30,953       29,078       25,675  
      125,722       131,930       114,756  

 

(a) Net provision for onerous contract includes additions, reversals and utilization.

v3.19.1
EARNINGS PER SHARE
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Net loss per share:  
EARNINGS PER SHARE

The following reflects the loss and share data used in the basic and diluted EPS computations:

 

    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Net loss for basic EPS     (33,539 )     (28,501 )     (3,688 )
                         
Weighted average number of shares outstanding — basic and diluted     25,967,836       25,716,186       24,699,290  

 

For the years ended February 2, 2019, February 3, 2018, and January 28, 2017, as a result of the net loss during the year, the stock options and RSUs disclosed in Note 15 are anti-dilutive.

v3.19.1
RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of transactions between related parties [abstract]  
RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES

Transactions with related parties are measured at the exchange amount, being the consideration established and agreed to by the related parties.

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company purchased merchandise from a company controlled by one of its executive employees amounting to $241 [February 3, 2018 — $87; January 28, 2017 — nil]. Subsequent to year end, the Company extended its relationship by entering into an agreement for the purchase and sale of administrative and infrastructure services.

 

In February 2019, the Company entered into an arrangement with a related party of the controlling shareholder for the development of reporting and consulting services.

 

During the year ended February 2, 2019, the Company reimbursed Rainy Day Investments Ltd. (“Rainy Day Investments”), a controlling shareholder $957 for third-party costs incurred by it in connection with the proxy contest which culminated at the Company’s annual meeting held on June 14, 2018. This reimbursement was approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors of the Company. This amount is included in selling, general and administration expenses.

 

Transactions with Key Management Personnel

 

Key management of the Company includes members of the Board as well as members of the Executive Committee. The compensation earned by key management in aggregate was as follows:

 

    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
                   
Wages, salaries ,bonus and director fees     2,706       4,071       3,434  
Termination benefits     1,025       1,485       719  
Stock-based compensation     101       1,809       1,377  
Total compensation earned by key management personnel     3,832       7,365       5,530  

v3.19.1
SEGMENT INFORMATION
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of operating segments [abstract]  
SEGMENT INFORMATION

An operating segment is a component of the Company that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses. The Company has reviewed its operations and determined that each of its retail stores represents an operating segment. However, because its retail stores have similar economic characteristics, sell similar products, have similar types of customers, and use similar distribution channels, the Company has determined that these operating segments can be aggregated at a geographic level. As a result, the Company has concluded that it has two reportable segments, Canada and the U.S., that derive their revenues from the retail and online sale of tea, tea accessories, and food and beverages. The Company’s Chief Executive Officer (the chief operating decision maker or “CODM”) makes decisions about resources to be allocated to the segments and assesses performance, and for which discrete financial information is available.

 

The Company derives revenue from the following products:

 

    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Tea     152,761       156,125       143,280  
Tea accessories     44,436       49,470       53,807  
Food and beverages     15,556       18,420       18,897  
      212,753       224,015       215,984  

    

Property and equipment and intangible assets by country are as follows:

    

    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Canada     27,996       37,234       41,432  
US     1,470       3,763       12,686  
Total     29,466       40,997       54,118  

 

Results from operating activities before corporate expenses per country are as follows:

  

    For the year ended  
    February 2, 2019  
    Canada     US     Consolidated  
    $     $     $  
Sales     169,430       43,323       212,753  
Cost of sales     89,604       25,170       114,774  
Gross profit     79,826       18,153       97,979  
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)     57,902       18,175       76,077  
Impairment of property and equipment     7,719       2,240       9,960  
Onerous contracts provision (recovery)     2,034       (1,482 )     552  
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses     12,171       (780 )     11,391  
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)                     39,134  
Results from operating activities                     (27,743 )
Finance costs                     1,614  
Finance income                     (700 )
Loss before income taxes                     (28,657 )

   

    For the year ended  
    February 3, 2018  
    Canada     US     Consolidated  
    $     $     $  
Sales     185,287       38,728       224,015  
Cost of sales     93,383       23,389       116,772  
Gross profit     91,904       15,339       107,243  
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)     54,884       18,302       73,186  
Impairment of property and equipment     5,114       9,955       15,069  
Provision for onerous contracts     1,752       6,102       7,854  
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses     30,154       (19,020 )     11,134  
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)                     35,821  
Results from operating activities                     (24,687 )
Finance costs                     2,371  
Finance income                     (567 )
Loss before income taxes                     (26,491 )

 

    For the year ended  
    January 28, 2017  
    Canada     US     Consolidated  
    $     $     $  
Sales     180,380       35,604       215,984  
Cost of sales     86,473       21,061       107,534  
Gross profit     93,907       14,543       108,450  
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)     49,466       16,584       66,050  
Impairment of property and equipment     1,116       6,400       7,516  
Provision for onerous contracts     427       7,713       8,140  
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses     42,898       (16,154 )     26,744  
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)                     33,050  
Results from operating activities                     (6,306 )
Finance costs                     76  
Finance income                     (479 )
Loss before income taxes                     (5,903 )

v3.19.1
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments [abstract]  
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT

The Company’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks, including risks related to foreign exchange, interest rate, credit, and liquidity.

 

Currency Risk — Foreign Exchange Risk

 

Currency risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in foreign exchange rates. Given that some of its purchases are denominated in U.S. dollars, the Company is exposed to foreign exchange risk. The Company’s foreign exchange risk is largely limited to currency fluctuations between the Canadian and U.S. dollars. The Company is exposed to currency risk through its cash, accounts receivable and accounts payable denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

Assuming that all other variables remain constant, a revaluation of these monetary assets and liabilities due to a 5% rise or fall in the Canadian dollar against the U.S. dollar would have resulted in an increase or decrease to net loss in the amount of $123.

 

The Company’s foreign exchange exposure is as follows:

 

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    US$     US$  
Cash     267       5,686  
Accounts receivable     1,142       882  
Accounts payable     3,869       2,555  

 

The Company’s U.S. subsidiary’s transactions are denominated in U.S. dollars.

 

In order to protect itself from the risk of losses should the value of the Canadian dollar decline in relation to the U.S. dollar, the Company entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate of 80% to 90% of its expected U.S. dollar inventory purchasing requirements, through September 2018. A forward foreign exchange contract is a contractual agreement to buy a specific currency at a specific price and date in the future. The Company designated the forward contracts as cash flow hedging instruments under IFRS 9. This has resulted in mark-to-market foreign exchange adjustments, for qualifying hedged instruments, being recorded as a component of other comprehensive loss for the years ended Februay 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018. As at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the designated portion of these hedges was considered effective.

 

The Company had no foreign exchange contracts outstanding as at February 2, 2019.

 

The nominal and contract values of foreign exchange contracts outstanding as at February 3, 2018 are as follows:

 

    Range of   Nominal     Nominal         Unrealized  
    Contractual   value     value         gain/(loss)  
Purchase contracts   exchange rate   US$     C$     Term   C$  
                           
U.S. dollar   1.2221 - 1.3050     24,100       30,033     February 2018 to September 2018     (229 )
                                 

 

Market Risk — Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rate risk is the risk that the fair value of future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market interest rates. Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to cash flow interest rate risk include financial assets and liabilities with variable interest rates and consist of cash. The Company is exposed to cash flow risk on its Revolving Facility which bears interest at variable interest rates (see Note 14). As at February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, the Company did not have any borrowings on the Revolving Facility.

    

Liquidity Risk

 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting obligations associated with financial liabilities. The Company’s approach to managing liquidity risk is to ensure, to the extent possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet liabilities when due. The Company’s liquidity follows a seasonal pattern based on the timing of inventory purchases and capital expenditures. The Company is exposed to this risk mainly in respect of its trade and other payables.

 

As at February 2, 2019, the Company had $42.1 million in cash. In addition, the Company has a Revolving Facility of $15,000, the full amount of which remained un-drawn as at February 2, 2019. Access to this Facility is further described in Note 14.

 

The Company expects to finance its working capital needs, store renovations, and investments in infrastructure through cash flows from operations and cash on hand. The Company expects that its trade and other payables will be discharged within 90 days.

 

The following table summarizes the obligations as of February 2, 2019 and February 3, 2018, and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flows in future periods.

    February 2, 2019  
    Payments due by period  
          less than     Between     More than  
    Total     1 year     1 and 5 years     5 years  
Trade and other payables     18,251       18,251       -       -  
Operating lease obligations     116,772       21,089       66,790       28,893  
Purchase obligations     9,146       9,146       -       -  
      144,169       48,486       66,790       28,893  

 

    February 3, 2018  
    Payments due by period  
          less than     Between     More than  
    Total     1 year     1 and 5 years     5 years  
Trade and other payables     14,392       14,392              
Operating lease obligations     134,965       19,840       86,844       28,281  
Purchase obligations     8,820       8,820              
      158,177       43,052       86,844       28,281  

 

Credit Risk

 

The Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that counterparties may default on their financial obligations to the Company. The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is equal to the carrying value of accounts receivable and derivative financial instruments. Accounts receivable primarily consists of receivables from retail customers who pay by credit card, recoveries of credits from suppliers for returned or damaged products, and receivables from other companies for sales of products, gift cards and other services. Credit card payments have minimal credit risk and the limited number of corporate receivables is closely monitored. As a result, expected credit loss on these financial assets is not significant.

 

Fair Values

 

Financial assets and financial liabilities are measured on an ongoing basis at fair value or amortized cost. The disclosures in the “Financial instruments” section of Note 3 describe how the categories of financial instruments are measured and how income and expenses, including fair value gains and losses, are recognized. The fair values of derivative financial instruments have been determined by reference to forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period and classified in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. There were no outstanding derivative financial instruments at February 2, 2019.

     

The classification of financial instruments at February 3, 2018, as well as their carrying values and fair values, are shown in the tables below:

 

    Carrying     Fair  
    value     value  
    $     $  
Financial assets            
Derivative financial instruments — foreign forward exchange contracts     239       239  
Financial liabilities                
Derivative financial instruments — foreign forward exchange contracts     468       468  

 

The Company has determined the estimated fair values of its financial instruments based on appropriate valuation methodologies; however, considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates. Accordingly, the estimated fair values are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could realize or would pay in a current market exchange. The estimated fair value amounts can be materially affected by the use of different assumptions or methodologies. The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments are described below:

 

  The estimated fair value of forward contracts is determined using forward exchange rates at the end of the reporting period [Level 2].

 

The Company categorizes its financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value into one of three different levels depending on the observability of the inputs used in the measurement.

 

Level 1: This level includes assets and liabilities measured at fair value based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date.

 

Level 2: This level includes valuations determined using directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices) observable inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1. Derivative instruments in this category are valued using models or other standard valuation techniques derived from observable market inputs.

 

Level 3: This level includes valuations based on inputs which are less observable, unavailable or where the observable data does not support a significant portion of the instruments’ fair value.

v3.19.1
MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of objectives, policies and processes for managing capital [abstract]  
MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL

The Company’s capital is composed of shareholders’ equity as follows:

 

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Cash     42,074       63,484  
Shareholder s equity [excluding accumulated other comprehensive income]     65,959       99,613  
Total capital under management     108,033       163,097  

  

The Company’s objectives in managing capital are to ensure sufficient liquidity to pursue its organic growth, to establish a strong capital base so as to maintain investor, creditor and market confidence and to provide an adequate return to shareholders.

 

The Company’s primary uses of capital are to finance increases in non-cash working capital and capital expenditures for its store renovation program as well as information technology and infrastructure.

 

The Board does not establish quantitative return on capital criteria for management, but rather promotes year-over-year sustainable profitable growth. The Company is not subject to any externally imposed capital requirements.

 

As of February 2, 2019, the Company was in default under certain covenants contained in our Credit Agreement, including our failure to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00 and certain reporting requirements. BMO has temporarily agreed to forbear from exercising remedies under the Credit Agreement, however the Company cannot borrow under the Credit Agreement. During the year ended February 3, 2018 the Company also considered its access to the Revolving Facility as a source for funding its cash requirements, although it had not drawn on the Revolving facility at February 3, 2018.

v3.19.1
GUARANTEES
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
GUARANTEES  
GUARANTEES

Some agreements to which the Company is party, specifically those related to debt agreements and the leasing of its premises, include indemnification provisions that may require the Company to make payments to a third party for breach of fundamental representation and warranty terms in the agreements, with respect to matters such as corporate status, title of assets, environmental issues, consents to transfer, employment matters, litigation, taxes payable and other potential material obligations. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Company could be required to make under these indemnification provisions is not reasonably quantifiable as certain indemnifications are not subject to a monetary limitation. As at February 3, 2018, management does not believe that these indemnification provisions would require any material cash payment by the Company, and insurance coverage, estimated by management to be reasonable and sufficient, exists in order to minimize the previously mentioned risks.

 

The Company indemnifies its directors and officers against claims reasonably incurred and resulting from the performance of their services to the Company, and maintains liability insurance for its directors and officers as well as those of its subsidiary.

v3.19.1
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policies)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES  
Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, DAVIDsTEA (USA) Inc. The financial statements of the subsidiary are prepared for the same reporting period as the parent company, using consistent accounting policies. All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealized gains or losses have been eliminated.

Basis of measurement

These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for the following material items:

 

  · Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value; and
     
  · Provisions for onerous contracts are measured at the present value of the expenditures expected to settle the obligations.

Functional and presentation currency

These consolidated financial statements are presented in Canadian dollars, which is the parent Company’s functional currency.

Cash

Cash on the consolidated balance sheet comprises cash at banks and on hand.

Inventory valuation

Inventories are measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method. Costs include the cost of purchase and transportation costs that are directly incurred to bring the inventories to their present location, and duty. Net realizable value is the estimated selling price of inventory in the ordinary course of business, less any estimated selling costs. Cost also includes realized gains and losses on forward contracts designated as cash flow hedges of U.S. inventory purchases.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are initially recorded at cost and are depreciated over their useful economic life. Cost includes expenditures that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset, including any costs directly related to bringing the asset to a working condition for its intended use. The residual values, useful lives and methods of depreciation of property and equipment are reviewed at each financial year end and adjusted prospectively, if appropriate. All repair and maintenance costs are recognized in net loss as incurred.

 

Depreciation of an asset begins once it becomes available for use. Depreciation is charged to income on the following bases:

 

Furniture and equipment   20% declining balance
Computer hardware   30% declining balance

 

Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the useful economic life and the initial term of the leases, plus one renewal option period, not to exceed 10 years.

 

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in our consolidated statement of net loss when the asset is derecognized.

Intangible assets

Intangible assets consist of computer software, trademarks and patents.

 

Intangible assets are initially recorded at cost. Intangible assets with finite lives are amortized over their useful economic life. The amortization period and the amortization method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life are considered to modify the amortization period or method, as appropriate, and are treated as changes in accounting estimates. The amortization expense on intangible assets with finite lives is recognized in out consolidated statement of loss as the expense category that is consistent with the function of the intangible assets.

 

Any gain or loss arising on the disposal or derecognition of the intangible asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount of the intangible asset) is included in our consolidated statement of loss when the intangible asset is derecognized.

 

When computer software is not an integral part of a related item of computer hardware, the software is treated as an intangible. Computer software is amortized on the basis of its estimated useful life using the declining method at the rate of 30%.

Leases

Leases are classified as either operating or finance, based on the substance of the transaction at inception of the lease. Classification is re-assessed if the terms of the lease are changed.

 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not assumed by the Company are classified as operating leases. The Company carries on its operations in premises under leases of varying terms and renewal options, which are accounted for as operating leases. Payments under an operating lease are recognized in net loss on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. When a lease contains a predetermined fixed escalation of the minimum rent, the Company recognizes the related rent expense on a straight-line basis and, consequently, records the difference between the recognized rental expense and the amounts payable under the lease as deferred rent. Contingent (sales-based) rentals are recognized as an expense when incurred. 

Store opening costs

Store opening costs are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of financial assets

The Company applies the “expected credit loss” model. The impairment model applies to trade receivables. It requires a credit loss to be reflected in profit and loss immediately after an asset or receivable is acquired and subsequent changes in expected credit losses at each reporting date reflecting the change in credit risk. The Company applies the simplified approach for trade receivables and calculates expected credit losses based on lifetime expected credit losses.

Impairment of non-financial assets

The Company assesses, at each reporting date, whether there is an indication that an item of property and equipment or an intangible asset may be impaired. If any indication exists, the Company estimates the asset’s recoverable amount. An asset’s recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s or cash-generating unit’s (“CGU”) fair value less costs of disposal and its value in use. When the carrying amount of an asset or CGU exceeds its recoverable amount, the asset is considered impaired and is written down to its recoverable amount.

 

In determining fair value less costs of disposal, recent market transactions are taken into account. If no such transactions can be identified, an appropriate valuation model is used. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money. Recoverable amount is determined for an individual asset, unless the asset does not generate cash inflows that are largely independent of those from other assets or corporate assets. The discount rate applied to an asset or CGU is the weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). Management considers factors such as risk-free rate, equity risk premium, size premium, specific business risk premium and cost of debt to derive the WACC.

 

The Company bases its impairment calculation on detailed budgets and forecast calculations, which are prepared separately for each of the Company’s CGUs to which the individual assets are allocated. These budgets and forecast calculations generally cover the lease term.

 

Based on the management of operations, the Company has defined each of the commercial premises in which it carries out its activities as a CGU, although where appropriate these premises are aggregated at a district or regional level to form a CGU.

 

An assessment is made at each reporting date as to whether there is any indication that previously recognized impairment may no longer exist or may have decreased and if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount. The reversal is limited to the extent that an asset’s carrying amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortization, had no impairment loss been recognized. Such reversal is recognized in our consolidated statement of loss.

Derivative financial instruments and hedge accounting

The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge its foreign currency risks, resulting from variability in foreign currency exchange rates on inventory purchases, as described in Note 22.

 

Derivative financial instruments are initially recognized at fair value on the date on which a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivatives are carried as financial assets when the fair value is positive and as financial liabilities when the fair value is negative.

 

For the purpose of hedge accounting, hedges are classified as cash flow hedges when hedging the exposure to variability in cash flows that is either attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction.

  

At the inception of a hedge relationship, the Company formally designates and documents the hedge relationship to which it wishes to apply hedge accounting and the risk management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge. The documentation includes identification of the hedging instrument, the hedged item or transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged and how the entity will assess the effectiveness of changes in the hedging instrument’s fair value in offsetting the exposure to changes in the hedged item’s fair value or cash flows attributable to the hedged risk. Such hedges are expected to be highly effective in achieving offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows and are assessed on an ongoing basis to determine that they actually have been highly effective throughout the financial reporting periods for which they were designated.

 

The Company has applied hedge accounting for its foreign exchange forward contracts and has designated them as cash flow hedges. The effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognized directly in Other Comprehensive Loss (“OCI”), while any ineffective portion is recognized immediately in out consolidated statement of loss. The amounts recognized in OCI are reclassified to inventory when such non-financial asset is recognized on the consolidated balance sheet, and our consolidated statement of loss when inventory is subsequently sold.

Provisions

Provisions are recognized when the Company has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation and a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation. When the Company expects some or all of a provision to be reimbursed, the reimbursement is recognized as a separate asset, but only when the reimbursement is virtually certain. The expense relating to a provision is presented in our consolidated statement of loss, net of any reimbursement. All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and adjusted to reflect the current best estimates.

 

If the effect of the time value of money is material, provisions are discounted using a current pre-tax rate that reflects, when appropriate, the risks specific to the liability. When discounting is used, the increase in the provision due to the passage of time is recognized as a finance cost.

Deferred lease inducements

The deferred lease inducements are composed of free rent and construction allowances obtained upon signing of lease agreements for certain retail stores. They are amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the related leases, plus one renewal option, to a maximum of 10 years.

Share capital

  i. Common shares

  

Common shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of common shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any tax effects.

 

Common shares are classified as equity if they are non-redeemable or redeemable only at the Company’s option, and any dividends are discretionary. Dividends thereon are recognized as distributions within equity on approval by the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

  ii. Preferred shares

 

Preferred shares are classified as a financial liability if they are redeemable on a specific date or at the option of the shareholders. Dividends thereon are recognized as interest expense in our consolidated statement of net loss as accrued.

Stock-based compensation

The Company has a stock option plan for employees and directors from which options to purchase common shares are issued (the “Plan”). Options may not be granted with an exercise price of less than the fair value of the underlying shares at the grant date. The awards have no cash settlement alternatives. The vesting requirements are typically service-based and the options normally have a contractual life of seven years.

 

The fair value of stock-based compensation awards granted to employees is measured at the grant date using the Black Scholes option pricing model. Measurement inputs include the share price of the underlying shares on the measurement date, the exercise price of the option, the expected volatility (based on weighted average historical volatility of comparable companies adjusted for changes expected based on publicly available information), the weighted average expected life of the option (based on historical experience), expected dividends, and the risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds).

  

The value of the compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period of the stock options as an expense included in selling and general administration expenses, with a corresponding increase to contributed surplus in equity. The amount recognized as an expense is adjusted to reflect the Company’s best estimate of the number of awards that will ultimately vest. No expense is recognized for awards that do not ultimately vest.

 

Any consideration paid by plan participants on the exercise of stock options and the previously recognized compensation cost of the options exercised included in contributed surplus are credited to share capital.

 

Under the Company’s 2015 Omnibus Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Omnibus Plan”), selected employees and directors are granted RSUs where each RSU has a value equal to one common share. The compensation expense is recorded at the fair value of the Company’s common shares at the grant date over the vesting period (generally one to three years) with a corresponding credit to contributed surplus for equity-settled RSUs and a corresponding credit to a liability for cash-settled RSUs. RSUs may be settled in shares, cash, or a combination of cash or shares upon vesting at the discretion of the Company. Cash settled RSUs are revalued at each reporting date to reflect their fair value at that date. Fair value is determined using the closing price of the Company’s common shares on the NASDAQ Global Market prior to the date of the grant. The Company has not issued any cash settled awards to date.

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognized when control of goods has been transferred at the amount of consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. Revenue from retail sales is recorded upon delivery to the customer. Revenue is recognized on e-commerce sales when merchandise is delivered. Revenues are recorded net of discounts, rebates, estimated returns, sales taxes and amounts deferred related to the issuance of Frequent Steeper points.

 

  i. Gift card breakage

  

Gift cards sold are recorded as deferred revenue and revenue is recognized at the time of redemption or in accordance with the Company’s accounting policy for breakage. Breakage income represents the estimated value of gift cards that is not expected to be redeemed by customers and is determined in proportion to the pattern of rights exercised by the customer. Gift card breakage is included in sales in the consolidated statement of loss.

 

  ii. Loyalty program

  

The Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program allows customers to earn points when they purchase products in the Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. The Company introduced a new Loyalty program on January 1, 2019 that enhanced some features and removed expiry of points. Under the old program, points were redeemed for free tea or free beverages, depending on the number of points a customer has obtained over a limited collection period, typically a three-month period. Free tea offers were issued at the end of each collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter. Free beverage offers were issued at the end of the calendar collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter.

 

Starting January 1, 2019, the Company launched a new Frequent Steeper loyalty and rewards program that allows customers to earn points when they purchase products at the Company’s retail stores and on the Company’s website. Points are converted into offers to receive loose-leaf teas which must be redeemed within 60 days. Free beverage offers are issued once a customer has purchased 10 beverages which must be redeemed within 60 days.

 

Consideration is allocated between the loyalty program awards and the goods on which the awards were earned, based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. The fair value of Frequent Steeper points and offers are determined based on the estimated selling price of the loose-leaf tea, net of points and offers we expect will not be redeemed. The fair value of beverage offers is determined based on the estimated selling price of the beverage, net of beverage offers that are not expected to be redeemed. The relative selling price of points and offers issued are recorded as deferred revenue. Offers for loose-leaf tea and beverage offers are recognized as revenue on the earlier of redemption and expiry. On an ongoing basis, the Company monitors historical redemption rates. Frequent Steeper redemptions are included with total sales in our consolidated statement of net loss.

Finance income

Interest income is recognized as interest accrues using the effective interest method. 

Income taxes

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred tax are recognized in our consolidated statement of loss except to the extent that they relate to items recognized directly in equity or in other comprehensive loss.

 

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered or paid. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

 

The Company uses the liability method of accounting for deferred income taxes, which requires the establishment of deferred tax assets and liabilities for all temporary differences caused when the tax bases of assets and liabilities differ from their carrying amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the temporary differences when they reverse, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period. The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets for unused tax losses and deductible temporary differences only to the extent that, in management’s opinion, it is probable that future taxable income will be available against which they can be utilized. Deferred income tax assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realized.

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset and when the deferred income tax assets and liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is calculated using the weighted average number of shares outstanding during the year.

 

The diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of shares outstanding to include additional shares issued from the assumed conversion of preferred shares and the exercise of stock options and RSUs, if dilutive. For stock options, the number of additional shares is calculated by assuming that the proceeds from such exercises, as well as the amount of unrecognized stock-based compensation which is considered to be assumed proceeds, are used to purchase common shares at the average market price during the reporting period.

Financial instruments

A financial instrument is any contract that gives rise to a financial asset of one entity and a financial liability or equity instrument of another entity. A financial asset or liability is recognized initially (at settlement date) at its fair value plus, in the case of a financial asset or liability not at fair value through profit or loss, transaction costs that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the instrument. Financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value through profit or loss are initially recognized at fair value and transaction costs are expensed in the consolidated statements of loss.

 

After initial recognition, financial assets are measured at amortized cost or fair value. Where assets are measured at fair value, gains and losses are either recognized entirely in profit or loss (“FVTPL”) or recognized in other comprehensive income (“FVOCI”).

 

The Company classifies its financial assets and liabilities according to their characteristics and management's choices and intentions related thereto for the purposes of ongoing measurement.

 

Classifications that the Company has used for financial assets include:

 

(a) Amortized Cost – non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. This includes trade receivables, and these are recorded at amortized cost with gains and losses recognized in net income in the period that the asset is no longer recognized or becomes impaired; and

 

(b) FVTPL – financial assets which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes cash and derivative financial instruments

 

Classifications that the Company has used for financial liabilities include:

 

a) Amortized cost – non-derivative financial liabilities measured at amortized cost with gains and losses recognized in net loss in the period that the liability is no longer recognized. This includes Trade and other payables; and

 

b) FVTPL – financial liabilities which are classified as fair value through profit and loss. This includes derivative financial instruments 

Foreign currency translation

Revenues, expenses and non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recorded at the rate of exchange prevailing at the transaction date. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Unrealized and realized translation gains and losses are reflected in our statement of loss.

 

The assets and liabilities of the Company’s U.S. wholly owned subsidiary, whose functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are translated into Canadian dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates for the year. Differences arising from the exchange rate changes are included in OCI in the cumulative translation account.

 

Foreign exchange gains or losses arising from a monetary item receivable from or payable to a foreign operation, the settlement of which is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future and which in substance is considered to form part of the net investment in the foreign operation, are recognized in other OCI in the cumulative translation account and reclassified from equity to our consolidated statement of loss on disposal of the net investment.

v3.19.1
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING POLICIES  
Schedule of bases used for charging depreciation
Furniture and equipment   20% declining balance
Computer hardware   30% declining balance
v3.19.1
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Changes In Accounting Principles  
Schedule of financial assets
    February 3, 2018   February 3, 2018
    IAS 39   IFRS 9
        Carrying       Carrying
    Measurement   Value   Measurement   Value
    category   $   category   $
Cash   FVTPL   63,484   FVTPL   63,484
Credit card cash clearing receivables   Amortized cost   1,291   Amortized cost   1,291
Other receivables   Amortized cost   1,840   Amortized cost   1,840
Derivative financial instruments   FVTPL   229   FVTPL   229
v3.19.1
ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES  
Schedule of accounts and other receivables
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Credit card cash clearing receivables     1,477       1,291  
Other receivables     2,204       1,840  
      3,681       3,131  
v3.19.1
INVENTORIES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Classes of current inventories [abstract]  
Schedule of Inventory
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Finished goods     28,991       17,600  
Goods in transit     3,262       4,608  
Packaging     2,100       2,242  
      34,353       24,450  
v3.19.1
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [abstract]  
Schedule of property plant and equipment
    Leasehold     Furniture and     Computer        
    improvements     equipment     hardware     Total  
    $     $     $     $  
Cost                        
Balance, January 28, 2017     75,555       11,185       3,948       90,688  
Acquisitions     6,581       1,808       1,245       9,634  
Disposals           (187 )           (187 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     (1,503 )     (167 )     (49 )     (1,719 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     80,633       12,639       5,144       98,416  
Acquisitions     2,096       1,125       676       3,897  
Disposals     (68 )     (32 )     -       (100 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     1,481       178       58       1,717  
Balance, February 2, 2019     84,142       13,910       5,878       103,930  

   

    Leasehold     Furniture and     Computer        
    improvements     equipment     hardware     Total  
    $     $     $     $  
Accumulated depreciation and impairment                        
Balance, January 28, 2017     32,342       5,048       2,138       39,528  
Depreciation     6,394       1,357       680       8,431  
Impairment     13,491       1,148       430       15,069  
Disposals           (105 )           (105 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     (931 )     (102 )     (32 )     (1,065 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     51,296       7,346       3,216       61,858  
Depreciation     5,117       1,134       653       6,904  
Impairment     8,164       1,411       351       9,926  
Disposals           (16 )           (16 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     1,297       126       47       1,470  
Balance, February 2, 2019     65,874       10,001       4,267       80,142  
                                 
Net Carrying Value                                
Balance, February 3, 2018     29,337       5,293       1,928       36,558  
Balance, February 2, 2019     18,268       3,909       1,611       23,788  

 

v3.19.1
INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of detailed information about intangible assets [abstract]  
Schedule of intangible assets
    Computer              
    software     Other     Total  
    $     $     $  
Cost                  
Balance, January 28, 2017     6,321       279       6,600  
Acquisitions     2,962       -       2,962  
Cumulative translation adjustment     (4 )     (10 )     (14 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     9,279       269       9,548  
Acquisitions     4,356       0       4,356  
Disposal     (1,724 )     (178 )     (1,902 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     4       10       14  
Balance, February 2, 2019     11,915       101       12,016  
                         
Accumulated amortization                        
Balance, January 28, 2017     3,565       77       3,642  
Amortization     1,456       18       1,474  
Cumulative translation adjustment     (2 )     (5 )     (7 )
Balance, February 3, 2018     5,019       90       5,109  
Amortization     1,281       17       1,298  
Impairment     34       -       34  
Disposal     -       (111 )     (111 )
Cumulative translation adjustment     2       6       8  
Balance, February 2, 2019     6,336       2       6,338  
                         
Net Carrying Value                        
Balance, February 3, 2018     4,260       179       4,439  
Balance, February 2, 2019     5,579       98       5,678  
v3.19.1
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Trade and other payables [abstract]  
Schedule of trade and other payables
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Trade payable and accrued liabilities     14,990       11,221  
Income taxes payable     2,700        
Government remittances     -       186  
Wages, salaries and employee benefits payable     3,261       2,985  
      20,951       14,392  
v3.19.1
DEFERRED REVENUE (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Accruals and deferred income [abstract]  
Schedule of deferred revenue
    February 2,   February 3,  
    2019   2018  
    $   $  
Gift cards liability   4,992     3,982  
Loyalty program liability   1,249     1,204  
    6,241     5,186  
v3.19.1
PROVISIONS (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Onerous contracts provision [abstract]  
Schedule of reconciliation of provisions
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Opening balance     18,153       8,494  
Additions     11,078       14,073  
Reversals     (4,796 )     (3,752 )
Utilization     (5,730 )     (2,467 )
Settlements     (691 )     (132 )
Accretion expense     251       2,292  
Cumulative translation adjustment     889       (355 )
Ending balance     19,154       18,153  
Less: Current portion     (3,714 )     (4,693 )
Long-term portion of provisions     15,440       13,460  
v3.19.1
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of finance lease and operating lease by lessee [abstract]  
Schedule of future minimum lease payments under operating leases

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Within one year     21,089       19,840  
After one year but not more than five years     66,790       86,844  
More than five years     28,893       28,281  
      116,772       134,965  

v3.19.1
SHARE CAPITAL (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of classes of share capital [abstract]  
Summary of authorized, issued, and outstanding shares
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Share Capital - Common shares     112,519       111,692  
                 

 

    Common  
    shares  
    #  
Number of shares in issuance      
Balance, January 28, 2017     25,330,951  
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options     456,773  
Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units     97,648  
Balance, February 3, 2018     25,885,372  
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options     51,717  
Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units     74,728  
Balance, February 2, 2019     26,011,817  

 

Summary of stock option plan and periodic changes
    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
          Weighted           Weighted  
          average           average  
    Options     exercise     Options     exercise  
    outstanding     price     outstanding     price  
    #     $     #     $  
Outstanding, beginning of year     447,779       7.18       933,195       5.63  
Issued     -       -       161,980       9.76  
Exercised     (88,135 )     2.76       (456,773 )     3.9  
Forfeitures     (222,104 )     8.95       (190,623 )     9.63  
Outstanding, end of year     137,540       7.17       447,779       7.18  
Exercisable, end of year     80,332       4.74       304,415       5.57  
Summary of information, by exercise price range, of stock options outstanding
            Weighted           Number of        
      Number     average     Weighted     options     Weighted  
      outstanding at     contractual     average     exercisable at     average  
      February 2,     remaining     exercise     February 2,     exercise  
      2019     life      price     2019     price  
Range of exercise prices     #     (years)     $     #     $  
$0.77       31,100       1.1       0.77       31,100       0.77  
$3.33 - $4.31       35,000       2.6       4.29       35,000       4.29  
$8.76 - $10.28       53,225       5.1       10.28       -       -  
$14.39 - $17.99       18,215       4.2       14.51       14,232       14.54  
As at February 2, 2019       137,540       3.4       7.17       80,332       4.74  

 

            Weighted           Number of        
      Number     average     Weighted     options     Weighted  
      outstanding at     contractual     average     exercisable at     average  
      February 3,     remaining     exercise     February 3,     exercise  
      2018     life      price     2018     price  
Range of exercise prices     #     (years)     $     #     $  
$0.77       50,600       2.3       0.77       50,600       0.77  
$3.33 - $4.31       172,396       3.7       3.91       161,395       3.89  
$8.76 - $10.28       161,980       6.4       9.76       55,530       8.76  
$14.39 - $17.99       62,803       4.3       14.68       36,890       14.72  
As at February 3, 2018       447,779       4.6       7.18       304,415       5.57  

          

Summary of the status of the RSU plan and periodic changes
    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
          Weighted           Weighted  
          average           average  
    RSUs     fair value     RSUs     fair value  
    outstanding     per unit (1)     outstanding     per unit (1)  
    #     $     #     $  
Outstanding, beginning of year     289,416       9.7       252,233       12.42  
Granted     491,450       4.47       298,897       8.59  
Forfeitures     (360,371 )     6.31       (89,035 )     10.03  
Vested     (74,728 )     8.85       (97,648 )     11.85  
Vested, withheld for tax     (74,791 )     8.6       (75,031 )     11.28  
Outstanding, end of year     270,976       5.26       289,416       9.7  
v3.19.1
FINANCE COSTS (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Borrowing costs [abstract]  
Schedule of finance costs
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Financing fees on term loan and Revolving Facility [note 14]     2       79       75  
Accretion on provisions     251       2,292       -  
Interest and penalty on provision for uncertain tax position     1,300       -       -  
Other finance costs     61       -       1  
      1,614       2,371       76  
v3.19.1
INCOME TAXES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Major components of tax expense (income) [abstract]  
Schedule of the reconciliation of the statutory income tax rate to the effective tax rate
    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    %     $     %     $     %     $  
Income tax recovery — statutory rate     26.9       (7,700 )     26.8       (7,097 )     26.5       (1,564 )
Increase (decrease) in provision for income tax (recovery) resulting from:                                                
Non-deductible items     (1.3 )     378       (1.6 )     437       (10.1 )     598  
Effect of substantively enacted income tax rate changes                 (7.9 )     2,090              
Unrecognized deferred income tax assets     (15.0 )     4,306       (16.7 )     4,415              
Write-down of deferred income tax assets     (18.2 )     5,194       (7.8 )     2,054              
Provision for uncertain tax position     (9.4 )     2,700                                  
Other     0.0       4       (0.4 )     111       21.5       (1,269 )
Income tax provision (recovery) — effective tax rate     (17.0 )     4,882       (7.6 )     2,010       37.9       (2,235 )
Schedule of the breakdown of the income tax provision (recovery)
    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Income tax provision (recovery)                  
Current     (187 )     (1,575 )     2,145  
Deferred     5,069       3,585       (4,380 )
      4,882       2,010       (2,235 )
Schedule of the tax effects of temporary differences and net operating losses
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Deferred income tax assets            
Operating losses carried forward     4,608       1,259  
Tax values of property and equipment in excess of carrying value including impairment     3,505       1,553  
Deferred rent     1,762       1,662  
Stock options     3,843       3,401  
Financing fees and IPO-related costs     588       1,197  
Lease inducements     634       515  
Provisions for onerous contracts     5,357       4,812  
Other     665       635  
Total deferred income tax assets     20,962       15,034  
Deferred income tax liabilities                
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instruments     -       62  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain related to intercompany advances     (212 )     (113 )
Deferred income tax liabilities     (212 )     (51 )
Net     20,750       14,983  
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset     (20,750 )     (9,789 )
Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities)     -       5,194  
Schedule of the changes in the net deferred income tax asset
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Balance net, beginning of year     5,194       14,375  
Deferred rent     101       (222 )
Canadian and  U.S. operating losses carried forward     3,349       (1,180 )
Property and equipment, including store impairment     1,952       3,387  
Stock options     442       (2,245 )
Financing fees and IPO-related costs     (609 )     (604 )
Foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instrument     (62 )     183  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on intercompany advances     (99 )     196  
Lease inducement     120       (149 )
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset     (10,961 )     (9,789 )
Provisions  for onerous contracts     544       1,447  
Other     29       (205 )
Deferred income tax assets net, end of year     -       5,194  
v3.19.1
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Expenses by nature [abstract]  
Schedule of selling, general and administrative expenses

    For the year ended  
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Wages, salaries and employee benefits     68,324       65,888       61,143  
Depreciation of property and equipment     6,904       8,431       8,069  
Amortization of intangible assets     1,298       1,474       758  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     151       82       356  
Impairment of property and equipment     9,960       15,069       7,516  
Net Provision for onerous contracts (a)     552       7,854       8,140  
Stock-based compensation     211       2,021       2,264  
Executive and employee separation costs related to salary     1,280       2,033       835  
Strategic review and proxy contest costs     3,593       -       -  
ERP project termination     2,496       -       -  
Other selling, general and administration     30,953       29,078       25,675  
      125,722       131,930       114,756  

 

(a) Net provision for onerous contract includes additions, reversals and utilization.

v3.19.1
EARNINGS PER SHARE (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Net loss per share:  
Schedule of reconciliation of basic and diluted EPS
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Net loss for basic EPS     (33,539 )     (28,501 )     (3,688 )
                         
Weighted average number of shares outstanding — basic and diluted     25,967,836       25,716,186       24,699,290  
v3.19.1
RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of transactions between related parties [abstract]  
Schedule of compensation earned by key management personnel

    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
                   
Wages, salaries ,bonus and director fees     2,706       4,071       3,434  
Termination benefits     1,025       1,485       719  
Stock-based compensation     101       1,809       1,377  
Total compensation earned by key management personnel     3,832       7,365       5,530  

v3.19.1
SEGMENT INFORMATION (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of operating segments [abstract]  
Schedule of revenue by product
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Tea     152,761       156,125       143,280  
Tea accessories     44,436       49,470       53,807  
Food and beverages     15,556       18,420       18,897  
      212,753       224,015       215,984  
Schedule of property and equipment and intangible assets by country
    February 2,     February 3,     January 28,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    $     $     $  
Canada     27,996       37,234       41,432  
US     1,470       3,763       12,686  
Total     29,466       40,997       54,118  
Schedule of gross profit per country
    For the year ended  
    February 2, 2019  
    Canada     US     Consolidated  
    $     $     $  
Sales     169,430       43,323       212,753  
Cost of sales     89,604       25,170       114,774  
Gross profit     79,826       18,153       97,979  
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)     57,902       18,175       76,077  
Impairment of property and equipment     7,719       2,240       9,960  
Onerous contracts provision (recovery)     2,034       (1,482 )     552  
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses     12,171       (780 )     11,391  
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)                     39,134  
Results from operating activities                     (27,743 )
Finance costs                     1,614  
Finance income                     (700 )
Loss before income taxes                     (28,657 )

   

    For the year ended  
    February 3, 2018  
    Canada     US     Consolidated  
    $     $     $  
Sales     185,287       38,728       224,015  
Cost of sales     93,383       23,389       116,772  
Gross profit     91,904       15,339       107,243  
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)     54,884       18,302       73,186  
Impairment of property and equipment     5,114       9,955       15,069  
Provision for onerous contracts     1,752       6,102       7,854  
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses     30,154       (19,020 )     11,134  
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)                     35,821  
Results from operating activities                     (24,687 )
Finance costs                     2,371  
Finance income                     (567 )
Loss before income taxes                     (26,491 )

 

    For the year ended  
    January 28, 2017  
    Canada     US     Consolidated  
    $     $     $  
Sales     180,380       35,604       215,984  
Cost of sales     86,473       21,061       107,534  
Gross profit     93,907       14,543       108,450  
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated)     49,466       16,584       66,050  
Impairment of property and equipment     1,116       6,400       7,516  
Provision for onerous contracts     427       7,713       8,140  
Results from operating activities before corporate expenses     42,898       (16,154 )     26,744  
Selling, general and administration expenses (non-allocated)                     33,050  
Results from operating activities                     (6,306 )
Finance costs                     76  
Finance income                     (479 )
Loss before income taxes                     (5,903 )

v3.19.1
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of nature and extent of risks arising from financial instruments [abstract]  
Summary of foreign exchange exposure
    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    US$     US$  
Cash     267       5,686  
Accounts receivable     1,142       882  
Accounts payable     3,869       2,555  
Summary of nominal and contract values of foreign exchange contracts
    Range of   Nominal     Nominal         Unrealized  
    Contractual   value     value         gain/(loss)  
Purchase contracts   exchange rate   US$     C$     Term   C$  
                           
U.S. dollar   1.2221 - 1.3050     24,100       30,033     February 2018 to September 2018     (229 )
Summary of obligations and the effect such obligations are expected to have on liquidity and cash flows

    February 2, 2019  
    Payments due by period  
          less than     Between     More than  
    Total     1 year     1 and 5 years     5 years  
Trade and other payables     18,251       18,251       -       -  
Operating lease obligations     116,772       21,089       66,790       28,893  
Purchase obligations     9,146       9,146       -       -  
      144,169       48,486       66,790       28,893  

 

    February 3, 2018  
    Payments due by period  
          less than     Between     More than  
    Total     1 year     1 and 5 years     5 years  
Trade and other payables     14,392       14,392              
Operating lease obligations     134,965       19,840       86,844       28,281  
Purchase obligations     8,820       8,820              
      158,177       43,052       86,844       28,281  

Summary of classification of financial instruments

    Carrying     Fair  
    value     value  
    $     $  
Financial assets            
Derivative financial instruments  — foreign forward exchange contracts     239       239  
Financial liabilities                
Derivative financial instruments  — foreign forward exchange contracts     468       468  

v3.19.1
MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL (Tables)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Disclosure of objectives, policies and processes for managing capital [abstract]  
Schedule of composition of capital

    February 2,     February 3,  
    2019     2018  
    $     $  
Cash     42,074       63,484  
Shareholder s equity [excluding accumulated other comprehensive income]     65,959       99,613  
Total capital under management     108,033       163,097  

v3.19.1
BASIS OF PREPARATION (Details Narrative)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Basis Of Preparation      
Fiscal period (in weeks) 52-week period 53-week period 52-week period
v3.19.1
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Furniture and equipment [Member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Depreciation percentage rate 20.00%
Computer hardware [Member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Depreciation percentage rate 30.00%
v3.19.1
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Details Narrative)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Integer
January 1, 2019 [Member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Description for redemption of points earned under loyalty and reward program Under the old program, points were redeemed for free tea or free beverages, depending on the number of points a customer has obtained over a limited collection period, typically a three-month period. Free tea offers were issued at the end of each collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter. Free beverage offers were issued at the end of the calendar collection period and redeemable within 60 days thereafter
Stock option plan, maturity period 7 years
Leasehold improvements [member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Number of extension options 1
Leasehold improvements [member] | Maximum [Member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Optional renewal term (in years) 10 years
Deferred Lease Inducements [member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Number of extension options 1
Deferred Lease Inducements [member] | Maximum [Member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Optional renewal term (in years) 10 years
Computer software [member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]  
Amortisation percentage, rate 30.00%
v3.19.1
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Details)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 03, 2018
CAD ($)
IAS 39 [Member] | Ifrs Cash [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category FVTPL
Financial assets, carrying value $ 63,484
IAS 39 [Member] | Credit Card Cash Clearing Receivables [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category Amortized cost
Financial assets, carrying value $ 1,291
IAS 39 [Member] | Other Receivables [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category Amortized cost
Financial assets, carrying value $ 1,840
IAS 39 [Member] | Derivative financial instruments [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category FVTPL
Financial assets, carrying value $ 229
IFRS 9 [Member] | Ifrs Cash [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category FVTPL
Financial assets, carrying value $ 63,484
IFRS 9 [Member] | Credit Card Cash Clearing Receivables [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category Amortized cost
Financial assets, carrying value $ 1,291
IFRS 9 [Member] | Other Receivables [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category Amortized cost
Financial assets, carrying value $ 1,840
IFRS 9 [Member] | Derivative financial instruments [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Measurement category FVTPL
Financial assets, carrying value $ 229
v3.19.1
CHANGES IN ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES (Details Narrative)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
CAD ($)
Minimum [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Right of use asset estimated to be recognized $ 62,800
Lease liability on right of use asset to be recognized 90,000
Maximum [Member]  
Disclosure of financial assets [line items]  
Right of use asset estimated to be recognized 66,000
Lease liability on right of use asset to be recognized $ 94,600
v3.19.1
ACCOUNTS AND OTHER RECEIVABLES (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Accounts And Other Receivables    
Credit card cash clearing receivables $ 1,477 $ 1,291
Other receivables 2,204 1,840
Total $ 3,681 $ 3,131
v3.19.1
INVENTORIES (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Inventories Details Abstract    
Finished goods $ 28,991 $ 17,600
Goods in transit 3,262 4,608
Packaging 2,100 2,242
Total current inventories $ 34,353 $ 24,450
v3.19.1
INVENTORIES (Details Narrative) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Inventories Details Narrative Abstract      
Inventories recognized $ 63,195 $ 64,611 $ 62,995
Inventory includes write-down 703 869
Inventory written down $ 730
v3.19.1
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Cost      
Balance, at beginning of the period $ 98,416 $ 90,688  
Acquisitions 3,897 9,634  
Disposals (100) (187)  
Cumulative translation adjustment 1,717 (1,719)  
Balance, at end of the period 103,930 98,416 $ 90,688
Accumulated depreciation and impairment      
Balance, at beginning of the period 61,858 39,528  
Depreciation 6,904 8,431 8,069
Impairment 9,926 15,069  
Disposals (16) (105)  
Cumulative translation adjustment 1,470 (1,065)  
Balance, at end of the period 80,142 61,858 39,528
Net Carrying Value      
Balance 23,788 36,558  
Leasehold improvements [member]      
Cost      
Balance, at beginning of the period 80,633 75,555  
Acquisitions 2,096 6,581  
Disposals (68)  
Cumulative translation adjustment 1,481 (1,503)  
Balance, at end of the period 84,142 80,633 75,555
Accumulated depreciation and impairment      
Balance, at beginning of the period 51,296 32,342  
Depreciation 5,117 6,394  
Impairment 8,164 13,491  
Disposals  
Cumulative translation adjustment 1,297 (931)  
Balance, at end of the period 65,874 51,296 32,342
Net Carrying Value      
Balance 18,268 29,337  
Furniture and equipment [Member]      
Cost      
Balance, at beginning of the period 12,639 11,185  
Acquisitions 1,125 1,808  
Disposals (32) (187)  
Cumulative translation adjustment 178 (167)  
Balance, at end of the period 13,910 12,639 11,185
Accumulated depreciation and impairment      
Balance, at beginning of the period 7,346 5,048  
Depreciation 1,134 1,357  
Impairment 1,411 1,148  
Disposals (16) (105)  
Cumulative translation adjustment 126 (102)  
Balance, at end of the period 10,001 7,346 5,048
Net Carrying Value      
Balance 3,909 5,293  
Computer hardware [Member]      
Cost      
Balance, at beginning of the period 5,144 3,948  
Acquisitions 676 1,245  
Disposals  
Cumulative translation adjustment 58 (49)  
Balance, at end of the period 5,878 5,144 3,948
Accumulated depreciation and impairment      
Balance, at beginning of the period 3,216 2,138  
Depreciation 653 680  
Impairment 351 430  
Disposals  
Cumulative translation adjustment 47 (32)  
Balance, at end of the period 4,267 3,216 $ 2,138
Net Carrying Value      
Balance $ 1,611 $ 1,928  
v3.19.1
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT (Details Narrative) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]      
Impairment loss of property and equipment $ 9,926 $ 15,069 $ 7,516
Value in use $ 1,097 $ 472
Pre-tax weighted average cost of capital rate 11.90% 11.90% 13.40%
Impairment loss reversed $ 866
Depreciation 6,904 8,431 8,069
Corporate selling, general and administration expenses 559 536 556
Canada Segment [Member]      
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]      
Impairment loss of property and equipment 7,686 5,114 1,116
Depreciation 5,825 6,387 5,583
United States Segment [Member]      
Disclosure of detailed information about property, plant and equipment [line items]      
Impairment loss of property and equipment 2,240 9,955 6,400
Depreciation $ 520 $ 1,508 $ 1,930
v3.19.1
INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Cost    
Balance, at beginning of the period $ 9,548 $ 6,600
Acquisitions 4,356 2,962
Cumulative translation adjustment 14 (14)
Disposals (1,902)  
Balance, at end of the period 12,016 9,548
Accumulated amortization    
Balance, at beginning of the period 5,109 3,642
Amortization 1,298 1,474
Impairment 34  
Disposals (111)  
Cumulative translation adjustment 8 (7)
Balance, at end of the period 6,338 5,109
Net Carrying Value    
Balance 5,678 4,439
Computer software [member]    
Cost    
Balance, at beginning of the period 9,279 6,321
Acquisitions 4,356 2,962
Cumulative translation adjustment 4 (4)
Disposals (1,724)  
Balance, at end of the period 11,915 9,279
Accumulated amortization    
Balance, at beginning of the period 5,019 3,565
Amortization 1,281 1,456
Impairment 34  
Disposals  
Cumulative translation adjustment 2 (2)
Balance, at end of the period 6,336 5,019
Net Carrying Value    
Balance 5,579 4,260
Other Intangible Assets [Member]    
Cost    
Balance, at beginning of the period 269  
Acquisitions 0  
Cumulative translation adjustment 10  
Disposals (178)  
Balance, at end of the period 101 269
Accumulated amortization    
Balance, at beginning of the period 90  
Amortization 17  
Impairment  
Disposals (111)  
Cumulative translation adjustment 6  
Balance, at end of the period 2 90
Net Carrying Value    
Balance 98  
Other Intangible Assets [Member]    
Cost    
Balance, at beginning of the period 269 279
Acquisitions  
Cumulative translation adjustment   (10)
Balance, at end of the period   269
Accumulated amortization    
Balance, at beginning of the period $ 90 77
Amortization   18
Cumulative translation adjustment   (5)
Balance, at end of the period   90
Net Carrying Value    
Balance   $ 179
v3.19.1
INTANGIBLE ASSETS (Details Narrative)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
CAD ($)
Disclosure of detailed information about intangible assets [line items]  
Disposals $ (1,902)
Computer software [member]  
Disclosure of detailed information about intangible assets [line items]  
Disposals $ (1,724)
v3.19.1
TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Trade and other payables [abstract]    
Trade payable and accrued liabilities $ 14,990 $ 11,221
Income taxes payable 2,700
Government remittances 186
Wages, salaries and employee benefits payable 3,261 2,985
Total $ 20,951 $ 14,392
v3.19.1
DEFERRED REVENUE (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Accruals and deferred income [abstract]    
Gift cards liability $ 4,992 $ 3,982
Loyalty program liability 1,249 1,204
Deferred revenue $ 6,241 $ 5,186
v3.19.1
DEFERRED REVENUE (Details Narrative) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Goods Or Services Transferred Over Time Gift Cards [Member]      
Disclosure of disaggregation of revenue from contracts with customers [line items]      
Deferred revenue recognized $ 242 $ 575 $ 850
v3.19.1
PROVISIONS (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Reconciliation of changes in provisions for onerous contracts    
Less: Current portion $ (3,714) $ (4,693)
Long-term portion of provisions 15,440 13,460
Onerous Contracts Provision [Member]    
Reconciliation of changes in provisions for onerous contracts    
Opening balance 18,153 8,494
Additions 11,078 14,073
Reversals (4,796) (3,752)
Utilization (5,730) (2,467)
Settlements (691) (132)
Accretion expense 251 2,292
Cumulative translation adjustment 889 (355)
Ending balance 19,154 18,153
Less: Current portion (3,714) (4,693)
Long-term portion of provisions $ 15,440 $ 13,460
v3.19.1
PROVISIONS (Details Narrative) - Onerous Contracts Provision [Member] - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Disclosure of other provisions [line items]    
Additions $ 11,078 $ 14,073
Reversals $ (4,796) $ (3,752)
v3.19.1
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Operating lease commitments      
Contingent rents recognized in income (loss) $ 1,030 $ 1,742 $ 2,312
Contingent rents accrued as a liability 6,400 725 1,001
Rent expense 31,520 31,565 29,173
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases 116,772 134,965 $ 148,436
Within One Year [Member]      
Operating lease commitments      
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases 21,089 19,840  
After One Year But Not More Than Five Years [Member]      
Operating lease commitments      
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases 66,790 86,844  
More Than Five Years [Member]      
Operating lease commitments      
Future minimum lease payments under operating leases $ 28,893 $ 28,281  
v3.19.1
REVOLVING FACILITY - Terms (Details) - Credit Agreement Bank Of Montreal [Member]
$ in Thousands
Jun. 11, 2018
CAD ($)
Feb. 02, 2019
CAD ($)
Agreement terms    
Borrowings threshold, percentage of face value of all eligible receivables 75.00%  
Borrowings threshold, percentage of face value of all eligible inventory 50.00%  
Financial covenant, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio 1.10  
Financial covenant, minimum leverage ratio 3  
Financial covenant, minimum tangible net worth $ 65,000  
Financial covenant, minimum excess availability $ 15,000  
Term of facility 2 years  
Principal amount $ 15,000  
Interest rate basis The Amended Revolving Facility bears interest based on the Company's adjusted leverage ratio, at the bank's prime rate, U.S. bank rate and LIBOR plus a range from 0.5% to 2.5% per annum.  
Description of standby fee range A standby fee range of 0.3% to 0.5% will be paid on the daily principal amount of the unused portion of the Amended Revolving Facility.  
Borrowings   $ 0
v3.19.1
SHARE CAPITAL (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Disclosure of classes of share capital [line items]      
Common shares authorized Unlimited   Unlimited
Issued Capital [Member]      
Disclosure of classes of share capital [line items]      
Issued and outstanding $ 112,519 $ 112,519 $ 111,692
Ordinary Shares [Member] | Issued Capital [Member]      
Number of shares in issuance      
Balance, beginning of period (shares)   25,885,372 25,330,951
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options (in shares)   51,717 456,773
Issuance of common shares upon vesting of restricted stock units (in shares)   74,728 97,648
Balance, end of period (shares) 26,011,817 26,011,817 25,885,372
v3.19.1
SHARE CAPITAL (Details 1) - $ / shares
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Change in options outstanding    
Outstanding, beginning of period (in shares) 447,779 933,195
Issued (in shares) 161,980
Exercised (in shares) (88,135) (456,773)
Forfeitures (in shares) (222,104) (190,623)
Outstanding, end of period (in shares) 137,540 447,779
Exercisable, end of period (in shares) 80,332 304,415
Changes in the weighted average exercise price    
Outstanding, beginning of period (in dollars per share) $ 7.18 $ 5.63
Issued (in dollars per share) 9.76
Exercised (in dollars per share) 2.76 3.9
Forfeitures (in dollars per share) 8.95 9.63
Weighted average exercise price of share options outstanding in share-based payment arrangement at end of period 7.17 7.18
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable (in dollars per share) $ 4.74 $ 5.57
v3.19.1
SHARE CAPITAL (Details 2)
Feb. 02, 2019
Integer
$ / shares
shares
Feb. 03, 2018
Integer
$ / shares
shares
Range of exercise price    
Number outstanding (in shares) | shares 137,540 447,779
Weighted average contractual remaining life (in years) | Integer 3.4 4.6
Weighted average exercise price, outstanding (in dollars per share) $ 7.17 $ 7.18
Number of options exercisable (in shares) | shares 80,332 304,415
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable (in dollars per share) $ 4.74 $ 5.57
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range One [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) $ 0.77 $ 0.77
Number outstanding (in shares) | shares 31,100 50,600
Weighted average contractual remaining life (in years) | Integer 1.1 2.3
Weighted average exercise price, outstanding (in dollars per share) $ 0.77 $ 0.77
Number of options exercisable (in shares) | shares 31,100 50,600
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable (in dollars per share) $ 0.77 $ 0.77
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Two [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Number outstanding (in shares) | shares 35,000 172,396
Weighted average contractual remaining life (in years) | Integer 2.6 3.7
Weighted average exercise price, outstanding (in dollars per share) $ 4.29 $ 3.91
Number of options exercisable (in shares) | shares 35,000 161,395
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable (in dollars per share) $ 4.29 $ 3.89
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Two [Member] | Minimum [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) 3.33 3.33
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Two [Member] | Maximum [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) $ 4.31 $ 4.31
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Three [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Number outstanding (in shares) | shares 53,225 161,980
Weighted average contractual remaining life (in years) | Integer 5.1 6.4
Weighted average exercise price, outstanding (in dollars per share) $ 10.28 $ 9.76
Number of options exercisable (in shares) | shares 55,530
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable (in dollars per share) $ 8.76
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Three [Member] | Minimum [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) 8.76 8.76
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Three [Member] | Maximum [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) $ 10.28 $ 10.28
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Four [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Number outstanding (in shares) | shares 18,215 62,803
Weighted average contractual remaining life (in years) | Integer 4.2 4.3
Weighted average exercise price, outstanding (in dollars per share) $ 14.51 $ 14.68
Number of options exercisable (in shares) | shares 14,232 36,890
Weighted average exercise price, exercisable (in dollars per share) $ 14.54 $ 14.72
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Four [Member] | Minimum [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) 14.39 14.39
Share Based Compensation Plan Share Options Price Range Four [Member] | Maximum [Member]    
Range of exercise price    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) $ 17.99 $ 17.99
v3.19.1
SHARE CAPITAL - RSUs (Details 3) - $ / shares
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Change in RSUs outstanding    
Outstanding, beginning of period (in shares) 447,779 933,195
Outstanding, end of period (in shares) 137,540 447,779
Change in the Weighted average fair value per unit    
Outstanding, beginning of period (in dollars per share) $ 7.18 $ 5.63
Forfeitures (in dollars per share) $ 8.95 $ 9.63
Restricted Stock Units Rsus [Member]    
Change in RSUs outstanding    
Outstanding, beginning of period (in shares) 289,416 252,233
Granted (in shares) 491,450 298,897
Forfeited (in shares) (360,371) (89,035)
Vested (in shares) (74,728) (97,648)
Vested, withheld for tax (in shares) (74,791) (75,031)
Outstanding, end of period (in shares) 270,976 289,416
Change in the Weighted average fair value per unit    
Outstanding, beginning of period (in dollars per share) $ 9.7 $ 12.42
Granted (in dollars per share) 4.47 8.59
Forfeitures (in dollars per share) 6.31 10.03
Vested (in dollars per share) 8.85 11.85
Vested, withheld for tax (in dollars per share) 8.6 11.28
Outstanding, end of period (in dollars per share) $ 5.26 $ 9.7
v3.19.1
SHARE CAPITAL (Details Narrative)
$ / shares in Units, $ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
CAD ($)
Integer
$ / shares
shares
Feb. 03, 2018
CAD ($)
Integer
$ / shares
shares
Jan. 28, 2017
CAD ($)
Integer
shares
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Weighted average fair value of options granted (in dollars per share) | $ / shares $ 2.39    
Risk-free interest rate (as a percent) 1.79%    
Expected volatility (as a percent) 27.40%    
Expected option life (in years) | Integer 4.0    
Expected dividend yield (as a percent) 0.00%    
Exercise price (in dollars per share) | $ / shares $ 9.76    
Stock-based compensation expense $ 211 $ 2,021 $ 2,264
Weighted average share price at the date of exercise for options exercised during the period (in dollars per share) | $ / shares $ 4.47 $ 8.51  
Common shares issued on vesting of restricted stock units $ (407) $ (611)  
2015 Omnibus Plan [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Issuance of common shares available | shares 1,440,000    
Maximum number of shares available for issuance | shares 867,882    
Options [member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options | shares 51,720 456,773 1,236,154
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options, amount $ 82 $ 1,782 $ 2,779
Reduction in the contributed surplus $ 82 887  
Options [member] | Maximum [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Vesting Period 4 years    
Options [member] | Minimum [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Vesting Period 3 years    
Noncash Settlement [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Increase (decrease) through exercise of options, equity $ 121    
Issuance of common shares upon exercise of options | shares 36,415    
Restricted Stock Units Rsus [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Common shares issued on vesting of restricted stock units $ 663 $ 1,142  
Vested (in shares) | Integer 74,728 97,648 57,325
v3.19.1
FINANCE COSTS (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Finance Costs Details Abstract      
Financing fees on term loan and Revolving Facility [note 14] $ 2 $ 79 $ 75
Accretion on provisions 251 2,292
Interest and penalty on provision for uncertain tax position 1,300
Other finance cost 61 1
Finance costs $ 1,614 $ 2,371 $ 76
v3.19.1
INCOME TAXES (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Statutory income tax rate reconciliation, percent      
Income tax recovery - statutory rate (as a percent) 26.90% 26.80% 26.50%
Non-deductible items (as a percent) (1.30%) (1.60%) (10.10%)
Effect of substantively enacted income tax rate changes (as a percent) (7.90%)
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset (as a percent) (15.00%) (16.70%)
Write-down of deferred income tax asset (as a percent) (18.20%) (7.80%)
Provision for uncertain tax position (as a percent) (9.40%)    
Other (as a percent) 0.00% (0.40%) 21.50%
Income tax provision (recovery) - effective tax rate (as a percent) (17.00%) (7.60%) 37.90%
Statutory income tax rate reconciliation, amount      
Income tax provision — statutory rate $ (7,700) $ (7,097) $ (1,564)
Non-deductible items 378 437 598
Effect of substantively enacted income tax rate changes 2,090
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset 4,306 4,415
Write-down of deferred income tax asset 5,194 2,054
Provision for uncertain tax position 2,700    
Other 4 111 (1,269)
Income tax recovery - effective tax rate $ 4,882 $ 2,010 $ (2,235)
v3.19.1
INCOME TAXES (Details 1) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Income tax provision (recovery)      
Current $ (187) $ (1,575) $ 2,145
Deferred 5,069 3,585 (4,380)
Income tax recovery - effective tax rate $ 4,882 $ 2,010 $ (2,235)
v3.19.1
INCOME TAXES (Details 2) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Deferred income tax assets      
Operating losses carried forward $ 4,608 $ 1,259  
Tax values of property and equipment in excess of carrying value including impairment 3,505 1,553  
Deferred rent 1,762 1,662  
Stock options 3,843 3,401  
Financing fees and IPO-related costs 588 1,197  
Lease inducements 634 515  
Provisions for onerous contracts 5,357 4,812  
Other 665 635  
Total deferred income tax assets 20,962 15,034  
Deferred income tax liabilities      
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instruments 62  
Unrealized foreign exchange gain related to intercompany advances (212) (113)  
Deferred income tax liabilities (212) (51)  
Net 20,750 14,983  
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset (20,750) (9,789)  
Net deferred income tax assets (liabilities) $ 5,194 $ 14,375
v3.19.1
INCOME TAXES (Details 3) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Income Taxes Details 3Abstract    
Balance net, beginning of year $ 5,194 $ 14,375
Deferred rent 101 (222)
Canadian and  U.S. operating losses carried forward 3,349 (1,180)
Property and equipment, including store impairment 1,952 3,387
Stock options 442 (2,245)
Financing fees and IPO-related costs (609) (604)
Foreign exchange gain on derivative financial instrument (62) 183
Unrealized foreign exchange gain on intercompany advances (99) 196
Lease inducement 120 (149)
Unrecognized deferred income tax asset (10,961) (9,789)
Provisions  for onerous contracts 544 1,447
Other 29 (205)
Deferred income tax assets net, end of year $ 5,194
v3.19.1
INCOME TAXES (Details Narrative) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Provision for income tax (recovery) $ 4,882 $ 2,010 $ (2,235)
Bonus depreciation From 50% to 100% for qualified property placed in service after September 27, 2017 and before 2023.    
Provision for transfer pricing audit $ 4,000    
Net 20,750 14,983  
Taxes [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Provision for transfer pricing audit 2,700    
Interest [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Provision for transfer pricing audit 1,300    
U.S. Subsidiary [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Accumulated losses $ 1,400 1,420 $ 1,490
Expire year 2033 to 2039    
Canadian Operations [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Accumulated losses $ 1,190  
Expire year 2039    
v3.19.1
SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATION EXPENSES (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Expenses by nature [abstract]      
Wages, salaries and employee benefits $ 68,324 $ 65,888 $ 61,143
Depreciation of property and equipment 6,904 8,431 8,069
Amortization of intangible assets 1,298 1,474 758
Loss on disposal of property and equipment 151 82 356
Impairment of property and equipment 9,960 15,069 7,516
Net Provision for onerous contracts (a) [1] 552 7,854 8,140
Stock-based compensation 211 2,021 2,264
Executive and employee separation costs related to salary 1,280 2,033 835
Strategic review and proxy contest costs 3,593
ERP project termination 2,496
Other selling, general and administration 30,953 29,078 25,675
Selling, general and administrative expense $ 125,722 $ 131,930 $ 114,756
[1] (a) Net provision for onerous contract includes additions, reversals and utilization.
v3.19.1
EARNINGS PER SHARE (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Net loss per share:      
Net loss for basic EPS $ (33,539) $ (28,501) $ (3,688)
Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic and fully diluted 25,967,836 25,716,186 24,699,290
v3.19.1
RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Transactions      
Termination benefits $ 1,280 $ 2,033 $ 835
Key Management Personnel [Member]      
Transactions      
Wages, salaries ,bonus and director fees 2,706 4,071 3,434
Termination benefits 1,025 1,485 719
Stock-based compensation 101 1,809 1,377
Total compensation earned by key management personnel $ 3,832 $ 7,365 $ 5,530
v3.19.1
RELATED PARTY DISCLOSURES (Details Narrative) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Joint Control Or Significant Influence [Member]      
Disclosure of transactions between related parties [line items]      
Amount reimbursed for proxy contest fees $ 957    
Key Management Personnel Of Entity Or Parent [Member]      
Disclosure of transactions between related parties [line items]      
Merchandise purchased from related party $ 241 $ 87 $ 0
v3.19.1
SEGMENT INFORMATION (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]      
Revenue $ 212,753 $ 224,015 $ 215,984
Tea [Member]      
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]      
Revenue 152,761 156,125 143,280
Tea Accessories [Member]      
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]      
Revenue 44,436 49,470 53,807
Food And Beverages [Member]      
Disclosure of operating segments [line items]      
Revenue $ 15,556 $ 18,420 $ 18,897
v3.19.1
SEGMENT INFORMATION (Details 1) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
IFRS Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]      
Property and equipment and intangible assets $ 29,466 $ 40,997 $ 54,118
Canada Segment [Member]      
IFRS Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]      
Property and equipment and intangible assets 27,996 37,234 41,432
United States Segment [Member]      
IFRS Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]      
Property and equipment and intangible assets $ 1,470 $ 3,763 $ 12,686
v3.19.1
SEGMENT INFORMATION (Details 2) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Segment information      
Sales $ 212,753 $ 224,015 $ 215,984
Cost of sales 114,774 116,772 107,534
Gross profit 97,979 107,243 108,450
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated/non-allocated) 125,722 131,930 114,756
Impairment of property and equipment 9,960 15,069 7,516
Provision (recovery) for onerous contracts   7,854 8,140
Results from operating activities (27,743) (24,687) (6,306)
Finance costs 1,614 2,371 76
Finance income (700) (567) (479)
Loss before income taxes (28,657) (26,491) (5,903)
Operating Segments [Member]      
Segment information      
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated/non-allocated) 39,134 35,821 33,050
Impairment of property and equipment 9,960    
Results from operating activities 11,391 11,134 26,744
Operating Segments [Member] | Canada Segment [Member]      
Segment information      
Sales 169,430 185,287 180,380
Cost of sales 89,604 93,383 86,473
Gross profit 79,826 91,904 93,907
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated/non-allocated) 57,902 54,884 49,466
Impairment of property and equipment 7,719 5,114 1,116
Provision (recovery) for onerous contracts 2,034 1,752 427
Results from operating activities 12,171 30,154 42,898
Operating Segments [Member] | United States Segment [Member]      
Segment information      
Sales 43,323 38,728 35,604
Cost of sales 25,170 23,389 21,061
Gross profit 18,153 15,339 14,543
Selling, general and administration expenses (allocated/non-allocated) 18,175 18,302 16,584
Impairment of property and equipment 2,240 9,955 6,400
Provision (recovery) for onerous contracts (1,482) 6,102 7,713
Results from operating activities $ (780) $ (19,020) $ (16,154)
v3.19.1
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Details) - Currency Risk - Foreign Exchange Risk [Member] - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Statement Line Items [Line Items]    
Foreign exchange exposure, cash $ 267 $ 5,686
Foreign exchange exposure, accounts receivable 1,142 882
Foreign exchange exposure, accounts payable $ 3,869 $ 2,555
v3.19.1
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Details 1) - Currency Risk - Foreign Exchange Risk [Member]
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 03, 2018
CAD ($)
Disclosure of risk management strategy related to hedge accounting [line items]  
Foreign exchange contracts outstanding, purchase contracts U.S. dollar
Foreign exchange contracts outstanding, exchange rate 1.2221 - 1.3050
Foreign exchange contracts outstanding, term February 2018 to September 2018
Foreign exchange contracts outstanding, unrealized gain $ (229)
United States, Dollars  
Disclosure of risk management strategy related to hedge accounting [line items]  
Foreign exchange contracts outstanding, nominal value 24,100
Canada, Dollars  
Disclosure of risk management strategy related to hedge accounting [line items]  
Foreign exchange contracts outstanding, nominal value $ 30,033
v3.19.1
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Details 2) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Payments due, operating lease obligations $ 116,772 $ 134,965 $ 148,436
Liquidity Risk [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Payments due, trade and other payables 18,251 14,392  
Payments due, operating lease obligations 116,772 134,965  
Payments due, purchase obligations 9,146 8,820  
Payments due, total 144,169 158,177  
Liquidity Risk [Member] | Less than 1 year [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Payments due, trade and other payables 18,251 14,392  
Payments due, operating lease obligations 21,089 19,840  
Payments due, purchase obligations 9,146 8,820  
Payments due, total 48,486 43,052  
Liquidity Risk [Member] | Between 1 and 5 years [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Payments due, trade and other payables  
Payments due, operating lease obligations 66,790 86,844  
Payments due, purchase obligations  
Payments due, total 66,790 86,844  
Liquidity Risk [Member] | More than 5 years [Member]      
Statement Line Items [Line Items]      
Payments due, trade and other payables  
Payments due, operating lease obligations 28,893 28,281  
Payments due, purchase obligations  
Payments due, total $ 28,893 $ 28,281  
v3.19.1
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Details 3)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 03, 2018
CAD ($)
Financial assets  
Derivative financial instruments - foreign forward exchange contracts, carrying value $ 239
Derivative financial instruments - foreign forward exchange contracts, fair value 239
Financial liabilities  
Derivative financial instruments - foreign forward exchange contracts, carrying value 468
Derivative financial instruments - foreign forward exchange contracts, fair value $ 468
v3.19.1
FINANCIAL RISK MANAGEMENT (Details Narrative) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Jan. 30, 2016
Statement Line Items [Line Items]        
Cash $ 42,074 $ 63,484 $ 64,440 $ 72,514
Currency Risk - Foreign Exchange Risk [Member]        
Statement Line Items [Line Items]        
Increase (decrease) in CAD against USD 5.00%      
Increase (decrease) in net loss due to change in exchange rate $ 123      
Forward contract, description In order to protect itself from the risk of losses should the value of the Canadian dollar decline in relation to the U.S. dollar, the Company entered into forward contracts to fix the exchange rate of 80% to 90% of its expected U.S. dollar inventory purchasing requirements, through September 2018      
Liquidity Risk [Member]        
Statement Line Items [Line Items]        
Cash $ 42,074      
Revolving credit faciltiy, borrowing capacity $ 15,000      
Trade and other payables payment period 90 days      
v3.19.1
MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL (Details) - CAD ($)
$ in Thousands
Feb. 02, 2019
Feb. 03, 2018
Jan. 28, 2017
Jan. 30, 2016
Management Of Capital        
Cash $ 42,074 $ 63,484 $ 64,440 $ 72,514
Shareholder's equity [excluding accumulated other comprehensive income] 65,959 99,613    
Total capital under management $ 108,033 $ 163,097    
v3.19.1
MANAGEMENT OF CAPITAL (Details Narrative)
12 Months Ended
Feb. 02, 2019
Management Of Capital  
Debt default, description As of February 2, 2019, the Company was in default under certain covenants contained in our Credit Agreement, including our failure to maintain a fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.10:1.00 and certain reporting requirements